THE COMMONWEALTH AND Gouernment of VENICE.
WRITTEN BY THE Cardinall Gaſper Contareno, and tranſlated out of Italian into Engliſh, by Lewes Lewkenor Eſquire.
Nel piu bel vedere cieco.
VVith ſundry other Collections, annexed by the Tranſlator for the more cleere and exact ſatisfaction of the Reader. With a ſhort Chronicle in the end, of the liues and raignes of the Venetian Dukes, from the very beginninges of their Citie.
LONDON Imprinted by Iohn Windet for Edmund Mattes, and are to be ſold at his ſhop, at the ſigne of the Hand and Plow in Fleetſtreet. 1599.
To the right Honourable and moſt Vertuous Lady, the Lady
Anne, Counteſſe of Warwicke.
I Am accuſed of preſumption (right excellent Lady) by this noble Commonwealth which I heere preſent vnto you, who gloriouſly ſhining in the cleere knowledge of her owne incomparable worthineſſe, doth like a beautifull virgine, that ſeeing her faire picture foulely handled of an vnskilfull painter, bluſh at the view of her wronged beauty, and reproueth me for hauing with ſuch feeble forces ſo farre preſumed in the deſcription of her rich and royall hiſtory; a matter which the rareſt forraine ſpirites of our time haue by their learned pens ſo highly enobled with ſuch excellent art & ornaments: ſhe wel knoweth the cleernes of your iudgement, and therfore feareth bearing the burthen and blemiſhes of ſo great a weakeneſſe to approch the rayes of a cenſure ſo vndeceiueable and abſolute.
I haue no ſhield nor excuſe to oppoſe againſt this iuſt imputation, but onely the defence of your Ladiſhippes fauours, who though by former experience knowing my vnfitneſſe for ſuch a worke, did neuertheleſſe impoſe this taske vpon me.
Now therefore my humble requeſt is, that howſoeuer the vntuned harſhneſſe of my diſioynted ſtile ſhall ſeeme vnpleaſant in your eares, yet that you will vouchſafe to be a gentle &
propitious defendreſſe to this renowned Commonwealth, that nothing more deſireth then to bee gracious in your ſight, and here frankely offreth vnto your view the naked full diſcouerie of her faire and be utifull lineaments, not concealing any part of her rareſt perfections. Onely ſhe humbly deſireth, that ſithence it is her happe to bee brought into Englande, ſhe may haue free and quiet paſſage vnder your honourable ſafe conduct and protection: for ſuch is the generall loue and reuerence, which the great worthineſſe and integritie of your vnblemiſhed life, and your long conſtant continued courſe in the exerciſe of a ſpotleſſe vertue hath vniuerſally gained you, that bearing with her the faire warrant of your ſo many waies enobled name, ſhe ſhall not need to feare any vnciuill or diſgracious vſage, no not of thoſe, whoſe minds are diſeaſed with the greateſt enuie.
Finally, I beſeech you (good Madame) not to meaſure my duetie towardes you by this meanes, wherein I ſeeke to ſhew it: for this I know to bee ordinary and vulgar, and ſo farre from the ſatisfaction of mine owne mind, as that I am in a manner therewith diſpleaſed, but the other, if euer your commandement, opportunity of time and occaſion, or the vttermoſt ſtrain of my inuention and indeauour giue me leaue, ſhall diſcouer it ſelfe in a better proportion: for I will neuer forget, but ſtill retaine engraued in the marble table of a thankefull memory (beſides the dutie our family oweth vnto that noble houſe wherein you matched) the many fauours you haue done me in particular, and he many wayes you haue ſought to doe me good, wherein though the violence of my own fortune hath ſtil encountred your enaeuor, yet ther remaineth vnto me no ſmall comfort, & withal I doe ſomewhat the better eſteeme my ſelfe, in that your Ladiſhippe, whoſe iudgement, wiſedome, and vertue paſſeth
with ſuch generall allowance; hath deemed me worthy of your honourable good opinion, and thereof hath made me aſſured by many moſt eſſentiall teſtimonies. In concluſion Madam, I will neuer ceaſe to honour you, and in the meane time humbly beſeech you to accept in good part, theſe the fruites of my extream idlenes, the poore pledges of that duty, which I would diſcharge towardes you in greater matters, if I were able, and for my part I will neuer ceaſe to pray vnto the almighty to bleſſe you with honour and happines, ſuch as ſo great worthineſſe, and vertue deſerueth. Selſey this thirteenth of Auguſt. 1598.
Your Ladyſhippes moſt faithfully
to commaund
LEWES
LEWKENOR.
THe antique Babel, Empreſſe of the Eaſt,
Vpreard her buildinges to the threatned skie:
And Second Babell tyrant of the Weſt,
Her ayry Towers vpraiſed much more high.
But with the weight of their own ſurquedry,
They both are fallen, that all the earth did feare,
And buried now in their own aſhes ly,
Yet ſhewing by their heapes how great they were.
But in their place doth now a third appeare,
Fayre Venice, flower of the laſt worlds delight,
And next to them in beauty draweth neare,
But farre exceedes in policie of right.
Yet not ſo fayre her buildinges to behold
As Lewkenors ſtile that hath her beautie told.
Edw. Spencer.
FAyer mayden towne that in rich Thetis armes,
Haſt ſtill been foſtered ſince thy firſt foundatiō.
Whoſe glorious beauty cals vnnumbred ſwarmes
Of rareſt ſpirits from each forrein natiō,
And yet (ſole wonder to all Europes eares,
Moſt louely Nimph, that euer Neptune got)
In all this ſpace of thirteene hundred yeares,
Thy virgins ſtate ambition nere could blot.
Now I prognoſticate thy ruinous caſe,
When thou ſhalt from thy Adriatique ſeas,
View in this Ocean Iſle thy painted face,
In theſe pure colours coyeſt eyes to pleaſe,
Then gazing in thy ſhadowes peereles eye,
Enamour'd like Narciſſus thou ſhalt dye.
I. Aſhley
VEnice inuincible, the Adriatique wonder,
Admirde of all the world for power and glorie,
Whom no ambitious force could yet bring vnder,
Is here preſented in her States rare ſtorye,
Where all corrupt means to aſpire are curbd,
And Officers for vertues worth elected.
The contrarie wherof hath much diſturbd
All ſtates, where the like cauſe is vnreſpected,
A document that Iuſtice fortifies
Each gouernment (although in ſome thinges faultie)
And makes it dreadfull to the enuying eyes
Of ill affecting foes, and tyrants haulty.
Lewkenor, whom armes and letters haue made knowen,
In this worke hath the fruits of either ſhewen.
Maur. Kiffen.
TI's not affected grace, or mockt diſguiſe
Aſſures a true returne from forren partes.
Trauell confounds the vaine, confirmes the wiſe,
Leukenor liue thou eſteemde for thy deſerts,
While thy laſt trauels do thy firſt commend,
To ſtraungers prou'd in them a gratefull frende,
And for thy abſence to thy natiue clyme,
A welcome Venturer of rich priz'd time.
Henry Elmes
To the Reader.
THough I haue been euer readier to wonder at the effect of things extraordinarily ſtrange; then wel prouided of iudgement to examine their cauſes, ſubiecting ſundrie times mine eares to the report of rare and vnuſuall accidents, with a greater bent of attention, then perchaunce to a well tempered ſtayednes will ſeem conuenient, yet mee thinketh that this humor of mine, howſoeuer faulty, is much more excuſable then that contemptuous deriſion of Theyras, who preſentlie doe condemne for falſe fryuolous & impoſſible whatſoeuer is not within the narrow lymits of their own capacitie included, therein to excuſe their owne ignorance by the diſgrace of a better experience, for mine own part therefore, though no mans conceipt weaker or vnapter to apprehend then mine, yet I euer held it decent to yeeld a reſpectiue geſture, and due reputation to him, that vpon his owne Wiſe and diſcrere ſpeech beautifieth the hearer and delighteth the speaker.knowledge taketh vpon him to deliuer vnto the hearers matter mouing them to maruell, and ſuch as common experience ſometimes fayleth to approue, of which ſort vnleſſe the partialitie of my affection deceiue mee, there is not any that doth more beautifie the ſpeaker or delight the hearer, then the deſcription of forreine regions, the manners & cuſtomes of farre
diſtant countries, the diuetſitie of their complections, humor, diet and attire, and ſuch like other ſingularities; eſpecially if they come from the mouth of a wiſe and well ſpeaking traueller, to whoſe tongue I could willingly endure to haue mine eares enclined, while he diſtilleth into them the ſweet liquors that he hath induſtriouſly extracted out of the painefull fruits of his forrein trauell; nothing is here farther from my meaning then thoſe who hauing gotten a fonde affected phraſe of ſpeech, or ſome conceited toyes in their habite would be accounted great trauellers, becauſe perchaunce they haue ſeene the clocke at Strasburge, or can talke of Maddona Margaritas pantables, ſuch being ſeconded with no farther vertue, might much better haue ſpent their time at home: but I ſpeake of the wiſer ſort; who returning amended in knowledge, and not corrupted in manners, nor diſguiſed in behauiour, haue by well ſpending their time abroad, enabled and made themſelues fit to doe their countrie ſeruice, when occaſion requireth, ſuch in mine opinion are to bee eſteemed, if for nothing els, yet in regard that neglecting nearer waies of gaine (by which we ſee at home euen the meaneſt capacities do ariſe vnto wealth, and credite) they expoſe themſelues to many daungers, content themſelues with all vneaſe, runne through all difficulties, ſubiect to reprehenſion, and vncertaine of reward, neither caring to pleaſe their bodyes, nor to fill their purſes, ſo they may enrich their mindes with a perpetuall directed entent to their countries good, of which ſometimes they are but ſlenderly requited, yea and oftentimes through enuie of their ſufficiencie d
•
preſſed, and malitiouſly cenſured, for the moſt part being vſed like whetſtones, who giuing edge to others, are themſelues ſtill kept bare, the cauſe whereof as I take it proceedeth through the miraculous fertilitie of this age, wherein wee liue, which
bringeth ſoorth men ſo rarely qualified, and of ſuch ripe pregnant conceipts, that they can gather out of their ſoft beds, and full diſhes at home, better abilitie to iudge, bolder audacity to ſpeake, and a quicker inſight to diſcern and cenſure other mens ſufficiences, then others can in many yeares trauell abroad with many carefull thoughtes, induſtrious penuries and paineful inconueniences belonging vnto that life attaine vnto: it was not ſo in Homers time, for he vnder the perſon of Vliſſes indeuored to deſeribe and patterne forth the moſt perfect and accompliſhed Gentleman of Greece, hee did not praiſe him for the nimbleneſſe of his tongue, the gaineſſe of his cloathes, nor the Vliſſes praiſed by Homer for hauing ſeene many countries and the faſhions of many men.boldneſſe of his face, no nor for his ſuperficiall ſmattering in many bookes, but he ſaid, Multornm mores vidit & vrbes, making that the foundation whereupon to build the reſt of his prayſes, in fine how ſucceſles ſoeuer their vertuous endenours fall out, there is no kind of people with whome I do willinglyer conuerſe, as being fruitfull and pleaſing in their diſcourſes, ſo alſo through their acquaintance with the ciuilitie of other nations, moderate and offenceles in their behauiour, of which ſorte it hath been my happineſſe to be beholding to many of ſundry nations for their friendly conuerſation, who neuer were ſo willing at any time to ſpeake, as I euer was ready to receiue their diſcourſes with an attentiue eare, wherein I alwaies eſpecially obſerued one thing, that whether they with whom I conferred were Engliſhmen, French men, Spaniards, Germains, Polonians, yea or Italians borne in the bordering prouinces, as of each ſort I haue beene acquainted with many, though ſundrie of them had been in the fartheſt parts of Aſia and Affrica, yet comming once to ſpeake of the cittie of Venice, they would inforce their ſpeech to the higheſt of all admiration, as being a thing of the greateſt worthineſſe, and moſt infinitely
remarkable, that they had ſeen in the whole courſe of their trauels.
Some of the youthfuller ſort, would extoll to the skies their humanitie towardes ſtraungers, the delicacie of their entertainments, the beauty, pomp, & daintines of their women, & finally the infinite ſuperflutties of all pleaſure and delightes.
Other of a grauer humor would dilate of the greatnes of their Empire, the grauitie of their prince, the maieſty of their Senate, the vnuiolablenes of their lawes, their zeale in religiō, and laſtly their moderation, and equitie, wherewith they gouerne ſuch ſubiected prouinces as are vnder their dominion, binding them therby in a faſter bonde of obedience then all the cytadels, garriſons, or whatſoeuer other tyrannicall inuentions could euer haue brought them vnto. Theſe and ſuch like reportes haue from time to time kindled within me ſo greate a deſire to acquaint myſelfe with the particularities of this famous Cittie, that though during the time of my trauell, (deſtinate to more vnhappy courſes) I was not ſo fortunate as to bee a beholder of the glorie thereof, yet I haue not omitted from time to time to gather ſuch obſeruations as well by reading the beſt and choiceſt authors entreating there of, as alſo by conference with ſundry wel experienced gentlemē, as might not onely ſatiſfie the curioſitie of my own deſire, but alſo deliuer vnto other a cleare and exact knowledge of euery particularitie worthy of note, that thereunto appartaineth, which cannot as I imagine (the nobleneſſe of the ſubiect conſidered) but bee All other excellent gouernments comprehended within that of Venice.pleaſing and agreeable to the beſt conceipted ſpirits, who may out of this one commonwelth of Venice, gather and comprehend the fruite of all whatſoeuer other gouernments throughout the world▪ that are of any ſame or excellency: for in the perſon of the Venetian prince, who ſitting at the helme of this citie ſhineth in all exterior ornamentes of royall dignitie;
(neuertheleſſe both he and his authority, being wholy ſubiected to the lawes) they may ſee a ſtraunge and vnuſuall forme of a moſt excellent Monarchie.
Then what more perfect and liuely pattern of a well ordered Ariſtocraticall gouernment can there in the worlde bee expreſſed, then that of their Councell of Pregati or Senators, which being the onely chiefe and principall members of all ſupreame power; yet haue not any power, mean, or poſſibility at all to tyranize, or to peruert their Country lawes?
Laſtly if they deſire to ſee a moſt rare and matchleſſe preſident of a Democraſie or popular eſtate, let them beholde their great Councell, conſiſting at the leaſt of 3000. Gentlemen, whereupon the higheſt ſtrength and mightineſſe of the eſtate abſolutely relyeth, notwithſtanding which number all thinges are ordered with ſo diuine a peaceablenes, and ſo without all tumult and confuſion, that it rather ſeemeth to bee an aſſembly of Angels, then of men.
In fine, whitherſoeuer you turne your eyes, they ſhall not encounter any thing but obiectes of admiration; their iuſtice is pure and vncorrupted: their penall Lawes moſt vnpardonably executed: their encouragements to vertue infinite: eſpecially by their diſtribution of offices & dignities, which is ordered in ſuch ſo ſecrete, ſtrange, and intricate a ſort, that it vtterly ouerreacheth the ſubtiltie of all ambitious practiſes, neuer falling vpon any but vpon ſuch as are by the whole aſſembly allowed for men of greateſt wiſedome, vertue and integritie of life, as by the following diſcourſe moſt euidently ſhall appeare.
But beſides theſe before rehearſed, there are ſundry other ſo maruellous and miraculous conſiderations, and in their owne exceeding ſingularitie, beyond all reſemblance or compariſon with any other Commonwealth ſo vnſpeakeablie ſirange, that their wonderfull rareneſſe being verified, maketh the ſtraungeſt
impoſsibilities not ſeeme altogether incredible: as for example: first touching the ſituation thereof, what euer hath the worlde brought forth more monſtrouſly ſtrange, then that ſo great & glorious a Citie ſhould bee ſeated in the middle of the ſea, eſpecially to ſee ſuch pallaces, monaſteries, temples, towers, turrets, & pinacles reaching vp vnto the cloudes, founded vpon Quagmires, and planted vppon ſuch vnfirme mooriſh and ſpungie foundations, there being neytherwood, nor ſtone, nor matter fit for building within tenne miles thereof, for ſo farre diſtant from it was the neareſt maine land, at ſuch time as the firſt foundation was laide?
Beſides, what is there that can carrie a greater diſproportion with common rules of experience, thē that vnweaponed men in gownes ſhould with ſuch happineſſe of ſucceſſe giue direction & law to many mightie and warlike armies both by ſea and land, and that a ſingle Citie vnwalled, and alone ſhould command & ouer toppe mighty kingdomes, and ſuch famous farre extended prouinces, remayning euer it ſelfe inuincible, and long robed citizens to bee ſerued, yea and ſued vnto for entertainment by the greateſt princes & peeres of Italy: amidſt which infinit affluence of glorie, and vnmeaſurable mightineſſe of power, of which there are in ſoueraignty pertakers aboue 3000. gentlemen, yet is there not one among them to bee found that doth aſpire to any greater appellation of honour, or higher tytle of dignitie then to be called a Gentleman of Venice, including in the ſame the height of all imaginable honour, ſo deare vnto this generous people is the name and loue of their noble country?
And laſtly, though not leaſt to be wondred at, they haue (as it were entertayning a league & intelligence with the heauenly powers) preſerued this royall Citie of theirs this 13. hundred yeares ſince the firſt foundation thereof, in an eſtate ſo perpetually flouriſhing & vnblemiſhed, that though ſundry & mighty
kinges and Emperours being enamored with her beauty and goodlineſſe, haue with maruellous endeuour and multitude of armies ſought to poſſeſſe themſelues of ſo faire and precious a pray: yet haue they hitherto kept her like a pure and vntouched virgine, free from the taſte or violence of any forraine enforcement.
The ſtrange beginning, mighty increaſe and long continuing greatneſſe of this happy commowea th hath ſerued to many preſent writers for the glorious ſubiect of their learned hiſtories: among the reſt he that hath written thereof with greateſt iudgement & authoritie in my opinion, is the Cardinal Gaſper Contareno, by birth a Gentleman, and by deſert and worthineſſe at that time a Senator of Venice: but being now aboue foureſcore years ſince he wrote the ſame; ſince which time there haue ſucceeded many alterations of lawes, and changes of matters in his country, I thought it not unneceſſarie to adde therevnto ſundrie other particularities, gathered (as I ſaid) partly by conference, partly by reading of other learned Authors, as Donato, Iuſtinian, Munſter, Bodin, Ant, Stella, Sanſouino, Domenico Franceſco, Girolamo Bardi &c.
Contareno did firſt write this treatiſe in Latine, the ſame being ſince his time tranſlated into Italian by a Gentleman of Italie, which tranſlation I haue here chiefly followed, though ſtill comparing the ſame with the Latine originall, in regarde of my deſire to expreſſe the proper names of their Magiſtrates, lawes, and ceremonies according to their common appellations, which is much altered in the Latine ſtile: I will not ſpeake of my paines herein, nor enter into any inſinuating challenge of thankes, for in truth I haue neither taken the one, nor deſerued the other, hauing written it at idle times when I had nothing els to doe, being at much more leyſure then willingly I woulde bee.
But me thinkes I heare it vbrayded vnto me, that it is now rather a time to doe then to write: I confeſſe it to be ſo for him that is well ſet on worke: and yet hee that writeth well is neuer the farther off from doing well: ſo that for my part I holde it no diſgrace to write ſo long as my penne vttereth no d ſhoneſtie. My education hath been in the wars: this I onely doc to beguile time; wiſhing that whoſoeuer ſhall herein cenſure mee amiſſe, would be as ready as my ſelfe, both in minde and body, when eyther the cōmandement of my prince, or the occaſion of my countrie ſhalinioine me to other courſes: in the meanetime vtterly careleſſe of mine owne praiſe, I yet intreate them that ſhal reade this diſcourſe, to intertaine this famous Common wealth with all friendlineſſe and fauour, if in no other regarde, yet in this, that thereſt of the whole world honoreth her with the name of a Virgin, a name though in all places moſt ſacred & venerable, yet in no place more dearely and religiouſly to bee reuerenced, then with us, who haue thence deriued our bleſſedneſſe, which I beſeech God may long continue among vs.
Lewes Lewkenor.
LO here deſcrib'd though but in little roome
Faire Venice, like a ſpouſe in Neptunes armes,
For freedome Emulus to ancient Rome,
Famous for councell much, & much for armes,
Whoſe ſtory earſt written with Tuſcan quill,
Lay to the Engliſh wits as halfe concealed,
Till Lewkners learned trauell, and his skill
In well grac'd ſtile, and phraſe hath it reuealed:
Venice be proud that thus augments thy fame,
England be kind enricht with ſuch a booke,
Both giue the honor to that worthy Dame,
For whom this taske the writer vndertooke.
Iohn Harington.
The Firſt Booke of the Magiſtrates
and Commonwealth of the Venetians.
I Hauing oftentimes obſerued many ſtrangers, men wiſe & learned, who arriuing newly at Venice, and beholding The admiration of ſtrangers at their firſt ariuall at Venice.the beautie and magnificence thereof, were ſtricken with ſo great an admiration and amazement, that they woulde, and that with open mouth confeſſe, neuer any thing which beforetime they had ſeene, to be thereunto comparable, either in glory or goodlineſſe. Yet was not euery one of thē poſſeſſed with the like wonder of one ſame particular thing: for to ſome it ſeemed a matter of infinit maruaile, and ſcarcely credible to behold, ſo vnmeaſurable a The cauſes of their admiration diuers.quantity of all ſorts of marchandiſe to be brought out of all realmes and countries into this Citie, and hence againe to be conueyed into ſo many ſtraunge and far diſtant nations, both by land and ſea. Others exceedingly admired the wonderful concourſe of ſtrange and forraine people, yea of the fartheſt and the remoteſt nations, as though the City of Venice onely were a common and generall market to the whole world. Others were aſtoniſhed at the greatneſſe of the empire thereunto belonging, and the mightineſſe of their ſtate both by land and ſea: but the greater part of the moſt wiſe and iudiciall ſort were rather in themſelues confounded with amazement at the new and ſtrange manner of the ſituation of this Citie, ſo fitte and conuenient for all thinges,
that it ſeemed vnto them a thing rather framed by the hands of the immortall Gods, then any way by the arte▪ induſtry, or inuention of men. And for this onely cauſe deemed the Citie of Venice to excell all thoſe, that in this age are to be found, or at any time euer were. Neither altogether without reaſon, for ſurely if you looke into former ages, & likewiſe into this wherein we liue, you ſhall hardly find any cittie comparable with this of ours, eyther for greatnes of Empire, frequencie of people, or aboundance and magnificence of thinges. But No city eyther now or in any other age cō
parable in all points with the citie of Venice.eſpecially for ſituation, neuer was there ſince the memorie of men, any citie ſeated in ſo opportune a place, ſo ſecure, and exceeding the beliefe of men. Some in building of Cities, imagined they had well and ſufficiently done, if they had choſen a place hard of acceſſe, or difficult for their enemies to beſiege or aſſault the ſame: whereby it commeth, that ſundry Citties are ſeated on the toppes of high hilles, with ſharpe and vneaſie paſſages, or elſe in mooriſh and fenniſh places: ſome again for other diuers reſpects haue imagined nothing to be preferred before an apt and commodious ſeate, fitte to conuoy in and out all ſuch thinges as appertaine to the making of a Cittie plentifull and magnificent, aſwell in matters of neceſſitie, as delicacie. Of which both points ioyntly you ſhall find few that haue beene carefull, fewer that haue attempted it, but vnleſſe I be deceiued, neuer any one that hath in all points accompliſhed it.
But the ſituation of Venice being rather to be attributed to ſome diuine prouidence, then to any humane induſtry, is (beyond the beliefe of all thoſe that haue not ſeene this cittie) not onely moſt ſafe and ſecure, both by land and ſea from all violence, but alſo in the higheſt
degree opportune & commodious to the aboundance of all thinges that are behoouefull to the citizens, as alſo for traffique of all ſortes of marchandiſe, in manner with all nations of the worlde.
The ſituation of the citie of Venice. For it is ſeated in a remote and ſecrete place of the Adriatike ſea, where on that ſide (where the ſea beholdeth the continent) there are mightie great lakes; fortified with an admirable artifice of nature. For twelue miles off from the continent, the ſea beginneth to be ſhallow: and among thoſe flats & lakes there ariſeth vp a ſhore or banke like vnto a hill, which ſeruing as a fortreſſe againſt the waues & violences of the ſea, maketh all the inwarde harbor (being very wide & ſpacious) ſo ſecure, that not onely the vehemence of the ſea, when through the rage of any tempeſt it ariſeth, is repreſſed and kept backe, but alſo the ſhips that arriue, are debarred of free and eaſie entrance, in ſo much that if they be not of very light burthen, they are forced to caſt anker at the mouth of the paſſages or entries, and thence, when the weather is calme and quiet, being guided by skilfull pilots, or rather by certaine particular men experimented in thoſe ſhallowes and channels, they may at length come vnto the cittie by a narrow, crooked and intricate way, where the water is of greater depth, the ſame in a manner euery day altering and chaunging according to the tides of the ſea.
The banke which ariſeth behind theſe ſhallowes, reacheth almoſt threeſcore miles, and incloſeth the lakes within. Neuertheleſſe the ſame is not ſo entire, but that there is a rupture in ſeuen places thereof, which maketh an entry to the roade within, and it is ſix miles off from the Continent.
In this manner therefore are the lakes of the Citie of Venice incloſed, partly with firme ground, partly with Ryalta.this banke and ſhallowes: in middle of the which, in that place, which of our aunceſtors was called Rialta, and as yet retaineth the name, was the Citie of Venice builded, at ſuch time as the Hunnes vnder the conduct The cauſe of the firſt building of the City of Veniceof Atyla did ſpoile with fire and ſword the territory of Venetia, a noble prouince of Italie, which bordered vpon thoſe lakes: in which calamitous time the citizens of Padua, of Aquilea, of VderZo, of Concordia, and of Altina, being all faire and goodly cities of Venetia, ſuch of them as were chiefe in riches, and nobility, did firſt get themſelues with their families into certaine Ilands, or rather little hilles, which did appeare out ſomewhat aboue the ſea, and there built them places of abode, in which as in a ſecure hauen they auoyded the ragefull tempeſt of the Hunnes.
There were likewiſe in that troubleſome ſeaſon certain caſtles built vpon the banke, of which I made mention, to which the inhabitantes of that coaſt repaired, leaning their ancient homes ſpoyled and ruined by the Hunnes, ſeeking there a ſafe abode for their wiues and children, and as I may ſay for their houſhold Gods.
Afterwards in the times of the kings, Charles and Pepin, all ſuch as ſcatteringly inhabited theſe places, by common conſent retyred themſelues vnto the Ryalta, as into a place of greater ſecurity, & much more commocious then any of the reſt: ſo that in the end by the concourſe of ſuch as coulde auoide the ruines of Italy, wrought by the cruelty of barbarous nations, Venice by degrees augmented it ſelfe into that greatneſſe, in which we now do ſee it.
It is manifeſt therefore, that the ſeat of this Citie muſt needes bee exceedingly ſecure, in regarde that the firſt building thereof was vndertaken by men, who to auoid the calamities of Italy, in midſt of ſo great a miſerie, remained there in moſt ſound and quiet ſafetie with their Venice hath remained vntouched from the violence of any enemy ſince the firſt building there of, which is aboue 1100▪ yeares.families. But which is more, ſince thoſe times (which we haue not read hath happened to any other city) from the firſt building therof, euen vntil this time, being now a thouſand and one hundred yeares, it hath preſerued it ſelfe free and vntouched from the violence of any enemie, though being moſt opulent and furniſhed, aſwell of gold and ſiluer, as of all other thinges that might, yea euen from the fartheſt parts of the world allure the Barbares to ſo rich a bootie and ſpoile. So that I doe not diſalow their opinion, that haue deemed the Citie of Venice, to excell and go beyond all other Cities. But yet there is one thing more in this citie, which not onely in my iudgement farre exceedeth all thoſe thinges, which wee haue ſpoken of, but likewiſe in all their opinions, that do not account a Citie to bee the walles and houſes onely, but rather the aſſemblie and order of the citizens, chiefly and with greateſt worthineſſe to challenge that name, and this is the true reaſon, manner, & forme of commonwealthes, through which men enioy a happie and quiet life: This is that rare and excellent thing, wherein Venice ſeemeth to ſhine, and to ſurpaſſe all antiquitie, for though it is apparant that there hath beene many commonwealthes, which haue farre exceeded Venice as well in empire and greatneſſe of eſtate, as in militarie diſcipline and glory of the wars: yet hath there not beene any, that may bee paragond with this of ours, for inſtitutions & lawes prudently decreed,
to eſtabliſh vnto the inhabitantes a happie and proſperous felicitie, the proofe whereof is made manifeſt by the long continuance thereof in ſuch ſecurity and happineſſe, which when I conſider with my ſelf, I am wont greatly to wonder at the wiſedome of our anceſtors, at their induſtry, the vertue of their minds, & their incredible loue and charity towardes their country. There were in Athens, Lacedaemon and Rome, in ſundry ſeaſons ſundry rare and vertuous men of excellent deſert, and ſingular pietie towardes their country, but ſo fewe, that being ouerruled by the multitude they were not able much to profite the ſame. But our aunceſtors, from whome wee haue receyued ſo flouriſhing a commonwealth, all in one did vnite themſelues in a conſenting The nobility of Venice not ſo ambitious of their owne as of their countries honor.deſire to eſtabliſh, honour, and amplifie their country, without hauing in a manner any the leaſt regarde of their owne priuate glorie or commodity. And this any man may eaſily coniecture, that the nobilitie of Venice was neuer ſo ambitious of any priuate matter pertayning to themſelues, as they were alwayes infinitely zealous of the honour, commodity and aduancement of their country, in regarde that there are in Venice to bee found none, or very few monuments of our aunceſtors, though both at home and abroad many things were by them gloriouſly atchieued, and they of paſſing and ſingular deſart towards their countrie. There are no ſtately
•
ecchi di nauitombes erected, no military ſtatues remaining, no ſtemmes of ſhips, no enſignes, no ſtandrads taken from their enemies, after the victory of many and mighty battailes.
Andreas Contareno Duke of Venice. I wil among innumerable others touch onely the example of Andraeas Contareno an anceſtor of mine: who
being prince of our commonwealth in the Genowes war, the greateſt and moſt dangerous that euer we endured, did not onely preſerue our countrey with his ſingular wiſedome, and maruellous greatneſſe of courage, but did ſo vtterly ouerthrow our enemies (they triumphing euen then as it were in an aſſured victory) that they in a manner were all eyther ſlaine or taken priſoners. Finally, hauing ſo mightily preſerued his country, and amplified and eſtabliſhed the commonwealth, hee paſſed out of this life, or dayning by teſtament, that on his ſepulcher (which at this day is to be ſeene in S. Stephens church) there ſhould not be placed any armes or enſignes of our familie: neither, which is more, is there ſo much as the name of ſo great a Duke engraued, but rather by his modeſtie is it come to paſſe, that the ſepulcher of ſo famous & excellent a prince is in a manner vtterly vnknowen.
I imagine this to be a moſt certain argument, that our aunceſtors delighted not in vaineglorie or ambition, but had only their intentiue care to the good of their country and common profite. With this then exceeding vertue of mind did our aunceſtors plant and ſettle this ſuch a commonwealth, that ſince the memory of men, whoſoeuer ſhal go about to make compare between the ſame & the nobleſt of the ancients, ſhal ſcarcely find any ſuch: but rather I dare affirme, that in the diſcourſes of thoſe great Philoſophers, which faſhioned & forged cō
monwealths according to the deſires of the mind, there is not any to be founde ſo well fayned and framed, for which cauſe I thought I ſhould doe a thing very gratefull to ſtrangers, if I ſhoulde deſcribe the order of ſo renowned a commonwealth: eſpecially becauſe in this time among the number of ſo many men learned, and
of pregnant wits, ripe in the knowledge of all things, and excelling in eloquence, I ſee not any that hath vndertaken this honorable taske. To which though I know the weakeneſſe of our ſtile cannot yeeld any ornament, yet the ſame is of it ſelfe ſo noble, that it is able not onely to yeeld dignitie to it ſelfe, but alſo to the vnworthineſſe of my ſpeech.
Being therefore determined to write of this our commonwealth, to the end that euery one may know whether the ſame be well or ill diſpoſed, I thinke it beſt to take my beginning from hence.
That man is by nature made a ciuile creature, but alone by himſelfe, neither able to liue well, not to liue at all, which euery daies neceſſitie, and the manner of victuailing and clothing approueth: and for this cauſe euen from the beginning did men enter into ciuile ſocietie, and therein continued to the ende, that ſo they might liue happily and commodiouſly, which is, that with mutuall helpe and diligence they might obtaine the chief good incident to men, ſo long as the courſe of this their mortal life endureth, wherunto the whole reaſon of ciuil inſtitution pertaineth, that by the eaſieſt way No life happy and bleſſed but that which contayneth in it the vſe of vertue.poſſible the citizens may be made poſſeſſors of a happy life. But a life happie and bleſſed is ſo tearmed of great Philoſophers, the which containeth in it ſelfe the vſe of vertue, which they do approue with moſt aſſured reaſons and vndenyable arguments. Now the vſe of vertue appeareth as well in the offices of warre, as in the functions of peace: which notwithſtanding though the praiſe of warre, and the manner of diſcipline thereunto belonging, be neceſſary to a Citie, for the preſeruation of the libertie and defence of the confines, and contayneth
in it ſelfe great dignitie and goodlineſſe: yet the common ſence of men doth not allow theſe offices of warre (by which the ruine and ſlaughter of mankinde is procured) to be for themſelues deſired, and that all other ciuile offices ſhould be thereunto referred: for it were the token of an vnciuile diſpoſition, or rather of a man hating humanitie to wiſh for warres, ſlaughters, & burnings, for this onely cauſe that he might be famous in matters of warre, and adde thereunto (if it pleaſe you) that he might be honored with the name of a great captain: wherefore all philoſophers of greateſt marke haue Warre is to be deſired for the cauſe of peace.in this one point agreed, that warre is to be deſired for the cauſe of peace, and that the whole function of militarie vertue, and the commendation thereof ought to be referred to the offices of peace: wherefore that gouernour of a commonwealth that would be accounted worthy of praiſe, & (as the ſaying is) a man perfectly accompliſhed, ought to vſe that temperature, & to maintaine that order, that the whole commonwealth may ſeeme accommodated to vertue, and withall, that it bee rather thought to attend to the exerciſes of peace, then to the offices of warre, yet in the meane time not contemning ſuch thinges as pertaine to the diſcipline of warres; becauſe many times the militare vertue (ſo that the ſame be vſed without iniurie) is neceſſary to defend and to enlarge the confines. But things being once ordered as we haue ſaid, it is wont then to be doubted of, whether it bee better that one or few haue the gouernment of the whole citie, or rather the whole multitude, as many doe deſcribe the eſtate of that, which ought properly to be called a commonwealth. And truely to me it ſeemeth exceedingly well and wiſely ſaid of them,
Howſoeuer the ſucceſſe hath allowed the gouernment of Venice, either in regard of the ſmalneſſe of their territory, or the ſtrong ſituation of their citie: yet there was neuer any example of any other great cōmonwealth but that did ſoone periſh by the plurality of commā
ders: all great philoſophers chiefly extolling the monarchy; & all courſe of times & examples confirming their opinion. that deemed the gouernment of men to bee vnfitly granted to one alone, but that there ſhould bee a thing more diuine to whom this office ſhould be giuen, as out of many ſorts of creatures may be gathered. For a ſheep gouerneth not a flock of ſheep, nor an oxe, nor an horſe a heard of oxen, or horſes; but a creature more excellent defendeth and gouerneth them, which is man, which is a thing manifeſt to al men, of how much more worth he is then thoſe brute creatures: by the like reaſon (if ſo it might be brought to paſſe) ſhould man be gouerned by ſom thing more diuine & excellent thē man, but ſeeing in worldly things (which are with ſence perceiued) there is nothing found more excellent thē man, & man being a certaine diuerſe creature, & conſiſting of different parts, as hauing the inferior forces of his mind cō
mon, as it were with brutiſh creatures: but with the ſuperior powers therof, participating (in a manner) with the immortal Gods: that rightly ought amongſt men to obtain the place of gouernment & rule, which is in man higheſt & of greateſt participation with dignity: which is as all men do acknowledge the mind, being by nature grafted in vs as a beame of the heauēly brightnes: therfore euil ſhal that commonwealth be prouided for, that That ought amongſt men to obtaine the place of gouernment and rule, which is in mā higheſt, & of greateſt participation with diuinitie.ſhal be committed to the gouernment of a man, whom many times thoſe inferior and brutiſh powers doe perturbe, & call backe from the true path of reaſon: but that office is rather to be committed to the mind, pure and void of perturbations: wherefore by a certaine diuine counſell when by other meanes it might not, mankinde through the inuention of lawes ſeemeth to haue attained this point, that this office of gouerning aſſemblings of men ſhould be giuen to the minde and reaſon onely:
the ſame being free from paſſion, which among many other the infinit bleſſings & gifts of heauen, is not to be accounted in the loweſt, but rather the higheſt ranke, if we will truely conſider the vtilitie of lawes: for firſt in enacting them, many wiſe men meete together, who by long vſe growen skilfull in many things, by comparing the inuentions and examples of others with their owne experience, do at length after long conſultation determine that which ſhall ſeeme beſt vnto them, their minds being then directly bent to vertue, free from hatred, friendſhip, or other perturbation: the cauſe of no The excellency of lawes.priuate man being intereſſed in the eſtabliſhing of laws, which in courſes of mans iudgement often happeneth. But after that lawes once are enacted, if any then tranſgreſſe them, & chaunce to ſuffer the puniſhments that they inflict, he cannot in reaſon blame any man, and in this caſe it is not to be feared that any ſedition or rancor growne among the citizens, being the greateſt & moſt dangerous contagion of cōmonwealths: whereas contrariwiſe when any man is puniſhed by the iudgement of men not fortified with lawes, great & grieuous enmities do ſundry times enſue; for it ſcarcely can be choſen, but that we remaine ill affected towards him, of whom we haue receiued harme, ſo that I cannot well reſolue whether mankind be more beholding for any other The inuention of lawes was by the ancients, conſecrated vnto the immortall Gods.thing to nature the mother of all things, then it is for this inuention of lawes, which was of the ancients and not vnworthely conſecrated to the immortall Gods: but which ſerueth more meruailous, Ariſtotle ptince of philoſophers, in that booke of the world which he did dedicat to great Alexāder, found not any thing to which he might likelier reſemble God, thē to an autentike law
in a Citie rightly gouerned: ſo that the opinion of this great philoſopher was in manner, that God was the ſame in the vniuerſity of things, as an ancient lawe in a ciuill company: and in his bookes wherein hee entreateth of a commonwealth, he tearmeth law to be a mind without appetite, which is to ſay pure, cleare, and free from the infirmitie of any paſſion, whereby any man, of how ſlow conceit ſoeuer, may perceiue the fitneſſe & neceſſitie of that of which we ſpake before: that is, that ſomething more diuine then man ſhoulde rule and gouerne the companies of men: for a man being aduanced to this office of gouernement, (as men endued with wiſedome, and integrity are rare) and they for the moſt part may erre in iudging and decerning things through the force of their affections, which do perturbe and diuert the mind from her true courſe and intention, it followes of neceſſitie, that thinges cannot go ſo currant as they ſhould, yea though it might be ſo, that wee might find out a man ſo wiſe and vertuous, and of ſuch ſtedfaſt conſtancic, that no perturbation were able to make his mind recoile from his duetie, yet neither on this condition were the rule of man to be wiſhed for before the gouernment of lawes: for he being of a mortall & fraile nature could not long enioy that function, when lawes (as I ſaid) do in a manner concurre with eternitie. By theſe I thinke it ſufficiently perſuaded, that the ſouerainty of gouernment ſhould be recommended not to men but to lawes, to whoſe will yet ſome few thinges may be permitted, that are not well in lawes to bee comprehended: neuertheleſſe it is neceſſary, that there bee A Gardian of the lawes.made a certaine Gardian as Lieſtenant and miniſter of the laws, who may gouerne the commonwealth according
to the rule of the lawes. And becauſe all thoſe thinges that come into iudgement cannot be comprehended in lawes, that he then be an arbiter & ruler of thoſe matters that are in queſtion: now againe returneth that controuerſie of conſtitution of lawes, which Whether a few or the whole multitude be to bee preferred to the defence of of the lawes.to ſome might ſeeme already decided, that is to ſay, whether one, or a few, or the whole multitude, be to be preferred to the defence of the lawes, & to iudge thoſe things that do not fal into the comprehenſion of lawes. And though in the opinion of many men, the kingly domination is of higheſt eſteeme and greateſt account: neuertheleſſe I ſhoulde thinke that though the principalitie of one alone, that ſhould lawfully, and by right challenge to himſelfe the dignity of a king: if the matter be by it ſelfe conſidered, ſhoulde ſeeme of all other the beſt, yet in regarde of the breuitie of life, and mans fraile diſpoſition, which for the moſt parte enclineth to the worſer parte, the gouernment of the multitude is farre more conuenient to the aſſemblie of citizens, which experience the miſtreſſe of all thinges doth elegantly teach vs, becauſe that wee haue not read that there was among auncientes any ſouerainty of a king, neyther haue wee in our time ſeene any that had not ſoone declyned into tiranny: on the contrary ſide many commonwealthes that haue continued proſperouſly many ages, and flouriſhed both in peace and warre, yet is the whole multitude of it ſelfe vnapt to gouerne, vnleſſe the ſame be in ſome ſort combined together; for No ciuil ſociety can remain perfect, vnleſſe the ſame be in a vnity contained.there cannot bee a multitude without the ſame bee in ſome vnitie contayned; ſo that the ciuill ſociety (which conſiſteth in a certaine vnity) will bee diſſolued, if the multitude become not one by ſome meane of reaſon, ſo
that the beſt philoſophers, and thoſe that haue learnedlyeſt written of the ordering of a commonwealth, iudged that in the gouernment therof there ſhould be a temperature betweene the ſtate of nobility & popular ſort, to the ende that the inconueniences of either gouernmental one might be auoided, and the commodities of both ioyntly inioyed, for which cauſe they doe highly The commonwealth of the Lacedemonians gouerned by the king, the Ephores & the Senate. The ſame wholly inſtituted to the offices & exerciſes of war.commend the commonwealth of the Lacedemonians, in which the kings, the Ephores, & the ſenates made a certain mixture, ſo that it is hard to decipher vnder what ſort of gouernment the ſame can be placed: onely this they reprehend, that it was onely inſtituted to the offices of war without any regard of the offices of peace & quietneſſe, wherby it came to paſſe, that the ſame being glorious, and renowned in many excellent vertues ſo ſoon as euer it began to liue at quiet, preſently declined, & at length vtterly fell to ruine: which alſo and for the ſame cauſe befell the Romaines, neyther was the euent thereof vnforeſeene of ſundry of the chiefe Senators, The cauſe of the ruine of the Lacedemonian & Romane commonwealth.among the which Naſica was of opinion, that Carthage (though enuious of the Romane greatneſſe, and as it were in competencie withall) ought not to haue beene ruined, to the end that Rome might ſtill haue an enemie with whom to occupie it ſelfe in armes: leſt their enemie and corriuall being taken away, the commonwealth being inſtituted to warre, and the youth nouriſhed in armes, they ſhoulde turne their weapons vpon themſelues, which counſell of Naſica though it was then refuſed of the Senates, and the contrary decreed: neuertheles the euēt proued the ſame to haue bin moſt wiſe & prudent: for Carthage being deſtroyed, preſently (in a manner) they burſt out into ciuill warres through
which at length the ſame being the moſt flouriſhing & mighty commonwealth that euer was, fel downe to the ground, and that Citie abounding in ſuch opulency, as being in manner Queene of the worlde, became a pray to the barbarous. But to come now at length to our determined taske, it appeareth that our aunceſtors, which inſtituted the commonwealth of Venice, were men indued with admirable wiſedome and vertue, in that they omitted nothing which might ſeeme to pertaine to the right inſtitution of a commonwealth: for firſt they ordayned the whole life and exerciſe of their citizens to the vſe and office of vertue, and alwaies with greater regard and reckoning applyed their minds to the maintenance of peace then to glorie of warres: The Venetians applyed their minds, more to the maintenance of peace then to the glory of wars.bending alwaies their chiefeſt care and ſtudie to the preſeruation of ciuill concorde and agreement among themſelues, not in the mean time neglecting warlike offices, ſuch (I meane) as were fitte and conuenient for our Citie, of which the ſituation is ſuch, that it ſerueth well, and is commodious for warres by ſea, but vnfitte for warres by land: for neyther ſquadrons of horſemen, nor troupes of footmen can by any meanes be accomodated thereunto, as by my former deſcription, thereof may eaſily bee coniectured. Beſides, they vſed ſuch a moderation and temperature, and ſuch a mixture of all eſtates, that this onely cittie retayneth a princely ſoueraigntie, a gouernment of the nobilitie, & a popular authority, ſo that the formes of them all ſeeme to be equally ballanced, as it were with a paire of weights, as more plainely hereafter ſhall appeare.
But now finally to come to the inſtitutiō of our Venetian commonwealth, the whole authority of the city frō
whoſe decrees and lawes aſwell the ſenate as all other The great councell in which conſifteth the whol authority of the commonwealth of Venice.magiſtrates deriue their power and authority, is in that councell, into which all the gentlemen of the Citie being once paſt the age of 25. yeares, are admitted: and ſundry of them not yet come to that age, ſo that they be full twentie, which priuiledge they obtaine by the benefite of lottes: of which hereafter we will diſcourſe the whole manner: Now firſt I am to yeeld you a reckoning how and with what wiſedome it was ordayned by our aunceſtors, that the common people ſhould not bee admitted into this company of citizens, in whoſe authority conſiſteth the whole power of the common wealth, then that this definition of citizens was not with leſſe wiſedome meaſured, rather by the nobility of linage, then the greatnes of wealth, as in auncient commonwealthes it was wont, & as many old philoſophers do preſcribe: for though the citie is the company of citizens: yet all thoſe men whoſe trauaile the Citie needeth, yea and that dwell within the walles thereof, are not generally to bee reckoned in the number, nor regiſtred in the right of citizens: for euery citie ſtandeth in neede of artificers, and many mercenarie people, and hired ſeruants, of which none can bee truely tearmed a citizen: for a citizen is a free man, but thoſe are all ſeruile, eyther priuately or publikely: for mercenarie men Mercenary men and artificers to be held as publike ſeruants.& artificers, are all to be accounted as publique ſeruants: for it is to bee beleeued that a liuing creature is not otherwiſe made of nature, then it is needefull that the citie ſhould bee of men: for as in a liuing creature are many partes that haue no life, yet the creature needeth them towardes the maintenance of life: ſo in a company of citizens, there is a neceſſary vſe of many men,
who neuertheleſſe ought neither to bee, nor to be reputed or placed in the number of citizens: for which cauſe it was wiſely ordayned of our anceſtors, that the whole people ſhould not haue power in this commonwealth, which they deſired to faſhion in the higheſt degree of perfection. Becauſe many troubles & popular tumults ariſe in thoſe citties, whoſe gouernment is ſwaied by the common people, which we haue alſo read, hath beene obſerued in ſundry commonwealthes, & alſo deliuered in way of precept by many and great philoſophers, yet many were of contrarie opinion, deeming that it would doe well, if this manner of gouerning the commonwealth ſhould rather bee defined by abilitie and abundance of riches: but here againe they fell into great abſurdities The abſurdity of thoſe that elect the rulers & magiſtrates of their commonwealth by the abundance of their riches.and no ſmall inconueniences: for it happeneth often that thoſe of the baſeſt ſort, yea of the very skum of the people, do ſcrape together great wealth, as thoſe that apply themſelues to filthy artes, and illiberall occupations, neuer ſparing the toileſome and carefull wearing out of their liues, but with an intollerable ſauing, defrauding themſelues of the comforts of life, thereby to increaſe their ſubſtance. Contrariwiſe the honeſt citizens, and thoſe that are liberally brought vppe, oftentimes fall to pouertie, either (as it often happeneth) by aduerſe fortune, or els that being wholly addicted to noble and liberall ſtudies, they neglect the increaſing of their wealth: whereby it commeth that filthy and ill mannerd men ſauouring of nothing but gaine, vtterly ignorant of good artes, by little and little come to gouerne the commonwealth: and thoſe that are honeſt & of liberall condition by the decay of their ſubſtance, do looſe the right of citizens, wherby of neceſſity there
muſt ariſe great ſeditions and troubles to the commonwealth. Therefore our wiſe and prudent anceſtors, leſt their commonwealth ſhould happen into theſe calamities, ordered that this definition of the publike rule, Nobility of lineage to be in election of magiſtrates preferred before riches.ſhould go rather by the nobility of lineage, then by the eſtimation of wealth: yet with that temperature, that men of chiefe & ſupreme nobilitie ſhould not haue this rule alone (for that wold rather haue been the power of a few then a commonwealth) but alſo euery other citizen whoſoeuer not ignobly borne: ſo that all which were noble by birth, or enobled by vertue, or well deſeruing of the commonwealth, did in the beginning obtain this right of gouernment: which hath likewiſe happened in theſe times of ours, yea and ſome forrain men and ſtrangers haue beene adopted into this number of Strangers ſometimes adopted into the right of citizens by the Venetians.citizens, eyther in regard of their great nobility, or that they had beene dutifull towardes the ſtate, or els had done vnto them ſome notable ſeruice. This whole aſſembly therefore of the citizens (or as commonly it is termed) this great councell (vpon whoſe authority the whole power of this commonwealth, as alſo the dignitie of the ſenat and of all the magiſtrates dependeth) repreſenteth The Duke ruleth during life.in this commonwealth the forme of a popular ſtate. The Duke who hath no time of gouernment limited vnto him, but ruleth during life, beareth the ſhew of a kingly power, repreſenting in all thinges the glory, grauitie and dignity of a king: the reſt of the citizens do beare him honor and reuerence as vnto a king: & all decrees, lawes, and publike letters go forth vnder his name. But the Senate, the tenne, the colledge of elders or chiefe counſellors, which amongſt vs of the cō
mon people are commonly called the ſages: thoſe I ſay
which do conſult of matters, & after from the commonwealth do make report vnto the Senat, carry with them a certaine ſhew of an Ariſtocracy or gouernment of the nobilitie: which ſeeing they are the chiefe parts of this commonwealth, before we come to the meaner magiſtrates; we will ſpeake particularly of theſe. We wil take our beginning from the greater councell, vpon which the whole commonwealth dependeth.
All yong men of the nobilitie, which haue accompliſhed Yong Gentlemen at 20. yeares of their age admitted to the great councell of Venice.the age of 20. years, do go vnto the office which commonly is called aduocatory, to which the defence of the lawes chiefly belongeth: before which preſenting themſelues with their father, or with their mother: if he be dead, or in caſe of both their wants, with ſome neere kinſeman, they doe proue with the witneſſe beſides of two honeſt men (neither of them being of the mothers kindred) themſelues to be borne of that father whom they alledge, not baſtards, but in lawfull matrimony, & that their mother liued in fame of an honeſt woman. The witneſſes ſweare in this manner, that they do manifeſtly know it by the report and conſent of An oath taken in the behalfe of the yong gentlemen before they are admitted into the councell.al thoſe that know them. Then the father or the mother or (they both wanting) the kinſemen affirme with the oath, that the young man hath paſſed his 20. yeares: which thinges after they are directly regiſtred by the clearke of the office, they then attend the fourth day of the moneth of Decemb. on which day the names of all theſe yong men that haue not yet by lotte obtained the right of citizens, nor are not paſſed 25. years old, are put into a pot, and carried vnto the prince, & there the ſame ſet before the counſellors, with which there is another pot, wherin are round balles equall with the number of the names writē in the firſt, euery one hauing his marks;
the fift part of theſe balles is guilded with gold, the reſt with ſiluer: the prince taketh out of the firſt potte the name, and then out of the next potte the ball, which if he be of the golden ſort, the young man whoſe name was drawen, hath preſently the authority of publike power, and is admitted into the great counſaile, but if it be of the ſiluered, he leeſeth for that time his right, and expecteth his fortune of the yeare to come, vnleſſe in the meane time hee accompliſh the 25. yeare of his age: for euery gentleman comming to that age hath preſently the right of a citizen, and is made pertaker of the publike authoritie, by this meanes the fift part of the noble yong men, that put themſelues to this tryall, is euery yeare admitted and enabled to giue his voyce with the other citizens: but if it ſo happen that the father or grandfather of any gentleman, eyther in regard of abſence or other cauſe, had neuer vſed this publique right, nor his name neuer beene regiſtred in the common booke, that contayneth the names of all the nobilitie (leſt there ſhould be any fraud vſed, or leſt any baſtard ſhoulde vnder hande enter into this company of No baſtard admitted for noble.gentlemen) they would not that this matter ſhould bee iudged and determined of onely by the office of the aduocatory magiſtrates, but it is prouided for by a lawe, that they ſhould proue their nobilitie by witneſſes and publike writings, and that the aduocators ſhould make The counſell of the
•…
.report ouer to the forty men, and ſo the cauſe being vnderſtood and throughly examined and debated of by the forty men, it is at length iudged whether the party pretending is to be admitted for noble or no.
But to the end that no one ſhoulde ſcotfree aduenture the triall of this iudgement, it was alſo prouided,
that whoſoeuer ſhould vndertake this proofe of his nobilitie, ſhoulde firſt bring vnto the magiſtrate fiue hundred crownes of gold, by them to be put into the treaſure, in caſe the pretendant ſpeed not in his ſuit. Such was the diligence of our anceſtors, to the end that this congregation of nobility ſhould no way be defiled. For which cauſe thoſe very citizens which are nobly borne, and haue paſt their 25. yeares, obtaine not yet the authority of giuing their voices, till being ſo preſented before the magiſtrates, they proue the accompliſhment of the age by the othe of their father, mother, or neere kinſeman, and alſo by two witneſſes, that they were born of that gentleman, who they ſay was their father, not baſtards, nor of a mother any way reproched.
Now that we haue expreſſed the whole manner by which the citizens do enter into the publike authoritie, I thinke it worthy to be marked, that our anceſtors did deeme it a thing of great moment for the maintenance of the citizens in vnitie and loue, if they did often meet and aſſemble together. Therefore as wel by lawes as by preſcription of time, it is an ancient cuſtome that this The great coūcel aſſembled euery eight day.great counſaile ſhould be aſſembled euery eight day, & ſometimes oftner. The eſpeciall office of which is to create all the magiſtrates: aſwell thoſe that adminiſter iuſtice in the cittie, and inioy other offices in the commonwealth, as the ſenate, the tenne, the Pretors, the Captaines and treaſurers of caſtles and Citties, which are vnder the fellowſhip of the Venetian empire, as alſo the gouernors of ſortreſſes, the General of their nauie, their ambaſſadors, captaines of their gallies, and finally to conclude all in a word, all thoſe whoſoeuer abroad or at home, haue charge vnder the commonwealth.
Likewiſe all ſuch lawes as pertain to the conſtitution of the cōmonwealth, are enacted by the authority of this councell, which is eſpecially vſed to be done when the Duke is dead, there being no new ſucceſſor as yet created. But this ſhalbe ſpoken of more hereafter.
Now we wil expreſſe the whole manner of creating The order of the Seſſion houſe.magiſtrates. Euery holliday in manner about noone this great councell is aſſembled into a great and ſpacious Ten very long benches in the hall where the great councell is kept.hall, which we will call the Seſſion houſe. There are in the ſame ten exceeding long benches, equalling in manner the length of the hall: the cittizens ſit downe euery one when they come, where it pleaſeth them, for there is no place appointed to any, except to ſome Magiſtrates of chiefe authority, as the Duke, the Counſellors, & the three preſidents of the fortie, which ſit on a higher ſeate, & onely haue authoritie to make report ouer to the great Councell. After theſe the Aduocatory magiſtrates, and the three heads of the tenne ſit downe in their appointed places, in the midſt of certaine benches, that are alſo ſomewhat higher then the reſt, & are cloſe adioyning to the wall of the hall, & at length very farre from the Duke are the ſeates of the olde and new auditors, of whom we will ſpeake more hereafter. But the reſt of the citizens (as I ſaid) ſit downe without any place appointed where it pleaſeth them. Then at an appointed houre the dores of the Seſſion houſe are ſhut faſt, & the keyes brought to the Tribunal of the prince, & there laid at his feete. Then the chiefe Chauncellor (which though it be not an honor of the nobilitie, yet it is of very great dignity) ſtandeth vp, & from a high eminent place declareth what roomes and offices are vacant, & then to be prouided for▪ which being pronounced,
he paſſeth ſtraight from that place to the Tribunal of the Prince, and there with a loude voyce citeth the Magiſtrates being Preſidentes of the ſeſſions (as is ſaide before) that they ſhould come to the Prince, or to the Counſellors if the prince be away. They being ſummoned do preſently come, and there with oth do promiſe to do their vttermoſt diligence, that the lawes may be obſerued, and that they will not in theſe offices pronounce any citizen, that ſhall any way haue violated the decrees, but that they will cauſe ſuch a one to be ſeuerely puniſhed, according to the rigor of the lawes: which ceremony being ended, euery one returneth to his place except one of the aduocators, and one of the heades of the tenne, which go to the fartheſt part of the hall right oppoſite againſt the princes ſeat, & there ſitte downe in appointed places. The other aduocators ſitte downe on the right fide of the ſeſſion houſe: and the other heads of the tenne right ouer againſt them on the left ſide. In like manner doe the olde and new auditors place themſelues in the fartheſt ſeate of the hall (which as I ſaid, is far diſtant from the place of the prince) ſome on the right hand, & ſome on the left, to the ende, as it ſhould ſeeme, that by this manner ſeating themſelues, they ſhould ſerue (as it were) for gards or watchmen to this great aſſembly, leaſt any thing ſhould there happen to be done vneſpied or vnpuniſhed, againſt the lawes or order of the Seſſions. The Magiſtrates then being in this manner placed, there are brought before the tribunall The manner of chooſing their electors,of the prince 3. pots, hauing in them little bals, ſome of gold, & ſome of ſiluer: one of the which is placed in the middeſt of the Tribunall ſeate, and the other two at each ende one, in eyther of which there are infinite
balles of ſiluer, but onely thirtie of golde, but in the middle potte, there are not aboue threeſcore balles in all, of which ſixe and thirtie are of gold, and the other foure and twentie of ſiluer, and the golden balles are all marked with certaine letters, which they bring forth euery ſeſſions by lot, leaſt otherwiſe there might be deceit vſed. The pottes being placed, three of the yongeſt counſellors ariſe from their ſeats, and ſit downe on the loweſt place of the Tribunall, by the three pottes, euerie counſellor by a ſeuerall pot. This being thus done and ordered, then that ranke of citizens, whoſe lot commeth forth, riſeth preſently on either parte of the ſeſſion houſe: for throughout the length of the hall, are placed tenne rankes of benches, in which (as I ſaid before) the citizens ſitte as pleaſeth them: to two of which rankes one lot onely ſerueth, that is to ſay, to thoſe that on eyther ſide of the hall are oppoſite one to the other. This ranke then whoſe lotte is drawen, is called by the cryer with a high voice, which ranke, and that which reſpondeth to it on the other ſide of the hall, preſently ariſeth, and the citizens in order as they ſate, go vnto thoſe pots which the counſellors haue charge of, neere vnto the princes ſeate, and each of them putting in his hande taketh out a ball, which if it be of ſiluer, hee returneth by a contrarie way to the ſeate whence he came: if it be of gold, hee ſheweth it to the Counſellor, who hath the charge of that potte, to bee viewed if it bee of the right marke.
This manner of marke was ordained, leaſt ſome one otherwiſe might bring with him a golden ball, which holding priuily in his hande, hee might ſeeme to haue drawne out of the potte, and ſo by fraude obtaine the
place of an Elector. Hee then to whoſe lotte befalleth one of theſe golden balles, goeth ſtraight to the middle potte, and draweth out another ball, which if it bee of filuer, hee returneth whence hee came, looſing for that time his voice of election: but if it be of gold he aſcendeth the Tribunal, and ſitteth downe on the princes ſide in a place appointed him. The ſeconde that ſhall haue the like lot goeth alſo to the ſame place, and likewiſe the third, & ſo the others vntill they be nine in all, which maketh complete the firſt number, who are in that ranke placed in order, without reſpect of any thing, ſaue onely of their age. Here it is not to be forgotten, that thoſe who by this benefite of lot are made electors, are preſently in a loud voyce proclaimed by the Chancellor in ſuch ſorte, that the whole aſſembly heareth him: after which no one of his neere kinſemen or allyance may by any meanes attempt this lot of making himſelfe Elector: neyther may there any more then two of one family be admitted to ſtand for the electorſhippe: which was with great wiſedome ordained of our aunceſtors, to the ende that this honour of election might ſtretch to many families, and this publike benefite be largely extended among the citizens, for of reaſon it ought to ſuffice if the lot fauouringtwo of one family make them pertakers of publique authority. But to returne from whence I haue digreſſed, ſo ſoone as this firſt number of the nine electors is complete, they The manner of the choyce of magiſtrates made by the Electors.go preſently out of the Seſſion houſe into a diuided inner roome, where alſo is preſent a Secretary of the commonwealth, who relateth to the Electors thoſe thinges that are by the lawes ordained, and what they are to obſerue in their election of Magiſtrates. Likewiſe
hee readeth vnto them the decrees of the ſenate, and other lawes, by which it is defended, that the Electors ſhall not by any meanes ſuffer themſelues to bee bribed or corrupted with money, nor vſe in their election any fraude or deceipt. This being done the nine Electors are placed in ſeates, euery one according to his age, the eldeſt in the higheſt and worthieſt place: for the Venetians will not allow among their citizens any other difference, then only of age, becauſe from thence neuer ſprang any ſedition nor contention: neither is the ſame omitted of thoſe gret philoſophers. Ariſtotle (I ſay) in his Politiques, and Zenophon in that famous worke of his, of the inſtitution of Cyrus King of Perſia. The Electors thus placed, there are then nine little bals throwen into a potte, each of them marked with his number from the firſt to the ninth: & in a ſcroll ſomewhat long are written the magiſtracies in order that are in this ſeſſion to be prouided for. The eldeſt of the electors firſt putteth in his hand into the pot, & taketh out a ball, according to the number with which the ſame is marked, he hath authoritie to name what citizen hee will in the ſame magiſtracy, which is in the ſcroll by the ſaid number deciphered. So is it with the ſecond, third, & likewiſe the reſt, ſo that euery Elector by the benefite of lot is made the pronouncer of a particular magiſtrate. After that he, to whome the lot of the firſt magiſtrate happeneth, hath pronounced the citizen, that to him ſeemeth Sixe of the 9. voices confirmeth the elected citizen.good, the 9. electors go to voices, of which if the elected haue 6. of his ſide of that number of the 9. electors, then he is preſently entituled in the magiſtracy, & his name recorded in the long ſcroll, in which are written all thoſe magiſtracies for which theſe ſeſſions are
called, but if he haue fewer then ſixe voices (which ſeldome happeneth) then is there another named of the ſame elector, & ſo forward ſtill, vntill in the end one be named, of whom ſixe of the electors ſhal allow: the ſelfe ſame manner is obſerued in the ſecond, third, & all the reſt, vntil the number of thoſe 9. electors haue euery one in particular choſen a particular magiſtrate: while theſe things are in handling in the inner diuided roome, the other citizens in the ſeſſion houſe keepe on their courſe in drawing of lots as they began, & going to the pottes accordingly, as by lot it falleth to their ranks, they draw out bals, vntill 9. others haue out of either pot drawen a golden lot. Theſe fill vp the ſecond row of electors, & they alſo (according vnto the degrees of their age) are placed in the conclaue, or diuided roome: where they find an other chancellor or ſecretary, who without differing one iot from the former, reciteth vnto them the decrees of the ſenate, which they are to obſerue, & bringeth forth to the ſelfe ſame magiſtrates a ſcroll of the ſelfe ſame order as the other was, which was brought to the firſt order of electors in the conclaue: & ſo then the lots again are drawen of the electors, and as euery one draweth, ſo according to the number & order aforeſaid doth each of them pronounce a particular cittizen in that magiſtracy, which the number of his lot aſſigneth him. And in like manner the other third 9. obſerue the aforeſaid ceremonies frō point to point: & ſo likewiſe the fourth 9. ſo that in all they fill vp the number of 36. citizens, for ſo many were the golden bals that were in the pot in the middle ſeat: ſo that of 60. citizens which drew out the firſt 60. golden balles 36. doe become electors, & are diuided into 4. ranks: but the twentie foure which drew the ſiluer balles out of the middle pot, fruſtrated
of their hope, returne them to their ſeates. I know how difficill a thing it is by writing to ſet downe theſe ſmall particularities, being ſo farre different from the vſe of the ancient Romaines: but I had rather bee blamed for folly, then for want of diligence, for I will not willingly paſſe ouer the ſmalleſt thing, without making mention of it: ſo that none how curious ſoeuer, may in reaſon deſire any more at my hands. But to returne where I left, there is then in euery office, (for which that day the ſeſſions are appointed) by the foure orders of Electors, four citizens choſen, I meane by euery particular order of electors a particular citizen, vnleſſe it happen ſome one ſelfe man to bee named of two The choiſe of the competitors.or three of the orders of the electors (which ſometimes happeneth) but for the moſt part there are of euery office or Magiſtracie foure competitors, though in ſome of leſſe dignitie, & marke there are onely two, of which inferior offices the two firſt orders of electors haue power to chuſe and name the competitors, of which priuiledge and iuriſdiction the two later orders are fruſtrated and depriued: but ſo ſoone as the competitors of all the offices are choſen, preſently the electors are diſmiſſed, neyther may they that day giue their voice more to any one, neither bee ſo much as preſent at the ſeſſions: And then the chiefe ſecretarie (which honor as I ſaid, may not be giuen to a gentleman, and yet neuertheleſſe is of great dignitie and ſway) with a high voice pronounceth from his ſeate the competitors of the firſt magiſtracie, and particularly relateth who is choſen, and of what order of the electors. Neyther omitteth he which of the electors was the firſt author of naming him. In which place me thinkes it ought not
to bee let ſlippe, how that it is by law eſtabliſhed, that the ſame elector (who is the author of the pronunciation, The Elector becommeth ſurety for him whom be pronounceth.and choice of any competitor) is reckened to be in manner as a ſuretie for him: for afterwardes hauing gone beyond his competitors, and obtained the deſired office, if hee then chance to conuert to himſelfe any of the publike treaſure, or goods, and be thereof conuicted, and withall remaine vnable to make ſatiſfaction, then that elector by whoſe authority he was created & pronounced, is bound out of his owne ſubſtance to pay the ſame to the treaſure houſe, The competitors of the firſt magiſtracie being then pronounced by the chiefe ſecretary in a high voice, preſently after they are named if they be then preſent, euery one with his parentage, & deareſt friendes and kinsfolke goeth out of the ſeſſion houſe, into an appointed conclaue or inner roome, and there ſtay vntil the magiſtracy be determined of. Then againe after all this, the chiefe ſecretary admoniſheth them all that they are bounde both by diuine and humane lawes, without any regard of priuate commoditie, to fauour and aſſiſt him whom they ſhall thinke fitteſt for the honour and commodity of the commonwealth. Then he nameth the firſt competitor, that is, he which was choſen of the firſt order of electors: for whome lottes are to be tryed. Then preſently riſe vp ſo many young men, as will ſerue two to euery ranke of benches. They carry in their handes certaine pottes, made and ioyned together with a maruailous kinde of artifice; the vttermoſt part of which is greene, and the interior white, both couered: whereinto when you put your hande, it is in your choiſe to let your ball fall into which of the two you pleaſe: the manner of the
pottes being ſo contriued, that no one of thoſe that are preſent, though he behold it neuer ſo ſtedfaſtly, can tell into whether of the two the ball was put: they doe not this with beanes, but with certaine linnen balles, leſt that otherwiſe by the ſound of their fal there might be ſome coniecture made into whether of the pots the bal was let fal for our anceſtors deemed it to be a thing moſt expedient to our commonwealth, that our iudgements might bee free, and therefore they tooke great care, that the ſuffrages might be ſecrete. The yong men therefore euery one with his pots thus ioyned together go euery one to his owne bench, and offer their pottes to euery one of the citizens in order as they ſitte, who ſhewing euery one his ball openly, putteth his hand into the pot, & letteth the ſame fall into whether parte he liſteth. If he will giue his voice in fauour, then into the inner white; if otherwiſe, then into the vttermoſt which is greene: and this order is vſed throughout all the benches, whereby it commeth to paſſe, that in a very ſmall moment of time the whole aſſembly of citizens haue yeelded their ſuffrages. Then the pots are brought to the princes ſeate, and the balles taken out and put into two broad diſhes, that is to ſay, thoſe which were in the white pot, & in fauour into a white diſh, & thoſe which were in the greene pot, & in disfauour, into a greene diſh. Then they are brought to the counſellors (in middeſt of whom the prince ſitteth) to be numbred & told: the ſuffrages of the white diſh fauouring the competititor are numbred of thoſe counſellors which ſit on the right hand of the prince: the other of the contrary diſh & contrary effect, are tolde by thoſe counſellors which ſit on the left hand of the prince: the publike ſecretaries
are preſent where the counſellors are, and doe preſently write vp the number both of the one & the other balles that are reckoned. In the mean time while theſe reckonings are in hand, they begin their ſuffrages for the ſecond competitor, which was choſen of the ſeconde order of the electors & in like ſort the ſuffrages are brought to the counſellors, which preſently are numbred, & the ſecretaries regiſter them in writing: the like order is obſerued for the third & fourth competitor, if there be ſo many. All the ſuffrages being reckoned vp, he that hath them moſt in his fauour, ſo that they exceede the halfe is pronounced & choſen of the chiefe ſecretary: at ſuch time as the ſeſſions being ended the councel is to be diſmiſſed. But if it ſo fall out, that none of the competitors for that magiſtracy haue any more then the iuſt halfe of the lots in his fauour, then is the whole proceeding held as voide, and the appointment of that office deferred to the next ſeſſions.
After that the firſt magiſtracie is in the ſeſſions determined of, then are the names pronounced of thoſe that are elected in the ſecond, & the competitors go into the conclaue with their kindred and alliance, & thoſe that were ſhut in before (that is to ſay, the kindred and allyance of the firſt competitors) returne into the ſeſſions: and the very like order and manner as in the firſt do they obſerue in their ſuffrages for the competitors of the ſecond magiſtracie: which being numbred by the counſellors hee is helde for elected, that exceedeth the reſt in number of voyces, ſo that they exceede the halfe. The Seſſions being ended, the names of the elected are pronounced by the chiefe Secretarie, and then the whole Councell is diſmiſſed: which may
The councell may not be prolonged after the ſetting of the Sunne. not at all bee helde or prolonged after the ſunne is once downe: ſo if in that day they make not an ende of all, then do they declare the names of thoſe that are already choſen: and as for thoſe that remaine, there is no reckoning to bee made at all: ſo that they remaine fruſtrate of the benefite which the nomination of the Electors had put them in hope of. And this was ſo ordayned not without great reaſon, for if the matter ſhoulde haue beene prolonged within night, it would not haue beene eaſie for thoſe magiſtrates that are Preſidentes of the ſeſſions, to containe ſo great a multitude of citizens in order, but that through fauor of the darkeneſſe, they woulde haue attempted ſomewhat preiudiciall to the lawes. Therefore our graue aunceſtors, men indeede wiſe & prouident, preuenting the inconueniences that thereby might happen with exceeding carefulneſſe and wiſedome, ordained that the ſeſſions ſhoulde not by any meanes be continued after the ſetting of the Sunne; neither would that by any meanes that light ſhould bee brought into the hall while the ſeſſions endured. This is the whole manner of the proceeding in the ſeſſions: but by the way it is to be noted, that the offices are ſo diſtributed among the citizens, that two of one family, kindred, or neere alliance, may not by any meanes haue Two of one, kindred on family may not haue place in office, nor bee Electors.place in one and the ſame office; neither in the ſeſſions may two of one family, or neere alliance be by benefite of lotte electors (as I ſaid before) the ſame likewiſe being ordained with great reaſon and diſcretion, to the end that the preheminence of publike authoritie might pertaine to many, and not bee engroſſed vp among a few: leaſt thereby through too much greatneſſe of power might become diſturbers or oppreſſors of the
commonwealth: and on the other ſide, thoſe that doe find themſelues voide and hopeleſſe of honour and gouernment, might grow into a diſlike and hatred of the ſame.
The dangerous eſtate of that gouernment, which many of the citizens doe ſeeke to alter & vndermine. And without doubt it is almoſt impoſsible for that commonwealth to maintaine it ſelfe afoot, and to ſtand firme, whoſe gouernment many of the citizens do ſeek to alter or vndermine: ſo that nothing is more proper to a commonwealth, then that the common authority and power ſhould belong to many: for it is iuſt that the citizens, by whom the ſtate of the Cittie is maintained, being otherwiſe among themſelues equall, ſhould not in this diſtribution of honours bee made vnequall. But they that do reduce the publike authority into a few families, doe eaſily fall vppon that eſtate of gouernment, which the Greeks call Oligarchia. Therefore in the commonwealth of Venice, the offices are ſo diuided among the citizens, that inſo much as may be, euery family & kindred may be pertaker of the publike honors and offices, and yet in that meaſure, that not euery one do gouerne, but thoſe onely that doe excell the reſt in honeſtie and wiſedome, and are deemed to be ſuch men, as will more regard the publike, then the priuate commonditie. That firſt inſtitution hath I know not what of popular, but the other ſauoureth only of the gouernment of the Nobilitie: whereby it is manifeſt that there is in this cittie of ours an excellent contriued mixture of the beſt and iuſteſt gouernments: for though vpon the firſt viewe this great councell of ours ſeeme to beare the ſhew of a popular eſtate, yet looking well into it, you ſhall find therein an apparant entermixture of the gouernment or the nobility. I grant that the election of
The commō
wealth of Venice is neither a popular eſtate, nor an Olygarchy, but a wel tempered gouernment betweene both. magiſtrates by lot is a matter popular, eſpecially where right and iuſtice is meaſured, not by a determinate prudence, but ſimply by an arithmetical equality: for conſidering (ſay they) that euery one is a cittizen & freeman, one as well as another, and that among equalles things ought equally to bee diuided, euery one ought to bee ſweetned alike with participation of the honours and commodities of the commonwealth, without more excluſion of one more then another: now in regarde that all cannot rule at once, but by turnes, they thinke fit that the matter ſhould be committed meerely to lot, & that they ſhould rule, to whome the ſame ſhould bee fauourable. The contrary is alleadged by thoſe, where full power & authority conſiſteth in the mightineſſe of a few, for they ſuppoſe vnequall thinges to belong to vnequall perſons, and that therefore mean men ſhould content themſelues with a meane & honorleſſe eſtate, & that the great and higheſt dignities ſhould belong to them that do fartheſt exceed the reſt in riches: in which reckoning eyther of both parties ſtrayeth far wide from the true & perfect path, though eyther of them relyeth vpon a reaſon in apparance ſeeming true, for wheras the one affirmeth equall thinges to belong to equall perſons, & the other that men vnequal in riches ſhould be vnequall in gouernment: the firſt meaſuring the equality & likenes only by number, & the other the vnlikelineſſe and imparitie onely by riches, they are without doubt both of them beſides the cuſhion: For they that are in number equall, are in ſome ſort equall, but not wholly, & thoſe that are in riches vnequall, though in ſome ſort vnequall, yet are they not wholly to bee accounted vnequall: but the inſtitution of a ciuill life tending
chiefly to liue wel, it is only vertue that muſt make this difference. To thoſe then that do excell the reſt in vertue, the chiefeſt honors are due, as being moſt worthy, & aboue the equalitie of the reſt, and ſo likewiſe equall rule and dignitie belongeth to thoſe that are in vertue equall, and in ciuill induſtry: and this is the true meaſure & perfect rule to diſtinguiſh men. As therefore the choiſe of electors by lot is popular: ſo doeth it alſo ſauor of a noble & better gouernment, that they ſhould bee chieflieſt aduanced in honor, that do chieflieſt ſurmount the reſt in vertue, iudgement, and counſell, and that the vnworthier ſhould receiue the repulſe. Whereby you may plainly perceiue, that in this manner of our gouernment there is mingled with a popular ſhew, the forme of a nobler rule, yet vſed with ſuch temperature, that the ſame doth not exceed, nor go beyond the mean & manner of the popular authority. For in choice of the electors onely chance ruleth; of which dignitie the worſt and baſeſt may without hurt or detriment of the commonwealth, be partakers in equall power with the beſt & worthieſt citizens, but in the eſſentiall diſtribution of honors and dignities chaunce hath no power at all, the ſame being wholly done by a deliberate election & aduiſed iudgement. And here me thinketh, I ought not to ouerſlip in ſilence, that in thoſe ſeſſions, which do concerne the beſtowing of offices, to which men of the greateſt wiſedome, honeſty & diligence are required, the ſenate of it ſelfe maketh vp a fift order, to the 4. The ſenate when any principall office is to be prouided for, hath authority to create a fift competitor.before expreſſed orders of electors. For whiles the other electors ſeperated in conclaues or places appointed for that purpoſe, do pronounce ſuch to be competitors, as they ſhal in their iudgements think meet, thē if ſo be the ſeſſions do concerne any ſuch eſpecial office, as beforeſaid, the ſenate doth alſo withdraw it ſelfe into an
inner chamber, and there euery Senator hath power to name ſuch one as he ſhall pleaſe in the office, of which the preſent queſtion is: and whoſoeuer ſhall chance to haue moſt voyces in his fauour, is elected in this cabinet of the Senate, and created the fift Competitor: whereby it plainely appeareth, that in this commonwealth of ours the forme of an Ariſtocracie is much more excellent then the popular gouernment. But the manner and meanes of this kind of councell is hitherto (vnleſſe I be deceiued) of vs ſufficiently expreſſed and made plaine. Let vs now come to that part of the commonwealth, the which not vnlike to a well tuned dyapaſon in muſicke, where the baſe is to the treble aptly proportioned, carrying with it the ſhew of a Monarchie, hath notwithſtanding a correſpondency with the popular gouernment, and finally a middle ſort of Magiſtrates being betweene them both interpoſed, doth grow (as it were) into a wel concenting harmony of an excellent commonwealth.
The end of the firſt booke.
The Second Booke of Venetian Commonwealth and Magiſtrates.
THe exterior ſhew of the prince in the Cittie of Venice deliuereth to the eyes of the beholders the perſon of a king, and the very reſemblance of a monarchie: Therefore it ſhal not in my opinion do amiſſe if hauing deſcribed that aſſembly of citizens, which repreſenteth the forme of a popular eſtate (though for the dignity of the matter vnſufficiently, yet conſidering the ſlenderneſſe of our forces not altogether vndiligently) if we now take vpon vs to expreſſe the firſt reaſon that moued our wiſe & vertuous aunceſtors to place one man onely at the helme of their commonwealth, and alſo when and what was the beginning of this royall and princely inſtitution. No man (I ſuppoſe) is ignorant of that which is ſo often of vs in this worke repeated, which is, that a Cittie is a certaine ciuill ſocietie, ſufficing within it ſelfe of ſuch thinges as are neceſſarie to the leading of a happie and quiet life: and there is no queſtion to be made, but that euery ciuill ſocietie is contained and linked together in a certaine vnitie, and by diſtraction and breach of that vnity is againe as eaſily diſſolued. For nothing hath ſooner ouerthrowne the mightie and opulent eſtate of many
great & glorious citties that hereto fore haue periſhed, then homebred diſcord and ciuill diſſention. Now a vnitie cannot well be contayned, vnleſſe one being placed in authoritie aboue, not onely the vulgar multitude, but alſo all the reſt of the citizens and officers, haue authoritie to combine them together, being ſcattered & diſioynted, and to bind them (as it were) all into one entire body: which the great philoſophers that were the ſearchers out, and (as it were) diuers into the ſecretes of Nature, did notably marke and obſerue, as well in the conſtitution of the whole worlde, as alſo of this Microcoſme or little worlde, which is Man. For they well founde out, that in this vniuerſitie of thinges the many and diſagreeing motions of each particular thing, according to the nature thereof, were all vpheld and maintayned vnder one heauenly and eternall mouer, and ſo likewiſe all cauſes vnder one, the firſt cauſe of all things: and as in a liuing creature there are many and diuers members, whoſe functions are ſundrie and different: yet neuertheleſſe are all compriſed vnder one onely life & member, which is the hart, and are by the ſame (as it were) gathered & held in a vnity: ſo likewiſe if the multitude be not ſo ordered & digeſted, that it may acknowledge one head and ſuperior, in whoſe heart ſhal reſt principallie engraued, an eſpeciall care to conſerue the common good, & the perfection of ciuill agreement (whereunto the actions as well of euery priuate citizen, as publike magiſtrate, as to the laſt chiefe & principal end ought to be directed) ſurely the ſame cannot long time continue, but drawing diuers waies muſt needs fal to decay & ruine: for if the charge of the common good be not principally to ſome one committed,
of neceſſity the too intentiue care that euery one will haue of the particular office wherein hee is imployed, muſt needs turne to the common hinderance: as for example: The officers for prouiſion of corne wil cauſe out of all parts great quantities to be brought to the citie, procuring onely the cheapenes and plenty thereof, which perchance woulde not proue ſo profitable to the publike tolles. The officers likewiſe of the nauie and ſea matters (which are among vs of great eſtimation & credit) would induſtriate themſelues peraduenture too much thereabout, in building great numbers of gallies, in gloriouſly adorning thē with all ſorts of coſt & warlike inſtruments, ſpending therin whatſoeuer of the cō
mon treaſure they could get into their fingers, through which ouer coſtly diligence, the reſt of the publike receipts wold hardly ſuffice to repair caſtels, & wals of towers, to pay garriſons, & to defray other publike charges. By which meanes the commonwealth not cohering wel together, might eaſily ſuſtain detriment, not by the faultines, but by the too much carefulnes of the citizens, whileſt euery one endeuoureth to ſet forth & diſcharge his office in the notableſt maner he may: whereby it ſeemeth exceeding neceſſary, that the care of the publike weale ſhould be committed to ſome one, who being free from any priuate office, might onely moderat & direct the endeuors of the reſt to the cōmon good & vtility of all, which authority to be cōmitted equally to many, were very inconuenient: for as Ariſtotle ſayth, that which many haue charge alike of, all do in a maner alike neglect: neither if ther be any thing amiſſe, can the blame therof be imputed more to one then to another: withall there neuer want moſt dangerous emulations
among thoſe that are alike equall in authoritie. Now if one in this caſe ſhould bee preferred and aduanced aboue the reſt, in dignitie and rule with a limitation of time, and not for tear me of his life, he then would imagine that he had ſufficiently diſcharged his duety, if it went well with the commonwealth during his time of gouernment, careleſſe altogether what ſhould become thereof afterward: ſo that commonly many dangerous afterclappes enſue ſuch reckonings, which by certaine and manifeſt experience may eaſily bee proued by the example of many commonwealthes, that in theſe times of ours haue beene ruinated through ſuch manner of gouernment.
This Monarchall gouernment was therefore eſtabliſhed in this commonwealth of ours with ſingular wiſedome and iudgement, and withall the ſame ſo curbed & reſtrained with lawes, that all dangerous inconueniences, whereby the commonwealth might ſuſtain harme, are thereby remoued, and thoſe commodities joyntly embraſed that proceed from a kingly and royal gouernment: ſo that there ſeemeth nothing to remaine which we could wiſh for, hauing a commonwealth vnenthralled, enioying a true libertie and freedome, and yet neuertheleſſe as it were a king for our gouernor. A prince therefore is choſen, who is entituled with the dignitie of a Duke, retayning the gouernment of the commonwealth while the time of his life endureth, and chiefly and aboue all other thinges, hauing care of the common good and generall vtilitie, by which as I proued before (and that as I thinke with ſufficient reaſons) cities are preſerued and maintained.
This Duke of ours hath not any certaine priuate office
alotted him, yet neuertheles ther is not in the whole The dignity & authority of the Duke.commonwealth any thing done, but he muſt be made acquainted therewith, and haue knowledge of the ſame. He is to containe and keep vnder in their duetie, as well euery priuate man as euery particular magiſtrate, and with ſuch moderation to direct them, that euery thing may with an excellent harmony ſeeme to tune to the common good & ciuil vnion: leſt any otherwiſe through too much diligence, or too much negligence in his office, might chaunce to hinder the common profite. This therefore is the office of the prince, that being (as it were) placed in a glaſſe, hee might behold what euery one doth, eſpecially thoſe that are in authority, of whom if he find any faulty in his office, if the matter bee light, hee calleth him before the whole colledge, and there ſharpely rebuketh him with words: if his offence be of greater qualitie, he cauſeth the ſame to be enquired of and examined before the aduocators and the preſidents of the tenne, and to be puniſhed according to the ſentence of the councell. The Duke himſelfe alſo if he will, may vſe the authority eyther of an Aduocator or Preſident, and make report to the councell of any offence, and of any amercement or puniſhment that is thereupon to be inflicted: (wherein what manner and cuſtome is wont to be obſerued, ſhall bee hereafter expreſſed, when wee ſhall come to ſpeake of criminall iudgements.) For ſo great is the princes authoritie, that he may in whatſoeuer court adioine himſelfe to the Magiſtrate therein, being preſident as his colleague or companion, and haue equall power with the other Preſidents, that he might ſo by this meanes be able to looke into all things.
Yet neuertheles ſo is this authoritie of his by lawes retracted, that alone hee may not doe any thing, neither being ioyned to the other magiſtrates hath he any farther power then euery other preſident in his office. The authoritie of the magiſtrates being ſo ſmall, that no one of them how great ſoeuer he bee can determine of any thing of waight or moment without the opinion of the Councell. But of this in his place we will ſpeake more plainely.
Beſides this the prince hath in euery councell equall authoritie with any of them for one ſuffrage or lotte. Likewiſe in the great counſell, and aſſembly of all the citizens, while the ſeſſions are held concerning magiſtrates, hee hath no power to yeelde more fauour to a competitor of his kindred or parentage, then to any other: obſeruing the ſame equall priuledge which the other citizens doe: whereby I thinke any man may eaſily vnderſtand, that the Duke of Venice is depriued of all meanes, whereby he might abuſe his authoritie, or become a tyrant▪ which ancient & long continued cuſtome from the firſt beginnings of the citie, euē to theſe times, hath now taken ſuch foundation and roote, that there is nothing whereof the citie of Venice need ſtand leſſe in feare, thē that their prince ſhould at any time be able to inuade their liberty, or trouble their common quiet. But now leaſt euery one ſhould refuſe this dignitie; requiring ſo great paines & continuall ſolicitude of mind, vnleſſe there ſhould thereunto bee adioyned ſome ſweetnes or reward: this limitation of authoritie is on the other ſide recompenſed with an exterior princely honor, dignitie, & royall appearing ſhew: for the ornamentes of his bodie are kingly, vſing alwaies
purple garments or cloth of gold. On his head he weareth in ſtead of a diadem, a vaile of linnē, vpon the ſame a hood or miter of purple, garniſhed about with a fringe of golde, the part whereof that couereth the middle or hinder parte of the head riſeth vp in forme of a horne. His ſeat is ſomewhat higher then the reſt, and in eſtate kingly. All the citizens, as well thoſe that beare rule and office, as thoſe that are priuate men ſpeake vnto him bareheaded and ſtanding, which in theſe times is a ſigne of exceeding honor. The prince neuer riſeth vp to any perſon. All the letters of the commonwealth are ſealed, and go forth vnder his name. What prince, embaſſador, Magiſtrate, Captaine, or whoſoeuer els that writeth to the ſenate, directeth his letters to the prince. The proclamations of lawes, orders, & decrees, all are done vnder his name. All their money, as well gold as ſiluer is coyned and ſtamped with his name & picture. Finally to ſhorten my ſpeech, in euery thing you may ſee the ſhewe of a king, but his authority in nothing, which without doubt whoſoeuer is wiſe cannot but confeſſe to haue beene ordained by the Venetian commonwealth with exceeding prudence and wiſedome: becauſe otherwiſe without this rewarde of honour, the office of the prince would haue been reputed as burthenous & vnpleaſing, but that the reward, which is honor following, ſweetneth the ſame, according to the opiniō of great philoſophers: ſo that Ariſtotle ſaith in his Ethikes ſeeing thoſe that do rightly & holily performe their office in gouernment, haue more reſpect to the profite of other men, then their owne: there cannot by any other meanes be returned vnto them a due and equiualent recompence, but onely by making them to exceed all the reſt in honor and dignity. Moreouer the dignity
of this prince cauſeth all the other citizens exceedingly to feare his reprehenſion, and performe the offices in which they are placed, with the greater fidelity & care. There are to the prince adioyned ſixe counſellors of Sixe counſellors choſen out of ſixe quarters of the citie.ſixe tribes, into which the Citie is diuided, euery tribe chuſing one. Their office continueth eight monethes, & they are continually at the princes elbow: nothing is ſaid vnto the prince but they do heare it: no letters are ſent forth but ſuch as ſhall ſeeme good and alowable to foure of thoſe counſellors, who alſo doe in the letters ſubſcribe their names; yet not in thoſe letters which are ſent forth, but in thoſe which are firſt written by the ſecretaries of the commōwealth, which are reſerued, & the coppies of them ſent forth. In which alſo it is to be noted, that thoſe letters which are ſent, not by the decree of the councell, but by the commandement of the Prince and Counſellors, as they neuer contain but matters of ſmall importance, ſo are they of ſmall authority. For as wee haue often ſaide, all authoritie and power is onely to bee attributed to the councell, no one magiſtrate hauing of himſelfe any ample authoritie. But of the counſellors we will ſpeake more hereafter: now I will returne to the prince or Duke.
The Prince therefore being honored with this kingly apparance and ſhewe, becauſe oftentimes it fell out that priuate wealth ſuffiſed not to maintayne ſo great dignity and pompe: there is allowed vnto the Duke out of the common treaſure yearely, three thouſand and fiue hundred crownes of gold: and to the end leaſt ſome one couetous of increaſing his ſubſtance, ſhould neglect the honour & dignitie of the commonwealth, & conuert that money to his priuate vſe, there
are certaine charges impoſed vpon him, which at his owne coſt he muſt ſee defrayed, with an eſpeciall care of the ſeruice & dignity of the commonwealth: which if through auarice or ſparing of money he neglect, there is ſo great a fine and amercement ſet vpon the heade of his heires, that whiles by increaſing his priuate wealth, and diſpenſing with his honour and dignity, hee ſhall think to enrich them, he ſhall in a manner vtterly vndoo them: beſides the leauing of an eternall blot and ignominy to his poſteritie. He maintayneth of his owne charge many ſeruants, or as you would ſay of his guard, but yet ſuch as weare no weapons. Hee alwaies vſeth coſtly garments: he dwelleth in a pallace wonderfully adorned with goodly chambers and tapiſtry, abounding with veſſels of ſiluer and all other ſuch furniture, as is beſeeming the degree of a prince. Foure times a yeare he maketh a ſolemne and ſumptuous banket, to Foure times a yeare the Duke banketteth the citizens.aboue threeſcore citizens, the ſame being ordered and ſet forth with all the magnificency that may be. Wher. in our predeceſſors brought into our commonwealth the auncient order of the inhabitantes of Lacedemon and Crete (whoſe commonwealthes were noble and glorious) but with a much better moderation and order: for they becauſe they thought the often meeting of the citizens was a mean to combine them together in friendſhip, inſtituted certaine publike feaſtes at the charge of the common treaſure, to which the citizens aſſembling had meanes one to be acquainted with the other, and withal by ſo friendly a meeting to confirm a new friend ſhip. But ſeeing that they all went confuſedly together, thoſe aſſemblies could not be without troubles & tumultes, and beſides when thoſe that were to feaſt &
banket the reſt, did deſire to do it with daintineſſe, and magnificence, there could not but enſue a great waſt of the common treaſure. Therefore with a certain amendment & moderation is that ancient manner brought in vſe among the Venetians, and the whole care and ordering thereof committed to the prince. Foure times a yeare therfore are the citizens banqueted of the prince, with fare truely honorable and daintie, and yet for the exceedingneſſe thereof not to be enuied: neyther doth euery one come vnorderly as it pleaſeth him, but thoſe whome the prince ſhall vouchſafe to call: vnleſſe it bee the Counſellors, the Aduocators, the Preſidents of the xl. men, & the Preſidents of the tennes, who in preheminence of their offices, are vſually preſent at the princes bankets: the other citizens come not but inuited.
Theſe foure feaſtings are in this ſort diuided, that the elder and worthieſt citizens being inuited, doe in the winter time vpon S. Stephens day aſſemble themſelues in the publike pallace appointed for the princes habitation, and with a ſolemne pompe waite vpon the prince from thence to the church of S. Marke, and there bee preſent with him at Maſſe, which being ended, then they waite vppon him backe to his houſe againe, and there be pertakers of his banquet. Likewiſe in the moneth of Aprill on the day of Saint Marke (whoſe memory is with exceeding honour ſolemnized of the Venetians, as entituling him their patron and defender, euer ſince the reliques of his body were brought vnto Venice, from forth of Alexandria a noble Citie of Aegypt) the cittizens of leſſe age and dignitie inuited of the prince, doe in like manner (after the ſolemnities in the
church are ended) conuay him home and dine with him.
Thirdly, vppon Aſcention day, being the day of the great fayer at Venice, they are inuited and admitted to the Princes banket, that are fully arriued and entred into that age which we call Virilis or mans eſtate. Theſe alſo doe early in the morning waite vpon the Duke from his houſe, and go aborde a ſhip gorgeouſly trimmed and ſet forth, reſerued onely to that vſe, and is by the Venetians called Bucentoro: ſo ſoone as they are paſſed the mariſhes and come to behold the plaine and open ſea, by an ancient indulgence of the high Biſhops (who honoured this commonwealth of ours, in regard of many notable exploites by it atchieued againſt the The Dake of Venice marieth the ſea with a ring of gold.enemies of the Chriſtian faith) the prince throwing a ring of golde into the ſea, vſeth in a manner theſe ſpeaches, that with that ring hee doeth betroth himſelfe to the ſea, in token of a true and perpetuall Empyre. To this there are added certayne ceremonies by the Patriarch of the Cittie, which being ended, they lande at the Church dedicated to Saynt Nicholaus, a thing of great antiquitie, built vppon that ſhore or banke which diuideth the ſea from the lakes. There the holy miſteries are celebrated, which being ended, they go aborde the ſhip againe, and returne to Venice, attending on the Prince home to his houſe, where they dyne with him.
The fourth and laſt banquette pertayneth to the young cittizens, who the twelue Kalendes of Iuly, on the day dedicated to the two Martyres Vitus and Modeſtus, doe with ſolemne pompe wayte vpon the Prince to the Temple of thoſe Martirs, which
is ſituate neere to the great channell that diuideth the cittie in the middeſt: which channell is for that tyme conioyned with a bridge made vpon two galleyes, leaſt otherwiſe to make that iourney, would coſt a very long and labourſome circuit and compaſſe. The church being viſited, and the ſolemnities in the church finiſhed, they attend vpon the prince home to his pallace, where they are receiued with a royall & magnificent banket. There are to theſe bankets admitted dauncers, ieſters, and excellent ſingers, to recreate & delight the gueſtes, and withal certaine ſports and playes are intermingled, which doe moue exceeding mirth and pleaſure: and this ancient cuſtome is ſtill obſerued in the commonwealth of Venice, though ſomewhat moderated. For by this means the citizens in a manner of euery degree, yea equals with equalles are entertayned at the princes table: which ſeemeth exceedingly well ordered and diſpoſed, as well for the dignity of the prince, as alſo for nouriſhing & maintayning loue and good will among the citizens. But becauſe euery citizen that is a gentleman, cannot euery yeare receiue this grace of being inuited, it is by an olde law ordained, leaſt any one ſhould ſeeme to be left out, that the prince ſhould in the winter time ſende to euery citizen that hath priuiledge of A ſtrange ceremony obſerued by the Duke of Venice, but now the ſame is altered, & the wild ducks changed into a peece of ſiluer coyne.voyce in the greater Councell fiue wild duckes, as a portion or ſhare of the publike banket, which likewiſe is a great meane to the Duke of winning the loue and goodwill of the citizens.
In theſe chargeable expences doth the Duke yearely conſume and ſpend a great part of that money which hee receiueth out of the common treaſure: ſo that though the Duke would be couetous, yet cannot hee
in a manner ſtaine with any baſeneſſe the nobleneſſe & dignity of the place he holdeth.
Here becauſe the whole power and authority of the prince is in a manner already expreſſed of vs, it ſhal not be amiſſe to declare in what ſeaſon and time the beginning was of creating a Duke in Venice, and finally what is the order of the ſeſſions in his election.
The beginning of creating a Duke in Venice. Immediately from the firſt beginning of the Cittie, when the nobleſt citizens of the Venetian prouince, (their greateſt citties, as Aquileia, Altina, Concordia, Vderzo, Padoua, and many other of great opulencie and richeſſe, being ruinated by the Hunnes, vnder the conduct of Attyla their Captaine, who filled Italy with fire and blood) did aſſemble themſelues in thoſe flattes of the Adriatique ſea, where Venice ſince was builded, & euery one of them had choſen for his manſion thoſe places which were neareſt to the country which hee had abandoned: it came to paſſe that there were by them built about two and twentie townes, partly vpon that ſhore or bank which encloſeth the inner lakes, partly vppon certaine hillockes which appeared out aboue the lakes. But in the beginning when thoſe townes were neither of themſelues ſufficiently fortified and fenced, neither euery of them ſo furniſhed with ſhipping, that it was able to reſiſt the incurſions of theeues and pirates, they thought it meete (ſeeing their fortunes were all alike) to gouerne their matters by a common councell, as well for the prouiſion of corne, wine, fruites, and other neceſſaries, as alſo the ſecuritie of their perſons and families, thereby to auoide the daunger of pyrates and rouers, to which in regarde of their weake, ſcattered & vnfortified townes, they lay in a manner open. Therefore
when firſteuery towne had choſen from out his other citizens a chiefe and ſufficient man, calling him by Euery towne did chuſe a Tribune.the name or title of Tribune, they generally altogether ordained, that vpon certain appointed daies theſe Tribunes ſhould meete, and conſult together the common buſineſſe: but finding in the end an inconuenience in the varietie of ſo many opinions and authorities, and ſuffring withal many incommodities, they thought nothing would doe better then to lay the whole charge of the generall and common affaires vppon ſome one particular man, whom all the reſt ſhould acknowledge as their prince and ruler. It was therefore by generall conſent of the xxij. townes concluded and agreed, that The princes ſeate aſſigned him in the towne of Heraclea.there ſhould one Duke or Prince be choſen, & his ſeate aſſigned him at the beginning, in the towne of Heraclea, ſituated on the inner ſide of the lakes, in a certaine Ilande neere to the mouth of the riuer Piaue, which in our time (by inundation of the flouds) is now ioyned to the firme lands, But afterwards this place ſeeming vnfit, becauſe it was farre off, ſo that many times afore the prince could haue aduertiſement, the Pyrates had already entred the lakes, oppreſſed at vnwares the inhabitants, & ſpoiled their ſhipping. Therefore they thought The princes ſeat tranſpoſed to Malamoco.it better that the prince leauing Heraclea ſhoulde plant his ſeat in Malamoco, a towne ſeated vpon the midſt of the banke: whence the Duke might eaſily & ſoon haue inckling of any whatſoeuer attempt of the Pyrates, and Pipin inuaded Italy.with ſmall adoo bee at hand whereſoeuer his preſence The princes ſeat laſtly reduced to Venice.ſhould be requiſit. But at length when Pipin (euen in thoſe very beginnings of the Venetian citie) threatned ſeruitude & ſlaughter, & they abandoning (in a maner) the reſt of the townes, they came altogether to Rialta,
thither alſo was the ſeate of the prince tranſlated, by which meanes Venice in time encreaſed, and grew into that greatneſſe in which we now do ſee it: ſo that by a perpetuall continuing cuſtome, euen from the beginning, there alwayes was a prince and gouernour of the Venetian commonwealth. At firſt for a while their authority was greater: but afterwardes being by vſe of time and experience taught, they began with holeſome ſtatutes and lawes to abridge his power, bringing it by degrees into this temperature, in which wee now doe ſee it.
The manner of chooſing the Duke of Venice. The manner of chuſing a ſucceſſor to the deceaſed Duke, was at the firſt altogether ſimple, and without ceremony: for our aunceſtors being men of great ſoundneſſe and integritie, & free from all ambition, did euery one in his particular, draw backe from accepting a matter of ſo great a charge: ſo that by a generall crie & acclamation of the people, he was proclaimed prince that was reputed to be the honeſteſt & wiſeſt man: But after thoſe times, the Citie and people increaſing to a greater mightineſſe & ſtate, it ſeemed a thing not conuenient to the greatnes of ſo noble a cōmonwealth, to commit to the raſh & wauering voice of the multitude, a matter of ſo great waight, honor, and dignity. It was therfore decreed, that there ſhould be choſen out 11. of the moſt ſufficient citizens, & that this authority of creating the prince ſhold be wholy vnto thē cōmitted: but afterwards as with their empire their ambitiō increaſed, there were appointed certain ſeueral parliaments or ſeſſions, & a kind of intricate way found out in this election of the Duke, which (leaſt there ſhould be any thing wanting in my vndertaken taske) I wil briefly expreſſe.
The Duke being deade, and his obſequies deuoutly and honourably ſolemnized: the Counſellors, who preſently vpon the princes death during the interregne or vacancy, betaking themſelues to the publike pallace, appointed for the princes habitation, do call & aſſemble The Dukes actions examined after his death.together the great councell. In that firſt aſſemblie after the Dukes deceaſe, there are (according to the maner of the ſeſſions before expreſſed) 5. citizens created, whoſe office is diligently to looke into & to examine the actions of the deceaſed prince, and if they found any thing done by him againſt the lawes and ſtatutes, then by opinion and authoritie of the councell to cancel and diſanull the ſame. If he haue receiued a bribe of any man, or haue been ſparing in that due and ordinary expence which belongeth to his dignitie, then vpon the report of theſe fiue cōmiſſioners, there is ſuch a fine and amercement impoſed vpō his heires, as the lawes command: the penaltie is onely money, which is leuied vpon the Princes inheritance, & caried into the treaſure houſe.
In the ſame ſeſſion are likewiſe choſen fiue other citizens, who immediatly vppon their election doe retire themſelues into an aparted roome, or conclaue adioyned to the ſeſſion houſe, out of which they doe not depart, till after many matters well debated, they doe at length determine whether there is any thing that in their opinion ought to be taken away, or added to the princes authoritie. The matter being well diſcuſſed among them, the councel is called together again, which being done, they then come forth of the conclaue (for before they may not) and euery of them declareth his opinion to the Councell concerning the authority of the prince, and then it being of the whole aſſembly together
aduiſed on: it is by ſuffrages decreed which ſhal be moſt for good of the commonwealth. And that decree is preſently regiſtred among the lawes, which the following Prince is bound to obſerue. The authority and power of the prince being once ſetled and determined: the next day after is ſpent in that intricate kinde of ſeſſions, in which the Prince is accuſtomed to bee choſen.
No citizen allowed in thoſe ſeſſions which concerne the election of their prince, vnder the age of 30▪ yeares. All the citizens that are aboue thirtie yeare olde do aſſemble and meet together: for no one vnder that age is by an auncient inſtitution of the commonwealth admitted into that Councell or ſeſſions: then the citizens are all of them numbred, and ſo many as they are in number, ſo many little balles are throwen into a potte, of which thirtie are golde, and the reſt ſiluer: The pot is placed iuſt before the tribunal of the ſeſſions, where the Counſellors do ſtand: and by the ſame ſtandeth a little boy which pulleth out the lottes. The citizens are called and doe come vnto the potte euery one according vnto the ranke and order in which he ſitteth, but no one is ſuffred, (as in their other ſeſſions the cuſtome is) to put his hand into the potte, onely the boy which ſtandeth by, draweth out for each of them his ball. Thoſe that chaunce vpon a ſiluer ball, do preſently depart forth of the ſeſſions: but hee whome fortune ſhal fauor with one of thoſe that are of gold, is preſently in a high voice publiſhed and pronounced by the ſecretary: and immediately goeth his waies apart into the inner roome, and all his kindred and neere allies doe preſently ariſe out of their places, and all go together into one part or corner of the hall. There they are numbred, and ſo many as they are, ſo many ſiluer balles are
30. choſen out of the whole multitude. drawen out of the potte and giuen them, vpon which without delay, they depart out of the hall: ſo that onely thirtie, to whoſe lot the golden balles do befall, are choſen and elected out of the whole aſſembly of citizens: and that being done, the councell is diſmiſſed. Theſe 30. reduced to 9.After they are all departed, thoſe thirtie come again out of the conclaue, & trie once more their chaunce by lottery afore the Counſellors, ſo that of their number onely nine, whom this new lottery ſhall fauour, are made Electors: and the reſt being diſmiſſed, they go againe into a cloſet appointed for the purpoſe, and there are locked in alone, no one, no not a ſeruant ſuffred to The 9. chuſe 40.ſpeake with them: nor they may not thence depart till they haue choſen fortie men, of which fortie no one can of them be declared as elected and choſen, vnleſſe he haue firſt ſixe balles or ſuffrages in his fauour: ſo that if there bee foure of the nine contrary to him, hee may not be elected. So ſoone as they are once agreede in the choiſe of theſe fortie men, they ſende word thereof vnto the Counſellors by the publique guardian or Porter: preſently the Counſellors (vnleſſe the day bee very farre ſpent) doe call and aſſemble the great councell: which being altogether in the Court, there is a liſt brought out of the cloſet, wherein the names are written of the Electors: and then the chiefe Secretary aſcending the Tribunall, doth with a high voyce pronounce the names of the fortie elected cittizens: of which euery one as he heareth himſelfe named, doeth ariſe from his ſeate, and going to the Tribunall of the Counſellors, doeth there ſitte downe, and then goeth thence into an appointed cloſet or inner roome: but if any one chaunce to be away, he is preſently enquired
for by the Counſellors, and the Preſidentes of the fortie, and ſought for with great diligence throughout the cittie. So ſoone as hee is founde out, hee is immediatly by thoſe Magiſtrates brought into the ſeſſions, and thence into the Conclaue to his fellowes, without ſuffring him to ſpeake or talke with any man by the way: thereby to exclude all ambition and ſubornation out of the ſeſſions, which the will of our aunceſtors was, ſhoulde be handled with all vprightneſſe and ſinceritie. By this meanes the fortie deſigned cittizens doe come together vnawares, and being come together, the Councell is preſently diſmiſſed. Then theſe fortie doe come forth agayne out of the cloſet into a large and open hall before the counſellors, and there by the ſame manner of lotterie as is The 40. reduced to 12.before expreſſed, twelue of the fortie are choſen, and the other eyght and twentie which remaine, are put backe and forſaken. Theſe twelue agayne doe chuſe The twelue chuſe 25.fiue and twentie others, of which euery one muſt haue eyght ſuffrages, for vnder none may be choſen: which being ended and done, they preſently ſende worde thereof by a meſſenger to the Counſellors. They, if the ſeaſon of the day ſerue, doe call and aſſemble the Councell, and (in a manner) as before thoſe fiue and twentie alſo vnawares are aſſembled and gathered together, The 25. reduced to nine.and then the Councell being diſmiſſed, nine of them are by the ſame ſort of lottery as before, elected, the reſt do go their wayes. Theſe nine elect fortie fiue other citizens, but no one of them, vnleſſe he haue 6. of The nine do elect 45.the nine ſuffrages, which in the councell in like manner againe aſſembled are pronounced of the Secretarie,
The 45. reduced to 11. and ſo put into the cloſet. Theſe by the like manner of The 11. doe elect 41. who haue authoritie to chooſe the Duke.lottery are reduced vnto eleuen, who doe chuſe one & fortie of the chiefe and nobleſt Senators, who ſo ſoone as they are pronounced, doe preſently withdraw themſelues into a ſeuerall appointed roome: and theſe haue authoritie to elect the Duke: but ſo that there may not be by any meanes two of a kindred in the number of electors, which is among the Venetians a perpetuall cuſtome in all their offices.
Our anceſtors (being men moſt wiſe and vertuous) The cauſe of this intricate proceeding in the Dukes election.made choiſe of this ſtrange and intricate proceeding, to the ende the whole multitude might ſeeme to haue a part in this creation & election of their prince. For the electors of the firſt order are made by lotte, of which all the citizens are capable: next which they mingled election, but in ſort that election ſhould exceede the lotterie: becauſe no man may receiue any fauour by the benefite of lottes, vnleſſe the ſame bee allowed and approued of the firſt order: but in the next order they would not that chaunce or lot ſhould haue any force at all: becauſe they thought it vnfit and full of inconueniences, to commit the choice of thoſe that were to be electors of their prince, to the temerity and arbiterment of fortune: in ſort that neyther is the multitude wholly depriued of this authority, neyther yet is the ſame committed to the wauering witte of the inconſiderate people, among whom commonly a vaine opinion and vngrounded fauour may doe more, then a ſetled iudgement of thoſe that are wiſe and vertuous. Beſides, the not knowing who they are that are to be electors of the prince, but the determination of the whole depending vpon thoſe that are fortunate in their lottes: all aſpiring
pretenſions and ambitions, are thereby clearely cut off and taken away: becauſe it may eaſily come to paſſe, that thoſe with whom there is any practiſe entertained, ſhall not haue any authoritie at all. But to returne to the matter: the manner of the ſeſſions being in this ſort accompliſhed, the one and fortie electors of the prince, immediately vpon their election, without ſaluting or ſpeaking to any man doe go into that Court, in which the ſenate is accuſtomed to aſſemble, where hearing diuine ſeruice, which is celebrated with great ſolemnity & deuotion, laying their handes vpon the aultar, they do promiſe with oath to God, and to the commonwealth, that they will chuſe him for their Duke, whome they ſhall eſteeme to bee worthieſt and of beſt deſert, as well in loue towards his countrey, as in piety, carefulneſſe and prudence, and then the prieſtes departing, they onely are encloſed & lockt within the Court alone, without ſo much as a ſeruant ſuffred to be among them. Then three of the eldeſt do ſit down by at a certain table fitted for that purpoſe, vpon the which there ſtandeth a pot, and euery elector writeth in a little ſcrol the name of him whom he thinketh fitte to bee created Duke, which ſcrolles being firſt all well medled together, are put into the potte, of which one is taken out, ſuch as ſhall by chance come into the hand of him that taketh it forth. The ſcroll being read, hee whoſe name is therein contayned, if he bee preſent (as for the moſt parte it happeneth) goeth preſently out of the Court. Then if any ſhall thinke him to be a man vnfit, or vncapable, or vnworthy of ſo great a dignity, or for any other cauſe ſhall not thinke his creation to bee for the
good of the commonwealth, he riſeth vp, and with an honeſt modeſtie ſpeaketh his opinion, declaring the cauſe why he thinketh it vnmeet that he ſhould be choſen and created Duke: when he hath ended his ſpeech, the partie is called in againe, and the eldeſt in the company declareth the obiections made againſt him, alwaies prouided that he neuer nameth the author thereof: for they are all firſt bound by ſolemne oath to obſerue perpetuall ſilence. He on the other ſide excuſeth and confuteth (in the beſt ſort he may) the matters alleadged againſt him. After which hee auoydeth the court againe, & then if the firſt or any other will charge him a freſh with any other matter, it is in their libertie to doe it: and he againe being called in, hath libertie to aunſwere in his iuſtification, and ſo till the matter is by turne handled, till his accuſers be ſilent, and haue nothing any farther to vrge againſt him.
Then at laſt go they to their lottes: Somewhat before our time if the firſt had had 25. ſuffrages in his fauour, then was there no farther reckoning made Andrea Gritti Duke of Venice.of the reſt, but he was ſtraight proclaimed for Duke: but in our time in thoſe ſeſſions in which Andrea Gritti (a moſt honourable Senator) was proclaymed Duke, this cuſtome was altered. For although none bee elected Prince vnleſſe he haue fiue and twentie ſuffrages: yet the matter conſiſteth not as before it did, in him that firſt obtayneth that number, but proceedeth ſtill forward to the reſt, ſo that if any go beyond that number; hee then is proclaymed Duke, and not the former. After the lottery is ended concerning him whoſe name was firſt drawen, then is there an other ſcroll taken
forth of the pot, and all things concerning the ſame ordered in euery point as the former: and ſo the thirde, fourth, & finally all: but if no one of the whole number haue in his fauour the complete ſumme of thoſe ſuffrages, then if the day be not too farre ſpent, the ſeſſions are once againe begun in the ſame manner as before: and to the end that the expedition ſhould be the greater, it is not lawfull for any of the electors to depart thence, neyther haue they liberty to ſpeake with any ſtranger, till fiue and twenty of them are agreed in the election of the Duke: whom ſo ſoone as they haue named and choſen, the Counſellors are preſently called into the court, who firſt doe with all reuerence and honor ſalute the new prince. The fame of which preſently flyeth through the citie: in euery parte whereof you may behold the citizens making ioy, and throwing vp The ſolemnities that follow the election of the prince.their prayers to heauen for this prince, that his gouernment may bee fortunate and happie to the commonwealth. All his parents and kinſefolkes come preſently vnto the Court, congratulating with him, of this his great honor and dignitie: in meane while the coyners are ſet a worke to ſtampe money, with the face & name of the prince, and all thinges buſily prepared that the future pompe requireth: in which ſeaſon the Duke and the Counſellors doe apparell themſelues, and being apparelled and in order, doe ſo diſcende out of the Court, and go directly vnto the Church of Saint Marke, being neere thereunto adioyning, a church of wonderfull goodlineſſe and magnificence, and reſplendiſhing in all ſortes and varietie of rich ornaments and pompous architecture. They do firſt religiouſly, &
with great veneration, adore the mighty name of God, & then do all aſcend vp into a high & ſtately ſeat, made all of Porphire ſtone, whence the eldeſt of the electors maketh a ſpeech vnto the people, wherein he declareth the creation of the newe Duke, vttering withall ſome few wordes in a modeſt commendation of him. After whom the Duke alſo maketh an oration, in which after hauing ſpoken diſcreetly a few things concerning himſelfe: hee there promiſeth and voweth to obſerue all ſuch things as ſhal become a vertuous prince, with greater care of the good of the commonwealth, then of any his owne priuate commodity: chiefly that he will beare himſelfe in matter of iuſtice moſt holily and ſtrictly, with endeuour that equall right may be adminiſtred to all men, that hee will not ſpare his priuate ſubſtance, his labour, no nor his life: if by any incommodity of his the eſtate of the commonwealth might bee aſſiſted or remedied. Finally, he humbly prayeth vnto God, vnto S. Marke (vnder whoſe patronage the Citie of Venice is) and to all the Saints, that they will be all fauourable and helpefull vnto him in the well diſcharging of this great and honourable office. His wordes are receiued of the people with a great applauſe: And at the ende therof they do all diſcend from off the high ſeat or ſcaffold, and do place the Duke before the high altar, where laying his hand vpon the Goſpell, he doth binde himſelfe by ſolemne oth to God & to his commonwealth, that he will not omit the performance of any ſuch thing as the Duke of Venice is bound vnto by the lawes. This being done, the Electors (that hitherto remained with the Duke doe all depart, he mounteth vp into a pulpit
of wood, taking with him one of his kinſemen, ſuch as ofall other he holdeth deereſt: which pulpit the mariners, ſuch as are beſt eſteemed, doe take vppon their ſhoulders, and with a great ſhoute and ioy doe carry the Duke ſitting therein throughout the whole place of S. Marke, who from out the pulpit throweth money coined in his owne name round about him. There is no certaine ſumme herein limited, but euen according as the ſubſtance of the Duke may beare, the ſame being wholly referred to his diſpoſition and pleaſure: but once, the people be not negligent in gathering it vppe. At length hauing gone about the place, when they come before the ſtaires of the princes pallace, they there ſtay the pulpit, and the prince deſcendeth out. The apparell which the Duke weareth, and likewiſe a ſiluer potte, in which the money ſo throwen about among the people was kept, belongeth by an auncient cuſtome vnto the mariners, that did ſo beare the Duke vpon their ſhoulders. The Duke mounting vp the degrees of the pallace, is there receiued of the Counſellors, and there by them crowned with the foreſaid Miter, which is as it were the Dyadem or ornament of the Prince. This is the order of the whole pompe. The day following the Senate is aſſembled in the Court, and the Duke maketh an oration, giuing thankes to God, & to the fathers for this aduancement and honour which he had receiued, promiſing withall, that his diligence & trauaile ſhal neuer be ſpared for the commonwealths commodity. The like oration hee maketh before the whole aſſembly of citizens in the firſt ſeſſions that is held after his creation.
Hauing now ſufficiently ſpoken of the Duke or prince
of our commonwealth, it remaining that briefly wee ſpeake ſomewhat concerning the Counſellors, to the end that you may vnderſtand what their authority is, and how farre it extendeth.
There are alwaies (as I ſaid before) ſixe Counſellors The office & authority of the 6. Counſellors.preſent by the princes ſide, out of euery quarter of the citie one: for the whole citie is diuided into ſixe quarters or tribes: three of the which are on this ſide of the great channell, which diuideth the citie, and three on the other: out of each of theſe quarters is choſen one counſellor in the ſeſſions, according to the manner before expreſſed in the choyce of other magiſtrates. Their office continueth onely eight monethes, in which iointly with the Prince they take care of all ſuch affaires as pertain to the commonwealth. But the whole maner & handling of the ſeſſions, an auncient ordinance paſſeth chiefly through their hands. Likewiſe if report is to be made vnto the great councell of any matter, and by authority therof to be confirmed, they are to make report thereof, as thoſe to whoſe authority that right only belongeth, yet ſomtimes the Preſidents of the 40. are adioyned to thē, who otherwiſe were inſufficient & without power to make report ouer to the councell. No other magiſtrate (the Duke onely alwaies excepted) hath this authority. They may likewiſe (if it pleaſe thē) make report of any thing to the Senate or the tenne men: but the charge of aſſembling the Senate, and reporting to the ſame chiefly belongeth to the Preconſultors, like as the office of the Preſidentes of the tenne is to aſſemble the tenne, & to make report vnto them: the manner of which ſhall hereafter be more largely handled. But the Councellors are endued with greater priuiledge, as
thoſe that haue in the ſenate equall authority with the Preconſultors, and in the courtes of the tenne men, with the preſidentes of that Court: for the ſpace of eyght monthes they are alwaies preſent with the Duke: and do exerciſe theſe offices of which I haue made mention. But foure monthes they are preſent or rather Preſidentes of the fortie men, who haue the handling of waightie and capitall matters, which are by their iudgement decided & determined of, as ſhall hereafter more plainly be declared. Now ſeeing that which concernes the great councell, which repreſenteth in this commonwealth popular eſtate, and that likewiſe of the prince, which beareth the perſon of a king, is handled of vs, though vneloquently, yet faithfully, & with diligence, the vndertaken worke ſeemeth to require at my hands, that I ſhould likewiſe ſpeake of the other partes & branches of this gouernment, which in ſeeming doe repreſent the rule & gouernment of the nobles and beſt citizens, ſeeing that eſpecially the ſame doth in the city of Venice excell the reſt: as in the following volume I will by Gods help, make manifeſt and plaine.
The end of the ſecond booke.
The third Booke of the Magiſtrates and Commonwealth of the Venetians.
EVery inſtitution and gouernment of man, the neerer it aſpireth to the praiſe of perfection and goodneſſe, the nearer ſhold it imitate nature, the beſt mother of all thinges: for ſo hath ſhe diſpoſed the order of the whole world, that thoſe things which are deuoide of ſence and vnderſtanding, ſhoulde bee ruled and gouerned by thoſe that haue ſence and knowledge: and therefore in this aſſemblie of men, (which of vs is called Citie) olde men ought to bee preferred before the younger fort, as thoſe that are leſſe ſubiect to the perturbations of the minde, and withall hauing beene of longer life, muſt needes be of greater experience in the affaires of the world. Therefore Ariſtotle in his Politiques moſt wiſely ſaith, that in euery commonwealth which wold emulate and follow the wiſedome & policie of nature, olde men ſhould be placed at the helme, and the office of the young men ſhould bee to obey and to execute thoſe thinges, which the olde men ſhould commande them. Neither can the young men, ſeeing this inſtitution is neareſt vnto Nature, by any meanes finde fault
or repine at the gouernment of olde men, or ſtirre vppe therefore any ſedition in the commonwealth: ſeeing that in this difference which age onely maketh, enuie hath no place, neyther may there iuſtly bee any complaint, ſo long as the young men ſhall aſſuredly hope to receiue the like obedience in their age, of the following younger ſort: which opinion of Ariſtotle is allowed of all commonwealthes that euer were of any fame, who alwaies preferred the counſell of the elder ſort, as The name of ſenate deriued from Senes ſignifieth olde men.well in the gouernment of their Cittie, as in the adminiſtration of their other publike affaires, neither is the name of ſenate from elſe where deriued, then from old men, who in the Latine tong are called Senes. I woulde alleadge heere the commonwealth of the Romaines, of the Athenians, of the Carthaginians, of the Lacedemonians, beſides the lawes of ſundry other cities, but that the matter is of it ſelfe ſo manifeſt, that it ſtandeth not in need of any ſuch proofe.
With this reaſon therefore was the Senate ordayned and eſtabliſhed in this commonwealth of ours, & likewiſe the councell of the tenne, who in the cittie of Venice in whoſe commonwealth (as I ſaid) there is a mixture of the three gouernments royall, popular, & noble, do repreſent the ſtate of the nobilitie, & are (as it were) the meane or middle, which reconcileth and bindeth together the two extreames, that is, the popular eſtate repreſented in the great councell, & the prince bearing a ſhew of royaltie. So ſaith Plato are the extreame elementes, the earth and the fire, ioyned and bound together with the middle elementes, as in a well tuned dyapaſon the extreame voyces are concorded together by the middle tunes of the Dyateſſaron and Diapente.
The number of right and lawfull ſenators are 120. To go forward therefore with my purpoſe, the ſenate of Venice hath a hundred and twenty lawfull ſenators, beſides many other magiſtrates that do alſo obtaine the priuiledge and right of Senators, ſo that now in this time of ours there are aboue two hundred and twentie that haue the authority of vſing their ſuffrages in the ſenate. The lawfull Senators are euery yeare created by that aſſembly of citizens, which (as I haue often repeated) is tearmed the great Councell: Neyther hath this honour any vacation, as the other magiſtrates haue, but they may if their lot fall out, and that the great councell bee therewith pleaſed (which for the moſt parte happeneth) continue euery yeare in that office. The manner and meane of their election is of vs before declared, when wee expreſſed the forme of the whole ſeſſions. There are in the monthes of Auguſt and September in euery ſeſsion ſixe Senators elected: which ſeſſion being in thoſe ſeſſions tenne times remoued, make vp the number of threeſcore elected Senators, the other threeſcore are ioyned, or (as it were) aſcribed to the former, and they all are choſen together at certain particular ſeſſions. For vpon the nine & twentieth day of September, the ſenate doth aſſemble, & then euery ſenator and other that hath authority of ſuffrages, nameth a citizen in the Senate. And the next day early at three a clocke in the morning, the whole number of citizens commeth into the ſeſſion houſe, and then the names being rehearſed by the Secretary of all thoſe citizens, who the day before were named of the Senators, the names of all are put into a potte, and afterwardes taken out by chaunce. By and by they go to their lottes, of which threeſcore of thoſe that ſhall haue moſt lottes in
their fauour (ſo that they exceed not the halfe) are that yeare aſcribed in the number of Senators, but yet in that ſort that there may not bee in that laſt number aboue two of a kindred: ſo that in the whole number of lawfull Senators, there cannot in all be aboue three of a kindred, which ordinance ſeemeth to haue beene eſtabliſhed with exceeding wiſedome in behalfe of the commonwealth: conſidering that there cannot happen to a commonwealth a more daungerous or peſtilent contagion, then the ouerweighing of one parte or faction aboue the other: for where the ballance of iuſtice ſtandeth not euen, it is vnpoſſible that there ſhould bee a friendly ſocietie and firme agreement among the citizens: which alwaies happeneth where many offices of the commonwealth meete together in one. For as euery mixture diſſolueth, if any one of the elementes (of which the mixed body conſiſteth) ouercome the other: and as in muſicke the tune is marred where one ſtring keepeth a greater noyſe then hee ſhoulde doe: ſo by the like reaſon, if you will haue your commonwealth perfect and enduring, let not one parte bee mightier then the other, but let them all (in as much as may bee) haue equall ſhare in the publique authoritie. With excellent wiſedome and prouidence therefore did our aunceſtors cauſe this to bee eſtabliſhed as a perpetuall law and decree in our commonwealth, that not onely in the ſenate, but alſo in all other offices there ſhoulde not bee any more of one kindred or allyance, then the preſeruation of equalitie required. Neyther ſeemeth the order of electing the Senate inuented with leſſe forecaſt and prudence, which is that threeſcore citizens ſhould bee
choſen, according to the accuſtomed vſe of the ſeſſions, chaunce, election and iudgement, being therein mingled altogether, but that the choyce of the other threeſcore ſhould bee after another ſorte, ſuch as you haue heard, wherein chaunce hath no force at all: for if in them all chance ſhould haue borne ſway, it might eaſily haue happened, that the principall citizens might haue beene left out, to the great preiudice of the commonwealth. They ordayned therefore that there ſhoulde yearely be choſen threeſcore fathers, not by caſualty of The laſt 60. ſenators which are elected are called adiunctes.lottes, but by ſoundneſſe of iudgement. So you ſee that the Senate firſt conſiſteth of a hundred and twenty, of which threeſcore are by their proper tearme, called Senators, the reſt, Adiuncts: in the ſeſſion of whoſe choice, there is commonly a whole day paſſed ouer. Now beſides this hundred and twenty lawfull Senators, thoſe of the councell of tenne haue in the Senate equall authoritie with the Senators, as alſo beſide the Duke and the other councellors, the councell of the fortie haue the like, the iudges of capitall & waighty crimes, the maiſters ouer the ſalt and corne, and the procurers of S. Marke, beſides many others: ſo that in our time their number exceedeth two hundred & twenty, who in their offices haue all the power and authority of Senators. The whole manner of the commonwealths gouernment belongeth to the ſenate. That which the ſenate determineth is held for ratified and inuiolable. By The great authority & power of the ſenate.their authority and aduiſe is peace confirmed and war denounced. The whole rents and receipts of the comcomwealth are at their appointment collected and gathered in, and likewiſe laid out againe and defrayed. If there be any new taxations or ſubſidies to be laid vpon
the citizens, they are impoſed, & likewiſe leuied by the Senates decree. And if at any time it ſhall ſeeme neceſſary for the good of the commonwealth, to create a new officer or magiſtrate vpon any ſodaine vrgent occaſion, he is by the ſenate elected. Beſides, the ſenate by a perpetuall prerogatiue, hath authority to chuſe ſuch Embaſſadors as are to bee ſent to forraine princes, and likewiſe to create the colledge of thoſe, whoſe office is to aſſemble the ſenate, and to report vnto them. Thoſe are of Ariſtotle tearmed Praeconſultores, but wee Preconſultors or Sages.honouring them with a prouder title, do call them Sages, which name wee muſt in this diſcourſe often vſe, leaſt otherwiſe I ſhoulde ſeeme to miſlike of our common phraſe of ſpeaking. Neuertheleſſe theſe ſeſſions of the ſenate, in which both the Ambaſſadors and the Sages are elected, ſtand nothing ſo much in the arbiterment of chaunce, as thoſe before deſcribed, that is to ſay, the great councels, wherein the whole number of the citizens is aſſembled & gathered together: for euery one of the ſenators nameth one whom hee thinketh good, and then go to their ſuffrages, of which whoſoeuer ſhall haue more then the reſt, prouided alwayes, that he haue about the halfe of the whole number on his ſide, is preſently ratified and choſen, And if at any time the ſeruice & neceſſary occaſion of the commonwealth ſeeme to require the employment of ſome one in an office, which they thinke he would be vnwilling to accept, then doth euery one of the ſenators ſecretly in a little ſcrol note the name of him whom he thinketh fit for the charge, putting the ſame into a pot prouided ready for the purpoſe, after which the Secretary taketh thoſe ſcrolles out, and readeth them all openly: & then
againe they go for euery one of thoſe to their lottes, of which on whomſoeuer the greateſt part doth fal, is preſently pronounced choſen: prouided alwaies that hee haue more then halfe of the whole number. This manner of writing in ſcrolles was inuented, leaſt otherwiſe ſome might refrain from naming him whom they thought fitte for gouernment and diſcharge of that office: leaſt in regarde of his vnwillingneſſe to accept it, they might thereby incurre his diſpleaſure & euill will, whereby through a priuate regard the common good might receiue preiudice.
The manner which the Senate vſeth in their conſultations and decrees. Now it remaineth that we declare the manner that the Senate vſeth in determining, decreeing, and conſulting vpon thoſe thinges which are to bee done: and in what ſort the decrees of the Senate were wont to be executed.
Sixteene Sages elected. Our elders were not ignorant, that if euery Senator ſhould confuſedly make report vnto the Senate, & then deliuer his opinion without limitation or reſtriction of that office to ſome particulars: there muſt of neceſſity follow a great trouble and intricateneſſe in the Senate. Beſides, it is by experience approoued, that the thing which dependeth generally alike vpon the care of all, is generally alike in a manner of all neglected.
Therefore it was by our lawes ordained, that there ſhoulde bee choſen ſixteene citizens out of the ſenate, which in reſpect of their farther knowledge and ſufficiency aboue the reſt, are of the common ſort called Sages, we imitating Ariſtotle (in regarde that they are to conſult afore hand among themſelues & then to councell the ſenate in thoſe thinges that are to be handled) may well call them Preconſultors. Theſe haue authority to
aſſemble the ſenate, and to make relation of each matter vnto them. This magiſtrate doeth not continue in The Sages diuided into three ſorts or orders.office any longer then ſixe monthes. But now theſe Sages are diuided into three ſortes, of great difference and diuerſity the one from the other: for in the firſt are ſixe ſenators of the moſt noble and citizens, excelling the reſt as well in dignity and eſtimation, as in prudent grauity and profoundneſſe of knowledge. Their office principally is, that in waighty and important cauſes concerning the ſtate of the commonwealth as well in matter of warres, as in thinges of peace, they are firſt among themſelues to hold a long and deliberate conſultation, and then to giue ouer their councell and opinion to the ſenate. In the ſecond ſort or order are onely fiue, who though they haue equall authoritie with the other, in making report of all thinges to the ſenate, yet are they of farre leſſe eſtimation and dignity. To them chiefly belongeth the care of the ſoldiers that are by the commonwealth entertayned in pay, and are vnder the gouernment of the Generall of the Venetian forces. Of the third order there are alſo fiue to whom the charge of all ſea matters is committed, of which onely and of nothing els they haue authority to make report vnto the ſenate. This office was held of our anceſtors in great reputation, during the while that our commonwealth did flouriſh & was famous in matters of nauigation: but when once our minds were bent to the enlarging of our limites, and to the greatneſſe of rule by lande: then beganne our ſeafaring matters to decline, and with them the reputation of this office, ſo that in this age of ours, young men and ſome in a manner beardleſſe are admitted thereunto. Theſe ſixteene citizens
therefore, whoſe aſſembly among the Venetians by proper terme called, the Colledge, doe early in the morning meet together with the prince and the counſellors, & firſt they ſpend the day till it be three a clocke, in giuing audience to priuate ſutors, that haue any cauſe eyther with the commonwealth or with any particular magiſtrate, whoſe ſuits and cauſes they do there altogether determine and end, vnleſſe the matter bee of ſuch importance, that it behooueth them to make report thereof vnto the ſenate.
After three a clocke all priuate men are diſmiſſed out of the court, & preſently all ſuch letters as are ſent vnto the ſenate are read by one of the ſecretaries that belongeth to the ſtate: after which the Sages or Preconſultors do withdraw themſelues apart into a Conclaue or councell chamber, there to conſult of publike buſines, vnleſſe they be detayned by the Ambaſſadors of ſome Prince, that deſireth audience of the Duke & the Colledge, or by ſome other buſineſſe of great and waighty moment.
After that they are withdrawen & placed euery one in his ſeate: he which there preſideth (which prerogatiue each of them inioyeth ſeuen dayes together, one after the other as his turne comes about) propoundeth that cauſe or matter, which they are in councell to debate of. Then he demandeth of euery one his opinion, yet obſeruing ſuch order, that thoſe of the firſt ſort, as they are nobleſt in degree, ſo they bee firſt intreated to ſpeake their aduiſe, and after them the other fiue, whom wee placed in the ſecond ranke or order. Laſtly if the queſtion concerne any ſea matters, the five of the laſt order, who haue charge therof are asked their opinion.
But if the matter propounded doe not pertaine to ſea buſineſſe, they are to holde their peace. In each ranke or order hee alwayes firſt ſpeaketh his aduiſe, that had the Preſidencie the laſt ſeuen daies, and then next vnto him the eldeſt of the company, and after him the reſt accordingly vnto their age. Laſtly of all, he which did propound the matter, & ſitteth during thoſe ſeuen daies as Preſident and chiefe, vttereth his conceipt. The matter being at length well diſputed of among them: whether they be all of one opinion or diuided into ſundry (as the diſpoſitions of men are different and diuers) they go firſt to the prince & councel, before they aſſemble the ſenate: & there do repeate the ſeuerall opinions of all, to which if the prince or any of the counſellors doe ſeeme to leane or giue his aſſent, or ſhall otherwiſe of himſelfe yeeld any other different reaſon, the matter is then once againe debated of among them, and finally euery mans opinion put in writing, which belongeth to thoſe to doe that are ſecretaries of this three ſeuerall orders. The buſineſſe then being well debated of, that is to be determined by authority of the Senate, the Senate is aſſembled.
When the ſenators are come into the Court, firſt all ſuch letters as are of moment, and were deliuered to the Duke and Sages ſince the diſmiſſing of the laſt Senate, are there recited. Then are the opinions of the Sages repeated concerning thoſe matters that were in their Colledge debated, whether they were all of one mind or of ſundry, euen in a manner in the ſame ſort, as the requeſtes of the people, of which Plato ſpeaketh, were wont to be among the Athenians. But none other beſides thoſe, who (as I told you) are of the Venetians
called Sages, hath power or authority to make report vnto the ſenate, and then to confirme & eſtabliſh his opinion by authority of that order: alwaies I accept the Duke, the counſellors and the Preſidents of the forty, of whom I will at large declare, and ſpeake more hereafter.
The opinions of all being read and peruſed in the ſenate, he that is for that weeke preſident of the firſt order of Sages, ariſeth if he ſo thinke good: if not the eldeſt or els any of the other, to whom being deſirous to ſpeake, the reſt are contented to giue place, and from a ſeate or ſcaffold made of purpoſe ſomewhat higher then the reſt, hee maketh his oration to the ſenate: alleadging ſuch reaſons as hee thinketh meeteſt to confirme his opinion, and to refute that which is maintayned to the contrary, yet modeſtly, and with grauity, as it beſeemeth a ſenate of ſo honourable a degree and order. After that he hath ended, another of the Sages that differeth from his opinion, ariſeth, fortifying his owne aduiſe with the beſt reaſons hee can yeelde, and refelling the former, and likewiſe the reſt, if there bee any more that doe diſagree from his. Then the third, (if there bee ſo many diuerſities of cenſures among them) ſtandeth vp, by proofes and argumentes endeuouring to maintayne and confirme that which he thinketh meete and conuenient: and ſo by courſe ſtill is the matter pleaded and argued among them, till there remaine not any one more that will ſpeake: as for the Senators no one of them may ſpeake, till the Sages that will take the matter vpon them, haue made an ende: but when they haue with reaſons, argumentes and proofes contended and throughly debated
the matter of each ſide as much as ſhall ſeeme good vnto them, then haue the other Senators alſo libertie to ſpeake: of which if any will gaineſay or confirme any of the former opinions, or alleadge any new of his owne, he may freely do it at his pleaſure: though as for the opinion of which himſelfe ſhall bee author and inuentor, he may not himſelfe make report thereof vnto the Senate: but if it ſhalbe thought good and profitable for the commonwealth, then commonly one of the Colledge, or a counſellor, or the Preſident of the forty relateth the ſame vnto the Senate. By which means the matter being at length wel & throughly ſifted and diſcuſſed: then doth the ſenate determine by the ſuffrages of thoſe that are of that order, whether of the opinions is to be allowed: yet do they not with words or ſignes confirme or refute that opinion, as we reade the auncient Romaines did, neyther do they ſpeake it publikely for euery one to heare: but their manner is to decide it with pots and ſuffrages, not much vnlike the order I told you was obſerued in the Seſſions.
The ſecretaries of the ſenate bring forth as many pottes as there are opinions concerning the matter debated of, and one beſides which is greene, into which are put the lottes of all thoſe that do diſlike that aduice and counſell: and another redde, which receiueth the balles of thoſe Senators, that remaine doubtfull to whether opinion they ſhoulde encline. The other Senators euery one putteth his ball into his pot whoſe opinion he liketh and eſteemeth aboue the reſt: if hee like none at all then he putteth it into the greene potte, and if hee bee doubtfull, into the redde. The Counſellors do tell the balles, and that opinion is held
for ratification and decreed, which ſhall haue in fauour thereof the balles of halfe the ſenators, which number if none of them attaine vnto: then firſt, that opinion which is fauoured with feweſt balles, is quite reiected, & for the reſt they go to their lots againe: and ſo in that maner ſtil reiecting that which hath feweſt bals, the controuerſie is at length brought onely betweene two, of which the one muſt of neceſſity haue aboue halfe the ſuffrages, and then the ſame is by the decree of the ſenate authorized and allowed. One matter being diſpatched, they beginne with another (vnleſſe it bee too late in the day) alwaies obſeruing the ſame manner as is aforeſaid.
The manner of giuing audience & diſpatching Ambaſſadors. If there come an Ambaſſador from any prince to the commonwealth of Venice, he is receyued of the Duke, the counſellors and the whole colledge, and doth before them expreſſe his ambaſſage: which being hearde, they do for that time diſmiſſe him, demanding ſpace to conſult vpon the matter, which hauing done in ſort & forme as you haue heard, they then demand the opinion of the Senate. To which the Duke firſt declareth the effect of the Ambaſſadors demande, and then the opinions are read of all thoſe that haue authoritie to make report to the ſenate, & finally in manner as before. The ſenate determineth what aunſwere ſhall bee made vnto the Ambaſſadors demand: who being called in, a Secretary readeth vnto him the decree of the Senate, vpon which hee is diſmiſſed. This is in effect the whole ſumme, manner, and forme that the Senate vſeth in The councel or colledge of the tenne.their conſultations, decrees and councels: and therefore now I thinke it requiſite in this place to ſay ſomewhat of the councell of the tenne, of which you haue
often heard me make mention. This councell or Colledge of the tenne is among the Venetians of great and eminent authority, and of which any man may boldly ſay, that the whole ſafetie of the commonwealth dependeth. I will therefore touch the beginning and originall thereof, to the ende that the whole manner and courſe of the ſame may be the eaſilyer conceyued. Our elders did with a maruellous & in manner diuine prouidence foreſee, that as in mans bodie, through the corruption and putrefaction of one humor, many & moſt daungerous diſeaſes doe commonly happen, which growe in time to bee the cauſes of death: ſo alſo in a commonwealth there are ſometime wicked and diſloiall citizens, that are cauſes thereunto of great troubles and calamities, whiles they aſpire rather to the pride of a wicked and vniuſt commandement, then to the praiſe of an honeſt and quiet obedience: carried away in thoſe damnable endeuors eyther with ambition, and deſire of rule, or oppreſſed with intollerable debt, or otherwiſe hauing committed ſome haynous wickednes or crime, for which they ſtand in doubt of puniſhment: ſuch as we reade was in Rome, Cateline, Silla, Marius, and finally Iulius Caeſar, who hauing by tyranny gotten the commonwealth, did (in a manner) bring it to vtter deſolation and ruine. The like we reade of ſundry commonwealthes Sundry great and famous commonwealths ouerthrowen by the infidelity & ambition of ſome their priuate citizens.of the Greekes, yea and thoſe ſometimes famous and of great glory, which by the vndermining ambition and treachery of ſome their wicked and vnfaithfull citizens, were brought into ſeruitude and bondage. But in theſe times of ours Italy it ſelfe hath yeelded vs ſufficient examples, all the cities whereof (in a manner) that were eyther gouerned by the people, or
by the nobility, being brought vnder the yoke or tirany of ſomeone of their citizens. For which cauſe our prudent elders laboured to eſtabliſh this commonwealth of ours in all perfection and beauty, and to ſtrengthen the ſame with ſuch & ſo holeſome lawes, that it might as much as in mans wiſedome lyeth, preuent the inconuenience of ſo monſtrous and miſerable a fall: for they Nothing more to be feared then inteſtine broiles and cauil diſſentiō.imagined that there was not any thing ſo much to bee doubted and feared, as an inteſtine enemy, or ciuill ſtrife & ſedition among the citizens. Calling therefore to minde, that among the Lacedemonians the Ephores were mighty and of great authority, and among the Athenians the Areopagites, and ſo likewiſe among the Romaines the Decemuiri or tenne men, inſomuch The cauſe of the creation of ten in the city of Venice.that they made lawes: they thought it not amiſſe by imitation of their example, though in an vnlike cauſe, to create in this our citie ſome magiſtrate of authority and power, whoſe office aboue all other things ſhould be, to haue eſpeciall care to ſee that among the citizens ſhould not ariſe any ſtrife or diſſention, whereby there might enſue any ſcandall or vprore: and to preuent factions, or the attemptes of any wicked citizen that ſhoulde conſpire againſt the liberty of the commonwealth: of which ſort of miſchiefe if there ſhould by euill deſtiny, any creepe into the commonwealth, they then to haue abſolute authority to puniſh and chaſten the ſame, leaſt otherwiſe the commonwealth might thereby receiue harme.
But ſo great an authority and puiſſance coulde not haue beene committed to few without danger, neither if to many, woulde it then haue been formidable: therefore to auoide the one and the other inconuenience,
they ordayned and eſtabliſhed this Colledge of tenne. They continue in this office a yeare, and haue adioyned vnto them the Duke and the ſixe Counſellors, ſo that the whole Colledge commeth to make vp the iuſt number of ſeuenteene citizens, to whome this great power and authoritie is giuen. Of theſe tenne there are three euery month choſen and elected by lotte, who are Preſidentes of the Colledge, and The heads of the Tenne.by common phraſe of ſpeech called the heades of the tenne, and they haue authority to aſſemble the whole Colledge of the tenne, and to make report vnto them. They haue aparte by themſelues a chamber, wherein they aſſemble when they ſitte in councell. They haue alſo vnder them priuate and particular officers, as Porters, Vſhers, and certayne that are allowed for their garde. So that there is not any other Tribunall of magiſtrates gone vnto with greater obſeruaunce and ceremonie. Thither reſort allthoſe that haue any thing to do in their Colledge. They likewiſe reade all letters written to the Colledge, and make report of them to the ſame, for doing of the which with the greater ſufficiency, one of thoſe Preſidents alone by himſelfe hath not authority to make report, but they muſt bee eyther two to make reporte of the ſame matter, or els foure Councellors. For the ſame cauſe alſo and to auoide the raſhneſſe and temeritie that ſome fewe of them might otherwiſe vſe in alteration of any thing, it is ordayned, that if they will cancell or vndoe any thing that is already eſtabliſhed and fully confirmed, they muſt at leaſt haue the Suffrages of two partes of the Colledge, for confirmation of that which they
ſhall doe, which otherwiſe is helde to bee voide and of no effect. They haue alſo an order that the offendor is The offender neuer ſuffred to come into the Colledge, not any friend or Lawyer to plead for him.neuer ſuffred to come into the colledge, when they are to giue iudgement of him, nor any friend, kinſeman, or Lawyer for him to pleade his cauſe: which priuiledge is granted to offendors in any other court whatſoeuer, where their cauſe is handled. The manner vſed in their iudgements is in this ſort: The offendor is examined of the Preſidents of the colledge, and his confeſſion written, & then the matter is reported to the Colledge, the preſidents of which & the other Iudges that are preſent do plead as well in the behalf of the accuſer as of the offendor neuer determining of any great matter, but with an exceeding moderation of iudgement. In the beginning the charge onely of preuenting and remedying all ſuch things as any way ſhould offend the ciuil agreement of the commonwealth, was committed to the care of the tenne. But afterwardes certaine other grieuous & enormous offences, as making of falſe money, ſodomie, and ſuch like were alſo brought vnder the ſeuerity and cenſure of this ſharpe and ſtricte manner of iudgement. And in theſe times of ours this authority of the tenne hath yet much more enlarged his bounds: for they haue power giuen them to ſet amercements vpon ſundry offences, and to puniſh thoſe that ſhall blaſpheme the name of God, or of the bleſſed Virgine: and it is likewiſe or dayned, that whatſoeuer ſecrete matters that ſhould concerne the ſtate of the commonwealth any way: that ſuch (I ſay) ſhould bee brought and diſcloſed vnto them: who neuertheleſſe do not determine any thing of great moment without the opinion of the
Senate. To the end therefore that a few citizens ſhould not alone haue ſuch ſucceſſiue authority in ſo waighty affaires, there are called and admitted into this colledge the Sages of the firſt and ſeconde order: likewiſe the Fifteen ſenators aſcribed to the colledge of the ten, who are called Adiunctes.Aduocators and procurers of S. Marke, whoſe office is held in great eſtimation and reuerence. There are beſides fifteene Senators aſcribed to this Colledge, who are called Adiunctes, but all theſe here rehearſed haue not the priuiledge of ſuffrage, but onely the ſeuenteen firſt, and theſe fifteene Adiunctes: ſo that the whole number of thoſe that haue authority of ſuffrage are two & thirty. The reſt are depriued of this power and priuiledge, though otherwiſe they be preſent at all their buſineſſe. The fifteene Adiunctes were not accuſtomed to be elected neyther of the Senate, neyther of the ſeſſions of the great Councell, but the tenne men did of themſelues make choyce of fifteene ſuch Senators as they beſt liked for their aſſiſtantes and companions: though now the ſame is altered, and the fifteene are choſen by the ſeſſions of the great Councell, as the other magiſtrates are. That there hath great vtilitie redounded to the commonwealth of Venice through this councell & Colledge of tenne: experience it ſelfe hath made moſt manifeſt & plaine. For two hundred & ten yeares ſince Marino Phalerio that then was Duke, hauing turned all his thoughtes to tiranny and vſurpation, was likely to haue giuen a great & deadly blow to the liberty Marino Phalerio Duke of Venice, publikely beheaded.of our commonwealth, if by the graue authority & wiſedome of the tenne, he had not beene oppreſſed & put downe, and receiued the rewarde of his impiety & wickedneſſe: for by their iudgement and ſentence, hee had his head publiquely ſtricken off, and with him ſundry
other citizens of great nobility, that together with him had conſpired the ruine of their countries libertie, and beſides his memory was deliuered to poſterity with an eternall blot of diſhonour and infamy: For in thoſe places where the pictures of our princes are curiouſly ſet forth and painted, with Epitaphes and remembraunces of thoſe vertuous deedes, which they haue done in the behalfe and ſeruice of their countrey, the ſeate of Marino Phalerio is left bare without any picture at all, ſaue onely a few verſes, ſignifying vnto the reader, that this Duke was for his offences (becauſe I will not vary the wordes as they ſtand written) ſtricken with the axe: a conſpiracie without doubt of paſſing wickedneſſe, and exceeding daunger, in apparance not vnlikely to haue wrought the vtter ouerthrow of the commonwealth, if by the authority of the colledge of ten, the ſame had not beene preſently extinguiſhed. Likewiſe ſundry other citizens, that being tickled with this rumor of ambition, had publiſhed certaine plauſible lawes, to draw vnto them the good willes of the people, were ouertaken by the authority of this colledge, & preſently cut off: whereby it is come to paſſe, that through the power of this Colledge alwaies aſſiſted by the goodneſſe of God, no ſuch pernicious infection hath as yet beene able to eate into our commonwealth. Thus the principal partes of our commonwealthes are by vs already expreſſed, but now to the end that our vndertaken work may be in euery part perfect and accompliſhed, we will ſpeake ſomewhat of the remaining magiſtrates, as well thoſe, to whoſe handes is committed the adminiſtration of iuſtice, as thoſe that haue the handling & ordering of the publike
rents, and withall of the manner of gouerning thoſe cities that are vnder the Venetian commonwealth, as alſo of their captaines, nauies & armies, both by ſea and by land. Laſtly I will make mention of certaine ſtatutes & ordinances, by which the danger of the common peoples miſlike, in that they alſo haue not part in gouerning the commonwealth is cleerly auoided, with their great ſatisfaction and contentment: I will likewiſe ſhew, that the training and exerciſing the youthes to the exerciſes of warre is not in the Citie neglected, as ſome ſuppoſe. But before I proceed farther to theſe particular demonſtrations, I thinke it not beſide the purpoſe to aduertiſe the reader, that in this manner of the Senates conſultation, of which I haue ſpoken, and likewiſe in that of the Colledge of Tenne, there doth plainely appeare a certain mixture of the lawes of a popular ſtate, with the gouernment of a nobilitie. For whereas the ſenate cannot deliberate of any thing if firſt report therof be not made vnto them of the Sages, therein appeareth a ſtate of nobilitie: but that the Sages haue not any power, vnleſſe they conſult with the Senate, and haue by authority thereof, their opinions confirmed, taſteth altogether of a popular gouernment, ſo that this iuſt mixture & temperature, which maketh the perfect meaſures and meanes of gouernment to be vnited in the true forme and ſhape of a commonwealth, is founde not onely in the whole body together, but alſo in euery parte and particular member of this our commonwealth. But returning whence I digreſſed: I will firſt of all handle that part which pertayneth and belongeth vnto Iuſtice.
All right & iuſtice therfore which is wont to be adminiſtred
of magiſtrates, is diuided into two parts, for eyther it conſiſteth in the puniſhmentes of lewde & wicked men, that ſhall in any notable ſorte treſpaſſe impiouſly againſt God, and traiterouſly againſt their countrey, or wickedly againſt any citizen, or member thereof in particular: or els it concerneth the iudgement and determination of litigious controuerſies and ciuill cauſes. Criminall and ciuill iudges.Therefore are there alſo in Venice two kindes of Iudges, the one ſeruing for the deciſion of ciuill cauſes, the other for the iudgement of capital crimes, of whom we will firſt ſpeake, and then of the other.
Some offences are eſteemed to be ſmall and light, in regard of the proper nature of the offence, or els of the condition of him that offended: others are accounted to be more grieuous and of greater importance, eyther through the qualitie of the miſdeede it ſelfe, or els through the nobility and degree of him that doth it: whence it commeth that theſe capitall iudges are alſo diuided into two: the one for matters of great moment and grieuous enormity: the other for crimes leſſe haynous and of ſmaller waight: which diuiſion of iudgements as it was firſt ordained with an exceeding reaſon and founde foundation, ſo hath experience approued it for allowable & of high commendation: we will firſt ſpeake of the chiefeſt, and then of the reſt.
Beſides thoſe offences, which we told you were committed to the cenſure of the tenne: all other great and waightie crimes, being by the Aduocators reported of, and by the Colledge of fortie well pondered and debated, are wont all to be determined, and punniſhment according to the qualitie of the crime to bee inflicted vpon thoſe that ſhalbe found faulty therein. Theſe forty
that haue the examination & handling of waighty criminall cauſes, are commonly called the xl. criminall Iudges: we will ſpeake of eyther, but we will firſt begin with the Aduocators.
The office of the Aduocators.The office of the Aduocators was in times paſſed in great authoritie and maruelous eſtimation: the duety and function therereof being to defend the lawes pure and inuiolate, without ſuffring them in any one point The Aduocators in Venice reſemble the auncient Tribunes of the Romaine people.ro be blemiſhed, ſo that their authority and power is much like vnto that of the Tribunes of the Romaine people, but that they were to defend the liberty of the people, and ours onely the force of the lawes: ſo that in my iudgement they may, and not vnfitly be tearmed the Tribunes of the lawes. But we to auoide all ambiguities, will ſtill retaine the common and accuſtomed worde: they onely pleaded and made report vnto the people, but ours to the xl. men for ſmall cauſes, for greater to the Senate, for greateſt of all to the greater Councell, if ſo they ſhall thinke good: ſo that in auncient time the anthority of this office was paſſing honorable. But now ſince the mightineſſe and encreaſed greatneſſe of the Tenne, this office is growen to bee of leſſe account, and the eſtimation thereof much obſcured. Neuertheleſſe ſeeing there belongeth to this office ſo ample an authority of reporting in all cauſes, but eſpecially the guarding and defending of the lawes: & ſeeing that thoſe which haue committed any exceſſe or crime, ſeeme to haue broken and tranſgreſſed the lawes, it ſeemed good that thoſe offences ſhould in a certaine peculiar ſort bee corrected by the cenſure of the Aduocators, though of themſelues they haue not any authority of determining any thing abſolutely againſt
the offendors, vnleſſe it be in ſome ſmall cauſes: the reſt are all ordered by the ſentence of the Councell.
In this place, I thinke it not from the purpoſe to explane The manner of capitall iudgements.the manner and meane of capitall iudgements, which are giuen vpon the reporte of the Aduocators, ſeeing that (vnleſſe I be deceyued) the like cuſtome is not any where obſerued, withall I ſhall thereby the better and plainlier make you vnderſtand what the authority is of this office of Aduocators.
When any crime or offence is brought before the Aduocators (if the ſame be thought worthy of their cenſure) then preſently is he, whoſe name is brought by ſome one of them (the charge thereof belonging chiefly to three) declared and argued to be guiltie, and then report is thereof made ouer by him that argued him, to what councell himſelfe ſhall beſt like, though vſually ſuch matters are referred to the colledge of the xl which haue preſidence, and authority ouer capitall crimes & iudgements. And there the matter beeing well debated of, the councel determineth, whether the offender ſhal be put in priſon or tortured, or otherwiſe allowed to defend his cauſe at libertie, who is either by the decree of the councell preſently ſent for, or els ſecretly apprehended by the Officers and Sergeantes that attende vpon the Aduocators: and then hee is eyther at libertie, or as a priſoner examined vpon the matter: he maketh his aunſwere, and witneſſes and proofes are produced on each ſide, and each particular regiſtred in writing, as well in the behalfe of the offendor, as againſt him, and a coppie thereof giuen him, and a time of reſpite appointed him to inſtruct his Aduocators, & ſuch
as hee ſhall chuſe to pleade for him: and they likewiſe prouide themſelues of ſuch proofes and argumentes, as may beſt ſerue for his defence, and for the diſproofe and confutation of ſuch reaſons and teſtimonies, as ſhall be vrged againſt him, and then the matter commeth to the pleading.
I cannot here ouerſlip an ancient cuſtome obſerued of our forepaſſed elders euen vnto this age of ours, which is, that if any doe want meanes and abilitie to entertayne an Aduocate or Lawyer to pleade and defende his cauſe: then are there two Aduocates appointed him at the charge of the commonwealth, to ſpeake and argue in the defence and maintenance of his right. For thereof the lawes haue a ſpeciall regarde, Two aduocates appointed by the commonwealth to defend the cauſe of thoſe that want meanes & abilitie to entertaine them.that no one doe receiue puniſhment without being firſt admitted to ſay what hee can in iuſtification of himſelfe. But after that due ceremonies are obſerued with the offendor, and all reſpectes and liberties afforded him, that the defence of his cauſe requireth, the aduocators doe warne the councell, and a day is appointed for the tryall of his cauſe.
The Councell being aſſembled, the accuſation of the parties that ſtande vpon their tryall, belongeth to the Aduocators, who are in that behalfe to behaue themſelues with great ſharpeneſſe, vehemence and ſeuerity, euen in as inuectiue a manner (if poſſible they could attaine and reach thereunto) as that which Cicero vſed againſt Verres or Antonius, yet ſo that they refrayne from vnſeemely rayling, and do not digreſſe or wander out of the matter with extremitie of ſpitefull words. For whoſoeuer maliciouſly raileth, ſeemeth
rather to bewray a mind intemperate and hatefull, then any way to aduaunce the commonwealthes cauſe. For in this point the matter is farre otherwiſe among the Venetians, then it was in times paſſed among the Romaines. Aunciently in Rome any citizen whatſoeuer might impleade another, and with all bitterneſſe accuſe him before the Iudges: but in Venice no priuate man may performe ſuch office, the ſame by the lawes of the commonwealth belonging to the dignity & magiſtracie of the Aduocators. In which point mee thinketh our anceſtors did rightlier imitate the nature of things, and had therein a more regardfull foreſight to maintain the citizens in agreement, then had the Romaines. For ſeeing that an offence committed is a breach of the lawes, & a ſcandall to the commenwealth, & the lawes and the commommonwealth are to exact puniſhment thereof: who can be fitter to require the puniſhment of him that offendeth, or who ought thereunto to bend greater indeuour, then that Magiſtrate whoſe authority, rule & dignity is wholly giuen him to defend the laws? Neyther can any priuate citizen play the part of an accuſer, without exceeding enuie and hatred of him whom he ſhall proſecute, whence eaſily there might ſedition & trouble ariſe among the citizens, which inconuenience is by vs notably auoyded, by laying this whole charge of accuſations vpon a Magiſtrate, who is not to handle the ſame according to any priuate or particular diſſentious conceipt, but according to the preſcript rule and forme of the lawes: ſo that it hath neuer lightly beene hearde of, that euer any blame was imputed to an Aduocator for vſing vehement inuectiues, or
being a ſharpe accuſer, but rather the greater applauſe and praiſe thereby to ariſe vnto him among all the citizens. But let vs now returne to our before mentioned manner of iudgements.
The Councell being aſſembled, the Aduocator plaieth the parte of a bitter accuſer, ſtrayning the vttermoſt inuention of his wittes with all vehemence againſt the offendor, firſt obiecting vnto him the offence, confirming the ſame with witneſſes, and then ſtrengthening his obiection with probabilities and likelihoodes of coniecture: hauing ended his ſpeech, the aduocate of the offender pleadeth in the Clyentes behalfe: After which if any of the Aduocators will ſpeake afreſh, before the Iudges giue ſentence, he hath libertie ſo to do: likewiſe the Lawyers of the defendant haue leaue to aunſwere and to confute, if they can, the oppoſed arguments. And ſo of eyther ſide the cauſe is debated and toſſed to and fro, till eyther the offender or the Aduocator whoſe turne it is to ſpeake, doth declare that he hath no more to ſay, which done, the offender and his aduocates are commanded out of the Court, and the Aduocators are ſhutte into a roome apart with the Iudges and their Secretaries, not any one elſe being ſuffred to be there. The Aduocators firſt doe make a motion vnto the Iudges of puniſhing the offender, demaunding their opinions whether they thinke him worthy of puniſhment or no, not naming or appointing any one certayne kinde of puniſhment, which Two manner of iudgements.cuſtome was (in a manner) obſerued by the Athenians: for in Athens the Iudges gaue two ſentences, in the firſt eyther condemning or abſoluing the priſoner. If in the firſt hee were condemned, then was the
manner of his puniſhment determined of in the ſecond, as out of Platoes Apologie of Socrates may plainly bee perceiued, the very like order of iudgement is that in manner which we do vſe: firſt (as I ſay) the aduocators make a motion vnto the Iudges of puniſhing the offender. Then the Iudges go vnto their ſuffrages, for by ſuffrages among the Venetians all things are determined. Three pots are brought forth, by the one of which the offender is condemned: by the other hee is abſolued in maner without any correctiō, & by the third are known the opinion of thoſe, which doe ſeeme yet to doubt whether courſe is to be taken: the firſt of condemnation is white, the ſecond of abſolution greene, the third of doubtfulnes redde. Euery of the Iudges, whether the cauſe be diſputed of by the forty (as vſually it is) or els that the ſenate be conſulted with (which ſeldome happeneth) & that only in great & waighty cauſes, or whether it be by the aduocators reported ouer to the great councell, which is moſt ſeldome, & neuer but in matters exceedingly enormous, to the ende to haue his ſuffrage vndiſcerned, letteth fall into whether of theſe The manner of the priſoners tryall.three pots he pleaſeth a little linnen ball: which being done, the preſidents of the councell doe number the balles, and if more then the half be in ſauor of the priſoners liberty, he is preſently pronounced free, & the requeſt of the aduocators reiected. But if more then the half of thoſe bals, be found in the pot of condemnation, he is preſently condemned: if neither of both exceede the half, but that the greater part of the Iudges put their ſuffrages into the pot of doubtfulnes: then his cauſe is deferred ouer til another day, & to the better diſcuſſion of the Iudges: if he be abſolued, he hath no more to do
but is preſently ſet at liberty: if his terme be prolonged, then there is a new day appointed both to him and the Iudges for the handling of his cauſe: the Aduocators accuſing him and his Lawyers, as wel as they can, refuting the obiected crimes. After that the matter is debated & pleaded on both ſides, the Iudges go to their bals againe, and if then neyther there bee any thing concluded in regard that the greater part of the lots be found in the pot, that agreeth the doubtfulneſſe & irreſolution of the Iudges, then once againe is the cauſe put ouer, and a new day appointed both to the priſoner and the Iudges: which being come, and the Iudges caſting their lots as before, there is no farther regard helde of thoſe that are doubtfull, inſomuch that if the lottes bee not in eyther parte iuſtly equall, of neceſſitie the priſoner muſt bee eyther acquitted or condemned: if hee bee acquitted, hee hath (as I ſaid before) no more to doe: but if he bee condemned, then they are to determine of the manner of his puniſhment: concerning the which both the Aduocators and the preſidents of the Colledges of Iudges doe make motions. Alwaies The office of the Aduocators enclyning more to ſeuerity thē mercy. The heades of the forty and the counſellors propound lighter penalties.the Aduocators doe propounde that puniſhment, which to that ſorte of offence doth ſeeme moſt ſharp and grieuous, their office and dutie being more to incline to ſeuerity then to mercie. The other doe accuſtome to propounde lighter penalties, vnleſſe the fault be ſo hainous, that there remain no place for pitty, or els that the Aduocators haue vſed greater lenitie then becommeth their place and office. The opinions of all being propoſed, the puniſhment that the priſoner muſt ſuffer, is in the very ſame manner and faſhion concluded & determined on (as I told you aboue) that the decrees of the ſenate are wont to be ratified, when
the Sages are of ſundry & diuers opinions. The manner of which if I ſhould repeat againe, I ſhould trouble the reader with a needleſſe iteration, and perchance be accounted tedious for my labor: Let this ſuffiſe, that that opinion of the Iudges is pronounced and executed, which (the other being reiected) hath in fauour thereof more then halfe the ſuffrages.
No one citizē nor magiſtrate allowed for an abſolute iudge or arbitrator in any thing. Here me thinketh I ſhall not doe amiſſe to acquaint you with two ſtatutes wiſely enacted by our anceſtors.
The firſt is, that they would not by any meanes, that any citizen, no nor magiſtrate, ſhould bee an arbitrator without appeale in any thing, but that the ſupreme right & iudgement of all things ſhoulde belong to the councels or colledges. And the other no leſſe profitable then the former is, that the Iudges ſhould not openly with their tongue pronounce their opinions: but ſecretly by ſuffrages, the maner of which you haue heard: either of which in my opinion, grounded vpon exceeding reaſon: Firſt for ſo great an authority in determining matters, to haue been cōmitted to one magiſtrate as it had beene dangerous: ſo if now the matter fall by chaunce otherwiſe then well out, the Citie cannot find fault with any particular citizens. And with as great wiſedome was it ordained, that iudgementes and decrees ſhould not bee openly with ſpeech pronounced: for the Iudges by this inuention of ſecret ſuffrages doe iudge much more freely then they woulde haue done, if they had beene to deliuer their iudgementes with their tongue, in which caſe ſometimes eyther through ambition they wold haue been ſeduced from iuſtice, or els feared the offence of their well deſeruing friendes, or els doubted the indignation and miſlike of ſome greater perſon: withal this commodity ther is, that
euery Iudge followeth his own iudgemēt, without depending vpon the authority of any other Iudge: which might eaſily happen, that hee that had before ſpoken, were, reputed to be graue and wiſe, which point hath not been omitted of excellent Philoſophers: but now ſeeing the whole manner of iudgementes is of vs expreſſed: wee will returne to the forty iudges of Capitall cauſes, of which I had begunne to ſpeake. Their Colledge was inſtituted of our City, to the ende that the Aduocators making report vnto them of Capitall cauſes; by their deliberation, wicked men and malefactors might receiue condigne correction & puniſhment: for vnleſſe it be in great and waightie matters, and ſuch as the commonwealthes may bee intereſſed by the deciſion of them, the Aduocators doe neuer conſult with the Senate, and verie rarely with the great Councell: but all Capitall cauſes are brought to this Colledge of the forty, whoſe ſentence is helde for ratifyed and firme without admitting any appeale. Their office laſteth eight moneths, after that they haue before ſpent ſixteen moneths in determining of ciuill cauſes. For there are in the common wealthes of Venice three The office of the forty criminall IudgesCourtes or Colledges, euery one conſiſting of Forty iudges, two of them are for the iudging and determining of ciuile cauſes, and the thirde of which wee ſpeake for Capitall: but they are in this ſort diſtributed, that theſe forty Capitall Iudges, ſo ſoone as they haue finiſhed their lymited time of office, do returne priuately into order, and forthwith other forty are choſen into their places by the ſeſſion of the great Councell, and yet the forty new choſen, doe not preſently come to the iudging of Capitall cauſes, but in place
of theſe former Capitall Iudges, doth the other Colledge of Forty ſucceede, that did in the meane ſpace of theſe eight moneths, exerciſe the iudgemēt of ciuile cauſes within the City. And againe in their place doth ſucceede the other Colledge of forty, which alſo in this eight moneths ſpace, had the handling of ciuil-foreyne cauſes, and in their place do ſucceed theſe laſt forty newly created, and ſo by turne they paſſe from foreyn cauſes to cauſes of the city, and laſtly to thoſe which are capital, in which iudgements, from one as I ſay to another they continue two years. Theſe three courts of iudges haue their three peculiar appellations. The firſt of forreyne cauſes is called the new Colledge, the ſecond of homeciuil cauſes, the old, and the third that iudgeth vpon life and death, the criminal Colledge: theſe laſt forty, beſide the high power of their iudgement in capital offences and crimes are alſo admitted into the Senate, and haue in that honorable Councell alſo their authority of ſufrages. They haue beſides three heads or preſidentes of their company, which are euery two monethes choſen new by Lot, and in their turnes they ſit with the Duke and Councellers, and haue with them equal authority of making report ouer of whatſoeuer they ſhal pleaſe, eyther to the Senate or to the great Councell, the ſame neuertheleſſe in ſuch manner as I tolde you before: neyther without reaſon are theſe forty yonger men mingled with the Senators, which are for the moſt part olde men in regarde that the heate of their nature maketh a temperature with the others coldneſſe, yet are not theſe young men equall in number to the olde men, but much fewer, onely inough to put ſome heat into the cold deliberatiōs of the Senate;
which ſomtimes exceeding & in matters of ſome nature is neceſſarie. Beſides by this grant of Senator like authority to the forty, there may ſeeme to bee in ſome forte a communication of the commonwealths gouernmēt, with the lower and meaner ſort of citizens, ſuch as for the moſt part they are that do exerciſe this office of the forty▪ wherein our aunceſters haue ſeemed to vſe & obſerue a certaine kinde of popular lawe: for to euery of theſe three Colledges of forty men there is a certain rated allowance of mony appointed and giuen for euery day that they ſhall aſſemble and meete, and therefore very ſeldome do thoſe that are rich, require this office, and if they ſhould, they would as eaſily be repulſed. The honor thereof being without difficulty granted to the needier ſort, prouided alwaies, that their life beare with it the fame of an honeſt conuerſation: by which meanes the pouerty of meane gentlemen is not only in ſome ſort prouided for, but alſoo the gouernment and adminiſtration of the common wealth, is aſwell in ſome ſort communicated with the meaner and poorer ſorte of Citizens, as with thoſe that are highlieſt remarkable eyther for riches or nobilitie, which cuſtome hath a reference to the popular eſtate. By theſe thinges you may perceiue that there appeareth in eueriy parte of the Venetian common wealth, that moderation, and temperature, which in the beginning of this worke, I tolde you our aunceſters did ſo highly indeuour to eſtabliſh, which is, that the popular eſtate ſhould haue an intelligence and mixture with that of the nobilitie, yet the ſame in that order ſeaſoned, that the parts of the Nobilitie ſhould bee both
more in number and mightier in ſway.
We haue now in my opinion ſufficiently diſcourſed both of the Aduocators, as alſo of the forty criminall Iudges▪ who are to that ende inſtituted, that they ſhould carefully looke into all ſuch offences as are any way notorious, eyther through the qualitie of the offence, or the condition of the offendor: Now the time Two ſorts of inferior magiſtrates.requireth, that we ſhould briefly ſpeake of ſome inferior magiſtrates, that haue authority to puniſh offences of leſſe qualitie, and moment, eyther in regarde of the meanes of the faulte it ſelfe, or the ſlender regard & quality of the perſon that commiteth the ſame. Theſe alſo are of two ſortes, the one hath power of life and death, the other not, their authority ſtretching no farther then to the puniſhment of Rogues and Harlots, whome they cauſe to bee impriſoned or whipt with rods, euery of them according to the proportion of their committed lewdnes. The firſt magiſtrate alſo that hath power to giue ſentence of life and death, is likewiſe deuided into two ſortes. For the ſelfe ſame Iudges doe not ſearch out and examine and call to tryall the offendor, but the firſt being the heades of the officers by night doe throughly examine the cauſe of Officers of night.the offender, and regiſter vp in writing the depoſition of the witneſſes, & whatſoeuer elſe the party hath confeſſed, eyther of his owne accord, or els by the conſtraint of torture: and then finally repreſent the whole to the iudges of the Properties. This Magiſtrate differeth Iudges of the properties.much from the former, and giueth ſentence of death, when the cauſe in handling is capitall. But if it be a lighter offence to bee puniſhed onely with whipping
or impriſonment, the captaines of the officers by night, do of themſelues diſpatch the matter without aſking the aduiſe of the Colledge, eyther for the impriſoning or torturing the offendor, which authority neuer theleſſe the office of the Aduocators hath not, but muſt firſt acquaint the Colledge and proceede according to the decrees thereof, neither is the ſame ſo ordayned without exceeding reaſon and foundation, for that for euery ſmall matter, and the offence of euery baggage fellow, the Councell ſhould haue been mooued, both the common wealthes ſhould haue beene ouermuch troubled with many impertenent brablers, and alſo lewd fellowes ſhould haue had a greater ſcope of liuing licentiouſly, through the hope of eſcaping puniſhmēt. For greater expedition thereof, of theſe kinds of iudgements, the heads or chieftaines of the officers by night do obtaine that authority, of which the Aduocators are depriued. Theſe officers of the night are ſix, and ſix likewiſe are thoſe meane officers, that haue onely power to correct baſe vagabonds and tryfeling offences.
Thoſe that do execute this office are called heades of the tribes of the city, becauſe out of euery tribe (for the city is deuided into ſix tribes) there is elected an officer of the night, and a head of the tribe, which cuſtome alſo we obſerue in the election of our Councellers, as here before I haue expreſſed.
The duty of eyther of theſe officers is, to keepe a watch euery other night by turn, within their tribes and now the one and then the other, to make rounds about his quarter, till the dawning of the day, being alwayes guarded and attended on with weaponed officers▪
and ſerieants, and to ſee that there be not any diſorder done in the darkenes of the night, which alwaies imboldneth men ill diſpoſed to naughtineſſe, and that there be not any houſes broken vp, nor theeues, nor rogueslurking in corners with intent to do violence.
At the firſt beginning of the city, eyther of theſe offices was of great eſtimation: but ſince, new Magiſtrates being added, according to the chaunge of the times, and the occaſion of the common wealth: the ſame is much diminiſhed and of leſſer reſpect, for the chiefe authority being tranſferred ouer to the new officers, there remaineth onely in their courtes the deciſion of baſe and baggage matters, as the ſuddes or lees of the reſt.
Hetherto there is inough ſaide of thoſe Magiſtrates that do determine Capitall cauſes: In the next volume we will ſpeake of ciuile Iudgementes.
The end of the third booke.
The fourth Booke of the Magiſtrates and commonwealth of
Venice.
IT hath beene alwaies a perpetuall continuing cuſtome in the commō
The whole high and chief authority of all thinges belonging to the Councels and not to any particular magiſtrates.wealth of Venice, that no magiſtrate whatſoeuer ſhould haue in matters of waight and importance, high & chief authority: but that the ſame ſhoulde wholy belong to the colledge, or rather vſing the common manner of ſpeech to the Councels, inſomuch that in ciuile cauſes ſuch as In ciuile cauſes the party preiudiced may after iudgement giuen appeale to the Auditors and to the Colledge of the Forty.ſhall exceede the ſumme of fiue and forty crownes, there is not any magiſtrate from whoſe iudgement, the party may not appeale to the Auditors of the ciuile cauſes, and to the colledge of forty, of whome we haue heere aboue made mention.
But to the end that the whole manner of theſe ciuile iudgements may be made manifeſt and plaine, wee Two ſorts of Auditors the olde and the new.will begin with the Auditors, which are of two ſortes, that is to ſay, the olde and the new, the olde doe deriue their name from the antiquitie of their office, The old Auditors more ancient then the new.and being much more ancient then that of the new, which was altogether vnknowne in this commonwealth, till the ſame beganne to haue Dominion
ouer the maine Lande, many ages after the building of the City. Theſe olde Auditors haue in manner the ſame authority in determination of ciuile cauſes, after they are debated of & iudged by the ciuile iudges, as the aduocators haue in all ſuch matters, as any way they ſhall thinke to be offenſiue to the lawes, I meane in receauing of appeales, or making of report ouer.
When therefore by the ciuile Iudges, there is any ſentence giuen againſt any man: it is lawfull for him who receiueth preiudice thereby, to appeale from their indgement to the Auditors, the cauſe then being brought into their court, and of eyther ſide pleaded & debated of thoſe betweene whome the controuerſie dependeth, if the ſame exceed not the ſumme of fiftie crowns, they may of their own authority, ſo they agree all in one end and determine the ſame, without the Colledge of the forty: or if they diſagree in opinion, then one of them hath authority to make report ouer Three Iudges that haue authoritie to iudge and determine on thinges that are found,to a very ſmall Colledge, where the company of eyther Auditors do note, and likewiſe three other Iudges, that vſually do ſit vpon thinges that are founde: and there theſe leſſer affaires are abſolutely determined.
But if the whole cauſe did amount aboue the rate of the foreſaid ſumme, before our time the matter coulde not haue beene brought into the Colledge of the Forty, vnleſſe ſomeone of the Auditors had interpoſed himſelfe, and made reporte of the ſentence ſo giuen by the Iudges, vnto the forty. But in this time of ours there is a Law made, whereby liberty is graunted vnto him againſt whome the former Iudges haue pronounced ſentence, that
he may after three monthes (though none of the Auditors intermeddle) call his aduerſary a freſh into A law lately made, by which the authority of the Auditors is greatly diminiſhed.queſtion by appeale vnto the Colledge, by whoſe lawe the authoritie of the Auditors is greatly diminiſhed: yet neuertheleſſe is their report of great auaile to the furtherance of the cauſe, and beſides the cutting of the delay of three monthes, ſeemeth to be as a prerogatiue to the Iudges. Preſently vpon the Auditors report the former iudges were before our time ſummoned into the Colledge of the fortie, and there eyther magiſtrate admitted to the maintenance of his cauſe by plea: but now I know not by what negligence by little and little it is brought to paſſe, that the former Iudges, from whoſe ſentences the appeale is brought, doe neyther pleade, nor bee ſo much as preſent at the handling of their cauſe in the Colledge of the forty: onely being cited by an officer, their anſwere is, that, that which lawe and iuſtice is, may go forward.
But this cuſtome that the auditors ſhould firſt make report vnto the colledge of ſuch cauſes as were by appeale brought vnto them, and plead in maintenance of them, hauing continued till our time, is now wholly abrogated: and onely the Aduocates of thoſe between whom the controuerſie reſteth, doe vſe that office, in defending the cauſe of their clientes: whereby it is come to paſſe, that this office which was before time ſo honourable, is now become to bee greatly obſcured and eclipſed. The iudges of ciuile cauſes obſerue the ſame order in their iudgements as the criminal iudges.
Theſe fortie Iudges of ciuill cauſes doe in a manner obſerue that order and cuſtome in their iudgementes, as you heard me ſay before is vſually wont to bee obſerued of the forty Iudges of capitall cauſes: onely this difference
there is that in cauſes wherein the life and eſtate of any man is called in queſtion, there is no certayne time of ſpeech limited or impoſed, whereas in A certaine time of ſpeech limited.ciuile controuerſies there is a certaine time appointed, beyond which they may not by any meanes lengthen or extend their plea: that is to ſay, an houre and a halfe onely to each of them that pleadeth: neyther are there in the deciſion of theſe ciuile iudgements many opinions alleadged, out of which the Colledge may concluſiuely chuſe one that ſhalbe beſt to their liking, as in conſultation vpon the puniſhment of malefactors, (I told you aboue is vſually the cuſtome) but it is onely here debated, whether the ſentence giuen by the former Iudges ſhall be confirmed or abrogated: if any of the Auditors make interceſſion to that ende, then ſhall the queſtion be of abrogating and cancelling the ſame: but otherwiſe if the matter come vnto the Colledge without the interceſſion or addreſſe of any Auditor, then the Preſidentes of the Colledge, after the matter is of each ſide throughly pleaded, doe rather propoſe the ſtrengthening and confirming of the former iudgement then the diſalowance or cancelling thereof. Preſently all the ſworne Iudges doe prepare Three ſeuerall pots brought forth, a white, a greene▪ and a redde.themſelues and go vnto their ſuffrages, and three pots likewiſe are brought forth: in the greene the former iudgement is cancelled: in the white it is approued, and in the thirde which is redde, are the balles of thoſe that doe yet remaine doubtfull, and would haue the matter to bee adiourned and deferred. Nothing is helde for abſolute and decreede, vnleſſe more then the halfe doe conclude and agree together in one opinion, eyther for the ratifying, or diſanulling thereof:
of which if the iudges bee not throughly perſwaded, ſo that neyther of both bee decided, the ſame is then deferred ouer till the next day, and the ſame ceremonies againe renewed: and if neyther then it bee determined, the Colledge is called agayne the thirde day, and the ſelfe ſame proceedinges vſed as before, ſaue onely that after eyther ſide hath ſufficiently pleaded, and that they go againe to their ſuffrages, there is no farther reckoning made of thoſe that remayne doubtfull and vnperſwaded, ſo that vnleſſe the ſuffrages bee altogether equall, it is determined, and fully ended one way or other, and the former iudgement Vpon abrogation of the former iudgement the plaintife hath libertie to renue his action.eyther fully confirmed or vtterly abrogated. Neuertheleſſe vppon abrogation of the former iudgement the playntife is not ſo put off and debarred, but that hee hath libertie to renewe his action agayne: for this newe cancelling ſerueth to no other ende, but onely to fruſtrate and make voide and inualide But vpon the confirmation of the former ſentence the party intereſſed is vtterly debarred.the force of the former iudgement: whereas the approbation and allowance confirmeth and ratifieth for euer the iudgement that was giuen and pronounced, neyther is there left to the defendant, any place eyther of prouocation or appeale, or meane to call the matter in queſtion, vnleſſe there fall out ſome new matter or occaſion.
This ſhall bee ſufficient as concerning the olde Auditors: now wee will briefly ſay ſomewhat of the newe. This Magiſtrate was vnknowen and not created in our commonwealth, till ſuch time as the Venetian Empire beganne to imbrace the mayne lande that bordered vppon our Lakes. To theſe may appeales be brought from the iudgements & ſentences of
The New auditors meddle onely with forraigne matters. ſuch gouernors & magiſtrates as without the precinctes of our Citie doe adminiſter iuſtice to people that doe liue vnder our ſubiection: for the olde Auditors were not of themſelues able and ſufficient to vnderſtand and diſpatch both the cauſes of the citie, and thoſe alſo of forrayne places: for which cauſe this Magiſtrate was called by the name of New, in regarde that after the commonwealth was once ſetled and eſtabliſhed, the citie began to ſtretch and enlarge her dominion ouer the maine land of the prouince of Venetia, which as though it had neuer beene ſeperated from the ſame, returned willingly with a franke and liberall good will. For as I ſhewed you in the beginning of this worke, the nobleſt ſorte of people that inhabited the countrey of Venetia, flying the barbarous crueltie of forraine nations, & the generall deuaſtation of all Italie, did get themſelues into theſe lakes of ours, and then did lay the firſt foundation Why the City was firſt called Venetia.of this moſt opulent and flouriſhing citie, calling it by the name of Venetia, to leaue thereby a remembrance vnto their poſteritie, that there in the ſame were ioyntly together aſſembled the chiefe prime and flower of the nobilitie of all the cities of the territories of Venetia: ſo that in ſhort ſpace, when the rule and empire therof began infinitly to increaſe, one Magiſtrate could not ſerue for the diſpatch both of forraine and domeſticall cauſes: and therefore this New Magiſtrate was The New col ledge of the forty ciuile iudges.ordayned, and likewiſe the New Colledge of the forty: into whoſe courtes are brought the appeales from the indgementes of ſuch forrayne magiſtrates as haue gouernment abroade: where being throughly handled and diſcuſſed, they are finally ended and concluded. The manner and forme of proceeding in this colledge,
is ſuch in all points (as before I told you) is obſerued of the olde Auditors, and the councell of the forty ciuill The councel of fortie for cauſes onely within the citie.Iudges, concerning cauſes within the cittie: onely this is added to the authoritie of the new Auditors, that in any matter brought vnto them by appeale, ſo the ſame exceed not the ſumme of fortie crownes, they may ouerrule the former iudgement, or abrogate it, or allow it eyther in whole or in part, as ſhal ſeeme beſt vnto them, prouided, that they do all agree in one opinion: which The cauſes of ſtrangers ſooner diſpatched then thoſe of the citizens.courſe was thought fit to be ordayned, to the end that forrayners and ſtrangers (of whome according to the preceptes of many great Philoſophers there is eſpeciall regarde to bee had) ſhould not be moleſted and lingred off with long delayes, but quickly come to an ende of their ſuites. This priuiledge the olde Auditors haue not: for they of neceſſity muſt eyther wholly allow the iudgement, or els vtterly cancell and make voide the ſame, and whereas the new (as I ſaid) may, leauing the reſt, meddle onely with parte of the cauſe, they muſt either embrace the whole entire cauſe, or els vtterly leaue it vnmedled withall. So that by this means theſuites of ſtrangers are ſooner ended & determined, then the cauſes of the citizens, though through the ſuttelty of Aduocates and Lawyers (who leaue nothing vnattempted, how farre ſoeuer the ſame be from right) proceſſes and ſuites are ſundry times drawen out to an infinite length: as in all places it is vſuall, where iudgementes are not raſhly pronounced, but leaſurely and conſiderately at appointed times.
Now (in a manner) haue we expreſſed the whole form which is vſually obſerued in iudgements, it remaineth that we briefly ſpeak ſomwhat of thoſe magiſtrates
who firſt of all do giue ſentence in cauſes of the Citie, & Sixe ſeuerall kindes of Iudges.from whom the appeales & prouocations are brought to the old Auditors, and to the councell of the fortie: of theſe Iudges there are ſix ſeueral courts, diuided according to the qualitie of the cauſes and of the perſons. For eyther the ſuites are about marchandiſe, or matters pertayning thereunto, or about houſes or groundes that are within the Lakes, or about poſſeſſions and landes that are on the Continent, or els about other contractes, or bargaines: as for the perſons that contend, they are eyther citizens or ſtrangers, or one with another ſtrangers and citizens together: or the controuerſie is betweene orphelins, or els moued at the ſuit of the widdowes, for the recouery of their dower after the death of their husbands. Leſt therefore there might fall out a confuſion among iudgements of ſo different kindes, to the end that the one ſhould not bee a diſturbance or hinderance to the other, there were appointed ſeuerall Courtes of iudgement, in ſo much that as farre forth as poſſible it might bee, euery one according to the quality of his buſineſſe might know the proper and peculiar Iudge of his controuerſie: for Iudges of the properties.whatſoeuer differences ariſe about houſes, groundes, or leaſes, ſituated or lying within the boundes of Venice (that is, being within the lakes) are all determined by thoſe that are called Iudges of the properties, to whoſe Courtes alſo widdowes haue recourſe in demandes of their dower, after the death of their huſbandes. This name and appellation of properties was firſt giuen them, becauſe our aunceſtors did take thoſe thinges to be properly their owne, which were ſeated within the Lakes, as not being eaſie to bee transferred
to the dominion of other mayſters: as for ſuch goods as they had vpon the Continent, whether they were landes or houſes, in regarde that they lay open to violence, and might in diſpight of their mayſters ſuffer rapine and ſpoyle, they called by the name of moueables: if then the controuerſie ariſe concerning any poſſeſſion vpon the maine landes, for redreſſe thereof recourſe is to be had to the Iudges of the Procurators: Iudges of the procurators.vnder whome the matters of Orphelins that are yet vnder gardians are handled, for among the Venetians both gardians and tutors were wont to be called Procurators. If the contention and ſtrife do any way concerne Merchantes or matter of merchandiſe, then for the deciſion of thoſe cauſes are there certaine peculiar Iudges or Conſuls of the merchants.Iudges, called properly Iudges or Conſuls of the marchantes. Theſe doe in their Iudgements vſe a ſpeedier diſpatch then any other of the ciuill magiſtrates: which was ſo ordayned, to the ende that marchantes, whoſe affaires might otherwiſe receyue great detriment and hinderance, with lingering and delayes might not bee deluded or entertayned with long expectation of their Iudges of ſtrangers.right. But if the queſtion bee betweene ſtraungers, or that if any citizen will ſue a ſtranger that commeth to lodge in Venice for ſome fewe dayes, thoſe Iudges muſt then bee repayred vnto that are appoynted to heare the cauſes of ſtraungers, and haue thereof their proper nomination and tytle. But all other cauſes of ſales, bargaines, or contractes, by which any citizen pretendeth eyther breach of couenant or dueneſſe Iudges of requeſtes.of debt, are referred to the Iudges of requeſtes, who ſerue in ſteade of the Mayor or Pretor of the Citie.
There are beſides certaine ſmall thinges, whoſe iudgement Iudges of the moueables.and determination is committed to certaine officers, that are called Iudges of the moueables. Likewiſe there is another kinde of magiſtrate, whoſe office is, if any thing happen to bee founde, that had layne long hidden, or els beene lately loſt, to iudge and determine Iudges of things that are found.whether the ſame ought to belong to the commō treaſure, or to any priuate man, or els to him whoſe chaunce it is to find it, all things of the like kind and nature being vnder the compaſſe of his authoritie and iudgement.
Hauing expreſſed the ſeuerall kinds and manners of Magiſtrates that haue charge of common treaſure.iudgements, we wil now paſſe ouer to thoſe magiſtrates that haue charge ouer the common chamber or treaſurie, and the receipt & employment of the publike reuenew. Theſe perchance may ſeeme to ſome body more in number then is conuenient, and that a few might as ſufficiently diſcharge the whole buſineſſe pertaining to the treaſure: but here they muſt marke, that our fathers omitted no kinde of heedfulneſſe to preuent all fraude & deceipt in the adminiſtration of their publike treaſure, ſuppoſing the ſame to bee the very fountayne whence the other parts of the commonwealth receiue their nouriture and ſuſtenance, and likewiſe grow to an exceeding weakeneſſe and empoueriſhment by the drying vp and decay therof, in ſo much that they made a ſolemn decree, that what citizen ſoeuer ſhould be cō
uicted of hauing abuſed or defrauded the commō treaſure, ſhold be to al poſterity defamed with a perpetuall note of diſhonor: and the ſame perpetualy euery yeare ſhould to his eternal ſhame be renued. For vpō a certain appointed day the great councel is ſolemnly aſſembled,
and there in a publike oration made by one of the Aduocators, all ſuch as haue beene conuicted of this crime as named with titles of reproach, to the end that the ſhame and infamie of ſo foule a fact may neuer growe out of date or be forgotten.
The magiſtrates who haue charge ouer the treaſure are of two ſortes. But returning to the purpoſe: The magiſtrates who haue charge ouer the Treaſure are of two ſortes, as likewiſe is the treaſure it ſelfe, for eyther it conſiſteth of the publike rentes, reuenewes, and tributes, or elſe when great and important occaſions ſhal ſo require the ſame, is raiſed of taxes and ſubſidies that are leuied according to the abilitie of the citizens: which oftentimes hapneth, when warres with which our city hath been much afflicted, do grow vppon vs eyther by ſea or land, as when the Turke incrochingly aſſaileth our dominions, whoſe mighty puiſſance and formidable attempts aſwell againſt vs, as againſt the whole commonwealth of Chriſtendome, wee alone not without exceeding charge and detriment haue reſiſted and kept at a baye many yeares, or elſe when chriſtian princes not brooking the greatnes of the Venetian empire, haue conſpired againſt the ſame, as in the fifteenth yeare before this, in manner all the greateſt princes of chriſtendome were ſtrongly linked, leagued and confederated againſt vs: but God be thanked: their endeuours were withſtoode, and our affaires though for a while declining, were yet at length reſtored into their former eſtate & flouriſhing erected grearneſſe.
Seeing then that this common treaſure conſiſteth of two kindes, two likewiſe are the kinds of magiſtrates to whoſe charge they are committed. The one for the ſubſidies leuied of the people: and the other for
the common rents and tributes: Theſe tributes are leuied eyther of goods tranſported out of the City, or els of ſuch as are brought into the ſame: others the like alſo are collected and gathered out of thoſe other citties that are vnder the Venetian dominion. The tributes Tolles, and cuſtomes of the citie, aſwell through the great aboundance of marchandize, and infinite aſſembly of marchants, as alſo the innumerable multitude of people that dwell within the ſame, are farre greater then a man would imagine, and as the kinds of theſe matters & marchandize are diuers, ſo likewiſe are the officers ouer them inſtituted & ordained, as it beſt ſeemed vnto thē, to whoſe ſupremecharge & ſuperintendance they belong to acquaint you with the particularities & peculiar offices of euery one of which would rather breed a vaine and weriſome tediouſnes, then any neceſſarie or pleaſing delight, for which cauſe I thought it not amiſſe to ouerſlippe thoſe magiſtrates, whoſe offices are not of continuance, but are onely inſtituted vppon occaſions. In ſumme the chiefeſt point belonging to all theſe officers is to be heedefull that no parte of this commō treaſure be embezeled, miſemployed or careleſly regarded, all controuerſies likewiſe ariſing about this money, are by them iudged and determined, ſo ſoo e as they haue gathered in their mony, they carie The Gouernour
•
of the publike rents.the ſame to the gouernours of the publike Rents: for ſo is this magiſtrate called, to whoſe preſidence this matter is committed: which becauſe it is a very great and a very honorable charge, the ſame is not wont to be giuen, but vnto the nobleſt citizens, which to the end they ſhould the more willingly of themſelues deſire, or at leaſt not refuſe the ſame, being profered, as
the burthen and care there of, is great and weightie: ſo are there thereunto many both profitable and honorable The creation of the vnder Officers belongeth to the gouernours the common Treaſure.authorities annexed for the creatiō of all ſuch vnder officers, as are paid out of the common treaſure, as Serieants, Somners, Purſeuants, Ordinarie gardes, and thereſt of that kinde, lyeth wholy in their power, whome hauing ſatiſfyed and payd, they bring the reſt The Treaſurers of the Chamber of the City▪
that remaineth to the Treaſurer, at the Chamber of the City: to which magiſtrate finally is brought the whole ſumme of the common money collected eyther within or without the towne, by whatſoeuer officer or treaſurer, and they do againe imploy the ſame vpon publike vſes, according to the order and direction of the Senate: keeping a Regiſter both of their receipts and paymentes, which office becauſe it requireth a painefull trauell and continuall diligence, the ſame is wont to be giuen to the yonger ſort of the nobilitie, prouided alwayes that they be ſuch, whoſe ſincereneſſe and integrity of life do no way degenerate from the nobleneſſe of their ſtocke, to the ende that the publike mony bee not priuately miſemployed, and theſe treaſurers of the City haue in manner as greate authority in the Senate as the other lawfull Senators: Peculiar Officers appointed ouer ſuch mony as is leuied by taxation.but as for the money which in the neceſſities and diſtreſſes of the commonwealth is leauied of the citizens by way of taxation: though at length the ſame come as to the treaſurer of the town Chamber, yet are there peculiar and proper officers thereunto aſſigned ſometimes vpon an occaſion of collecting a ſumme of money, the Senate maketh a decree for the raiſing thereof without any clauſe of reſtirution, intereſt, or vtilitie to returne backe to thoſe of, whome it is leuied, which
happeneth neuertheleſſe very ſeldome, for commonly, or rather alwaies, vnleſſe extreame occaſion require the contrarie, the Senate (as their chiefeſt care is directed to the generall good of the commonwealth:) ſo alſo haue they a moſt eſpeciall and ſingular regarde of the particular eſtate of the citizens.
The ſumme that is to be leuied being determined, & time appointed for the payment thereof; euery one bringeth in as much thereof, as he was rated at, which is exacted and gathered in, by the gouernors of the rentes, and by them brought to the Treaſurers of the Chamber. But oftentimes vpon theſe taxations of money the Senate limites and appointes a time for reſtitution thereof vnto the Citizens, with ſome allowance Intereſt allowed vnto the citizens for ſuch money as is leuied of them.alſo of profite, and intereſt for the ſame, and to that ende are there certaine rentes and determinate tributes aſſigned and made ouer, but afore our time the Senate ſundrie times were wont to make a decree concerning this exacted ſumme of money that there ſhould not be made any mention of reſtitution, nor any time thereunto appointed, vnleſſe the ſame ſhould be for the generall good and benefite of the common wealth, onely the magiſtrate, which was called preſident of the lones, and as yet retayneth that name, recorded Preſident of the Lones.in a booke, the ſeuerall ſumme contributed by euery particularr cittizen, and in the meane time till the ſame were repayed, there were allowed fiue crownes in the hundred, to euery one of thoſe that had beene taxed, and thereunto were ſundrie rentes appointed, ſo that in thoſe ancient warres it was an eaſie matter to leuie mony by this manner of taxation, and ſurely in my opinion it was a thing very iuſt and
reaſonable, that ſomewhat ſhould bee againe reſtored vnto them out of the common reuenew, that had in the neceſſarie times of the common wealth, ſpent and empayred their ſubſtance: for as the partes ought to haue regarde to the ſafety of the whole, ſo in naturall reaſon alſo ought the whole to defend and preſerue the partes, in aſmuch as may bee from all inconuenience and wrong, and to participate with them ſome part of the common nouriture, thereby to reſtore & enharten them, but in our time this debt of leuied mony was ſo exceſſiue and great, that the very intereſt thereof, after the rate I ſpake of, amounted to three hundred thouſande Crownes by the yeare, which payment being of late, by reaſon of the extreame neceſſities and dangerous warres, wherewith the commonwealth was enuironed, withholden, and kept backe, now finally, ſome foure yeare ſince, there was a ſtatute and decree enacted by the Senate, (the motioners and perſwaders thereof being Dominico Treuiſano,
Andrea Gritti Duke Venice.a graue and honorable Councelor, and Andrea Gritti, a Senator of ſingular prudence and integrity, who now to the generall contentment and exceeding happines of our commonwealth, wee acknowledge for our Duke and Prince) that there ſhould not thence forwarde be any mention made of paying any yearely intereſt, neither that any ſuits, kinde of ſubſidy, or contribution ſhoulde thereafter be regiſtred or enrolled in the common bookes, and yet leaſt the citizens ſhould thinke themſelues defrauded: it was prouided that they ſhould be paide their principall, and likewiſe the intereſt, due vntill the day of the decree,
for ſatisfaction of which they appointed out, not onely An Officer appointed for the payment of the rownes debtes.a great part of their tributes, but alſo the whole poſſeſſions belonging to the common wealth in the teritorie of Rouigo. The medling in which buſines happened partly to my lot in regarde of an office that I then bare, inſtituted of purpoſe before our times to diminiſh and leſſen the debts of the common wealth, or if it were poſſible, vtterly to extinguiſh them, of which I wil ſpeak ſomewhat hereafter, and ſo a great part was diſcharged of thoſe heauie and vnmeaſurable debtes, with which the commonwealth was burthened, and likewiſe the eſtate of the priuate citizens, not left vnconuenientlie regarded, yet alwaies ſo that the generall good was firſt prouided for, and then the priuate, which order is diſcended euen to our times from our aunceſters, from hand to hand.
Now then to turne our ſpeech thether againe wherein we digreſſed. The Preſidentes of the lones are thoſe that do gather together the money wherein the Cittizens are taxed at ſuch times as the commonwelth needeth their helpe, of which when in their bookes they haue taken a particular note and reckoning, then finally they deliuer the ſame ouer to the Treaſurer of the Chamber of the Citty, from whome it belongeth to their charge to exact ſuch ſummes of money, as were yearely accuſtomed to be yeelded in ſteade of rent to the priuate Cittizens: and likewiſe to regiſter vp in their bookes both the receipt and expence thereof. But this money which by the Senates decree is leuied of the Cittizens, and is after a certaine time to bee reſtored vnto them againe, was wont both
to bee collected and repayed by a certaine peculiar Magiſtrate thereunto appointed: Now this office Officers that do ſeaze and ſell the goods of thoſe that do not at the time appointed pay the mony in which they are taxed.belongeth wholy to the Gouernours of the Rentes. There is alſo an other money-Magiſtrate not to bee omitted, to whoſe office it appertaineth to ſearch, ſeaze, and to ſell openly the goodes of ſuch as do not at the time appointed pay the ſumme of mony at which they are taxed. There are alſo other money-Magiſtrates, that do ſeeke out the endebted Cittizens, and do aſwell peruſe the bookes of account of priuate men, as alſo thoſe of the common welth, to the end that the treaſurie and common welth may not any way bee defrauded, which for auoiding tediouſneſſe I will ouerpaſſe, becauſe they are not of any moment, to that order and gouernement of our common wealth which I haue taken vpon mee to deſcribe.
Preſidents ouer the coyne or mintmaiſters. Beſides theſe heretofore mentioned, there are alſo certain other magiſtrates, whoſe offices are of greate auaile, to the commoditie, quietneſſe, honour, health, and happineſſe of our Countrie, and therefore not to be ouerſlipped in ſilence. Firſt are the maiſters of the coyne aſwell golde, as ſiluer, the currant goodneſſe of which as yet entertaineth the willing trafique of ſtraungers: ſo is it comfortable and commodious to the Citizens within themſelues: then the cornmaiſters, and health maiſters of Venice, both being Corn maſters. Helth maſters. Preſidentes of the Arſenall.of great and exceeding conſequence, as likewiſe are the worſhipfull Preſidentes of the Arſenall. Then are there certaine officers, ſuch as among the Romains Aediles.were called Aediles, to whoſe care belongeth the
mending and repayring of the ſtreetes and Bridges, and other the like matters of that kinde and office, exceedinglie requiſite and neceſſarie in this common wealth of ours, and laſtly the office of thoſe whome Procurators.the Venetians call procurators, being of great dignity and ſingularly auailable to the City.
Of the Preſidents of the money or Mintmaiſters I knowe not what I ſhould ſay more, then that their chiefe charge and care is, that the gold and ſiluer be not coyned in any baſer allay, then that which by the law is appointed, neither that the ſame beare any whit leſſe weight then it ſhould doe: which hath beene of vs all moſt religiouſly obſerued, inſomuch that the money of Venice is of great account, and runneth currant aſwell among the barbarous Nations, as it doth in Chriſtendome. For whereas all other Chriſtian Princes in a manner, cauſe their mony to be ſtamped in a baſer allay, to the end to make it ſtretch the farther: ours haue alwayes herein moſt conſtantlie retayned that dignitie which they receyued of their aunceſters.
The magiſtrate that hath the charge for the prouiſion of corne is exceedingly neceſſarie to this city of Venice, becauſe there being but a ſmall quantitie of corne to be gathered out of the territorie of Venice, and the cittie being moſt populous, and round about encompaſſed with lakes, of neceſſitie there is greate care to bee had of theſe prouiſions: leaſt the people whoſe benefit and commoditie was ſo exceedingly of our anceſters reſpected through dearth and ſcarſity of corne, might fall into the extremitie of Famine. There
are therefore appointed three mayſters or ouerſeers of this matter of corne, whoſe Magiſtracie endureth ſixteene monthes: their office & charge is carefully to prouide that the Citie bee neuer at any time afflicted with the ſcarcitie of corne, of which if at any time they ſtand in doubt, they preſently repaire vnto the Duke, and to the Colledge of the Sages, and there the matter being well debated, doe at length determine what courſe is therein beſt to be taken. Sometimes there is a certaine rewarde and recompence out of the common treaſure appointed to thoſe that ſhall from farre countries tranſport any corne to Venice. Sometimes they bargayne with merchantes for the vndertaking to bring by a certayne time ſuch quantity of corne as they ſhall agree vpon to Venice, from out of forraigne regions, and for the ſame to be payed out of the publike treaſure, which promiſe vnleſſe the marchantes faithfully performe, they are by the ſenate amerced in a great ſumme of money. And whereas the commonwealth buyeth this corne deerely and at a great rate: it ſelleth the ſame againe to the common people very good cheape, and at a ſmall price, ſuffring ſometimes therein a great and exceeding loſſe.
There are beſides this many other excellent lawes and decrees concerning this matter of corne, which if I ſhould perticularly rehearſe, I ſhould digreſſe farther from my purpoſe then were fit.
Now followeth that Magiſtrate to whoſe prouidence and care all ſuch thinges as tend to the health and holeſomeneſſe of the citie do appertain. His chiefeſt office is to foreſee, that there come not into the citie any contagious infection, which if at any time it happen to
creepe in (as ſometimes it chanceth) then to take ſuch diligent and carefull order, that in as much as may bee the ſame come not to ſpreade any further. To which ende there are certaine goodly commodious houſes built in the lakes three miles off from the citie, and adioyning neer vnto them there are gardens of great pleaſure, into which houſes if any of the people fall ſicke, he is preſently conueyed with his whole familie: and thoſe that haue had any cōuerſation with him that is ſo fallen ſicke, to the end they infect not others, muſt alſo (leauing their owne manſions) be remoued to other publique houſes built to the ſame vſe, but in a part without the citie quite contrarie to the other, where they are conſtrained to remaine the ſpace of fortie daies: if during which time they continue ſound and well, then they are ſuffred to returne to the citie and to their dwelling places. There is alſo a great care had of their houſholde ſtuffe, leaſt by the contagion thereof, any one ſhould get infection. This Magiſtrate likewiſe hath a care that there bee not any ſtinking or rotten meate, or any other vnholeſome thing ſolde, that might any way offend or bee noyſome to the health of the Citie. Finally his onely care is to preuent infection and ſickneſſe, and to preſerue pureneſſe and health within the citie: This office was inſtituted not long before our time; whereas before the cittie was ſundry times ſo mortally afflicted with the plague, that whole families flying the infection thereof, leauing their proper habitations, forſooke the towne, & went to the next countries vpon firme lande. But ſince the creation of this new magiſtrate (Gods goodneſſe be thanked) there
hath not beene (in a manner) any peſtilence at all: though ſometimes (as in ſuch a maruellous concourſe of people out of all partes can hardly bee auoided) ſome houſes haue beene infected: but by the diligence of this magiſtrate, and eſpecially Gods fauour aſſiſting him therein: the diſeaſe hath not taken roote, nor been ſuffred to ſpread it ſelfe abroade.
The gouernment and manner of the Arſenall. Now we come to ſpeake of the honourable gouernment of our Arſenall: the ſame being a ſingular ornament not onely to Venice it ſelfe, but generally (ſuch is the ſtatelineſſe and glorie thereof) an honour and dignitie to all Italy, becauſe it is a matter of infinite magnificence and maieſtie, and worthy of all admiration.
The Arſenall is built on that ſide of the citie, which of all others is neereſt to the maine ſea, hollowed out into three boſomes, or to ſpeake more properly, into three diuided entries, into euerie of which the ſea entreth by one onely gate, the ſame being ſo large, that it is capable of the greateſt Gallies▪ This gate is fortified on each ſide with two ſtrong Towers, which are ioyned together with a mightie drawbridge, and a huge perculliſſe, which are neuer opened but vpon the occaſion of letting Gallies out or in. There is no other paſſage to go into the inner partes of the Arſenall, but onely by this gate. The firſt boſome or entrie within the ſame, though it be the leaſt of the three, yet notwithſtanding it is very great and ſpacious: being roofed, couered and tyled round about on euery ſide in manner of certain vaults, vnder which the gallies that are come from ſea do repoſe til new ocaſion fall out of employing them ſafe & free from the annoyance
eyther of wind or weather, ſo that they continue many yeares ſound and good: likewiſe vnder theſe vaultes doe they build their new Gallies, and mende and make vp their old: a worke ſurely of great goodlineſſe and glory, and moſt fitte and commodious for the maintenance of a nauie. Next this boſome or gully there is an inwarder maruellouſly great and large, ordered round of euery ſide with ſuch vaultes as I ſpake of: of which vaultes you ſhall not ſee any one emptie: but in thoſe that are wide two Gallies, and in the narrower one at leaſt.
The third, being not much inferior to the ſecond in largeneſſe, was but a little before our time added to the two former, and is compaſſed about with goodly wals, and builded with many vaults, which though they bee not all as yet finiſhed: yet dayly they are diligently in hande, about the ending and accompliſhing thereof. There is onely one way by which men go from one to the other: and on the outſide they are compaſſed all about with one wall, diſtinguiſhed here and there with certaine towers, in the which there are nightly watches kept to preuent the daunger of fire, the treachery of any ill diſpoſed perſon, or any other caſualtie, whereby ſo goodly and excellent a worke might come to be ſpoyled or defaced. Within the walles are certaine roomes, repleniſhed with all manner of Nauale inſtruments, & all kindes of artificers thereunto belonging, haue there their workehouſes and ſhops. There great quantities of braſſe are melted for the making of their artillerie: & likewiſe there are alſo made infinite prouiſions of gunpowder: ſo that within the Arſenall there wanteth not any thing which appertayneth to the affaires of the ſea:
There you may beholde an infinite number of workemen, euery one exerciſing his owne particular trade & office.
There are beſides theſe certaine great and ample roomes, wherein there is alwaies readie an vnmeaſurable abundance of armour, weapons, and artillerie of all ſorts: likewiſe of ſailes, cables, tacklings, ankers, oares, and ſuch like, euery kinde laide vp ſeperately by it ſelfe. In ſo much that when the ſenate ſhall determine to ſet forth a nauie, all thinges thereunto belonging are readie in a moment. All theſe thinges and ſeuerall workes are vnder the authoritie of this Magiſtrate, of which I determined to ſpeake: hee maketh choyce as well of the Carpenters, as of the ſmithes and tryers of mettall and all other kindes of workemen belonging to the buſineſſe of the ſea, hauing care that each of them performe his buſineſſe with diligence: for the payment of all which Nauale workes and other charges thereunto belonging, there is mony deliuered vnto him out of the common treaſure. The Colledges allowance being therein firſt demanded, and they made acquainted with his reckonings. This magiſtrate, in the time of our aunceſtors was of ſingular reputation and honour: but in theſe times of ours the ſame is much diminiſhed and of leſſe eſtimation. In ſo much that when any great occaſion happeneth, requiring extraordinary diligence and care, the ſenate electing certaine counſellors of the graueſt and beſt experimented ſort, doth appoint the managing of thoſe waighty ſea buſineſſe vnto them, appointing the others to be by them wholly directed.
Now laſt of all wee are to ſpeake of the Procurators The procurators of Saint Marke.of Saint Marke, being of all the other magiſtrates the greateſt and moſt honourable next vnto the Duke. For their time of authoritie is not limited, but continueth during life. To this honour is alſo adioyned the perpetuall dignitie and place of a Senator: and equall power of ſuffrages with the lawful Senators: and this they haue beſides aboue all other magiſtrates, that whereas the elder citizens doe not giue any preheminence of place to the other, but onely in certaine courtes the honour thereof is alwayes and in euerie place yeelded to the Procurators: for in what Court or place ſoeuer they ſitte, they are euer alike honoured with the higheſt place, as though they did in euerie place performe the office of the magiſtrate there preſiding. Their office is to take vpon them the defence & tutorſhippe of Orphelins, who being vnder age, and their fathers deade without making any will, haue not any tutor or ouerſeer appointed them: for which cauſe this charge and office is neuer giuen to any, but to ſuch as are throughly knowne to be of ſingular good conſcience and integritie of life, and haue paſſed (in a manner) through all the other offices of the citie, without any touch of diſhonour, and a generall approbation of an vncorrupted vertue: and ſo at length after their long ſeruice to the commonwealth, doe obtayne therein this great and principall dignity, which continueth with them during their liues.
In times paſſed this office was of paſſing great and honourable eſtimation, not onely within Venice, but alſo in forrayne regions, in ſo much that not onely the
ſubiectes and neere borderers, but alſo forreners and ſtrangers, made them by teſtament their executors, and put wholly into their hands the adminiſtration of their goodes, during the minority of their children. Likewiſe great ſummes of money are committed to them, to bee by their diſcretion diſpenſed and beſtowed among the poore, ſo that in theſe times of ours great and mighty ſummes of money are committed to their fidelity, as well to the vſe of Orphelins, and the poore, as otherwiſe. This office was at the firſt inſtituted, to the ende that the heritages and ſubſtances of thoſe citizens that ſhould eyther die in ſeruice of their countrey, or in traficke of marchandiſe among forraine nations, ſhoulde not bee by fraude miſemployed or diuerted from their heires. This charge & confidence therefore is eſpecially giuen to thoſe, whoſe conſcience, behauiour, and conuerſation, a long approouedexperience hath allowed for excellent, & without exception.
The addition of new procurators from time to time. At the firſt beginning they were onely three that did exerciſe this office. Afterwarde vpon the increaſe of the citties greatneſſe, three more were added vnto them, but their authoritie ſo diuided, that the old ſhoulde ſtill retayne the charge of thoſe pupilles and Orphelins which are on the farther ſide of the channel that runneth through the middle of the Citie, and the new to haue the gouernment & looking to of thoſe that are on this ſide, halfe of the city belonging to the charge of the former three, and halfe to that of the later three. Beſides theſe there are other three that are (as it were) patrons of the royal, ſumptuous, and magnificent Temple of Saint Marke, vnder the protection of which bleſſed & holy Euangeliſt the commonwealth of Venice
being directed with excellent lawes, hath at length increaſed into this greatneſſe of empire, and of theſe laſt as of the nobleſt they all do take their name, and are called Procurers of Saint Marke. I will not at this preſent ſay any thing of the gorgeous architecture of this Temple, nor of the abundance of beautifull marbles, nor of the multitude of goodly pillers, nor of the glorious workes as well guilded & carued, as richly wrought in Porphire and Iaſper ſtone, of which the whole roofe and pillers are made, yea and the very pauementes: becauſe I thinke there are very fewe but haue ſeene the ſame, or at leaſt hearde the fame of the magnificence thereof. Theſe three Procurators haue charge continually to looke to the maintayning of this goodly Temple, and amending the decayes thereof, as alſo to the prieſts, to the end that diuine ſeruice may therein be ſaid, according to the dignitie of our city, & the worthines of our bleſſed patrone & aduocate S. Marke. Theſe therfore in my iudgement, beyond al other magiſtrates are moſt neceſſary and expedient in this proſperity and happineſſe of our citie. The carefull vſage of the mint is a matter not lightly to bee eſteemed, becauſe nothing ſtrengtheneth more the trafick & trading of a citie, then the purity & goodnes of the mony: neyther is the carefull prouiſion of corne a matter of light regard: likewiſe the prouiding for the health of the citizens, & the repairing of wayes, bridges and common buildinges are offices of ſingular auaile, fitneſſe and neceſſitie. All theſe thinges are (in a manner) common to euery other citie. But this other chiefly and aboue all the reſt pertayneth vnto Venice, that is to ſay, the carefull prouiſion and ſuperintendance of ſea matters & the defence
of Orphlins, becauſe many of the Cittizens, aduenturing their liues abroad, eyther about the publike buſines, or els in traficke of marchandize come to ende their dayes, and therefore theſe magiſtrates are ordained to the ende to defend their children from wrong, wherby it may appeare to thoſe that ſhall conſideratelie, and with an indifferent eye looke into the order, and gouernment of this common wealth, that our anceſters did not omit anything that might tend to the common benefite and good of their Countrie.
The end of the fourth booke.
The Fift Booke of the Magiſtrates and commonwealth of
Venice.
SEing that the whole forme, and order of the gouernment of our common wealth, is in manner of vs already expreſſed, and the office and order of the magiſtrates within the Cittie, I thinke I ſhall not doe a thing vnpleaſing, or vnfitte
for the matter I haue in hand, if I ſpeake ſomewhat of The gouernment abroadethe magiſtrates abroad, The gouernment of the wat
•
es.thoſe I meane that haue rule, and authority in ſuch citties, as are vnder the ſubiection of the ſtate of Venice, then of our militare charges & The offices of the citizens that are not nobly born.gouernments, and laſtly of the offices of the other cittizens, that are not within the order of nobilitie, which being declared and made manifeſt, I may and that as I truſt without reprehenſion conueniently, and with the concluſion and ſhutting vp of this worke.
The manner vſed by the Venetians in gouerning ſuch Cities as are vnder their ſubiection. Ouer the nobler Citties of the ſtate, there are appointed foure magiſtrates, one onely Gouernour doth iuſtice to all, determining and ſentencing all cauſes aſwell ciuile as criminall: This Gouernour hath alwaies ſitting with him in iudgement, men skilfull in the lawes, whoſe counſell he vſeth, though the whole authoritie reſt in himſelfe. Beſides him there is a Captain generall commander ouer the ſouldiers of that territory, aſwell thoſe that are in garriſon in the citties, as thoſe that are encamped or lodged abroade in the countrie, ouer them hath the Gouernour no charge at all, but onely the Captaine generall, beſides the care of the Caſtell, the walles and the Gates are committed to the Captaine likewiſe of the rentes and tributes, aſwell of the citie, as of the whole countrie belonging vnto it, beſides theſe, there is a Treaſurer, or two that adminiſtreth, payeth, and recouerth the publike money, and keepeth the bookes and regiſter of the publike accountes: but he doeth not any thing without the commandement of the Captaine and ſometimes both of the Captain and the Gouernour, which manner of adminiſtration ſeemed much more fit, then if both the authority and the handling of the money,
ſhould haue beene committed to one of them alone: whereby the publike treaſure might much more eaſily haue beene embezeled and miſpent: but the money that remaineth ouerplus, aboue the charges of the Prouince, is carried to Venice, and deliuered to the Treaſurers of the Citie, to whoſe office as I ſaide before the publike money is brought from all partes. The fourth magiſtrate of authority in euery principall Cittie, is the Liuetenant of the Caſtles, in ſome places there is but one, and in ſome more, they command ouer thoſe ſouldiers that are in garriſon of the Caſtles, and haue the charge of ſuch weapons, victuall, artillery, and munition as are within the Caſtle: yet the Lieutenant hath not ſo abſolute authority within the Caſtle, but that he is alwaies ſubiect to the commandement of the captaine generall, to whoſe authority and power all things of that kinde are wholy attributed: but in leſſer citties or townes there is no captaine generall: all thinges being there vnder commandement of the Gouernour. Likewiſe in ſuch townes as are within the precinctes of greater citties, the Gouernour onely adminiſtreth right to the townſmen, and no other magiſtrate, though the Treaſurers & captains haue alſo authority throughout the whole Territory of the chiefe Citties, from all theſe Gouernours appeale may be brought to the new Auditors, ſometimes alſo the Aduocators were wont to ſit with the Gouernours vpon ſentences of life and death: but becauſe thereby iudgements were oftentimes delayde, and lewd perſons in the meane time not puniſhed, there was a lawe made by the colledge of the ten, that the Aduocators ſhould not haue any farther authority in ſuch iudgements as were
giuen by the gouernour, but that he ſhould onely vſe the aduiſe of ſuch Doctors of law as before I ſaid were to ſit with him in iudgement.
And this in my opinion already ſaide, may ſuffice concerning the magiſtrates by whome our commō wealth is gonerned both abroade and at home
But ſeeing there is aſwell a reckoning to bee made of managing warres, as of maintaining peace, which whoſoeuer wholy do reiect, cannot as Plato ſayth in his Polytiques, long defend and maintaine themſelues in freedome and libertie: But thoſe that haue left vnto their poſterity the true directions of a commonwealth, commended the vſe of both, to the end that in times of warre, they ſhould not bee vnfit for the exerciſes thereof, and that in peace they might liue in honeſt exerciſes vnder the lawes and ſtatutes of their Country, ſo that alwaies the vertue and exerciſes of warre haue a reference to the ſtudyes of peace, as being of the two the moſt excellent and deſirable, for ſuch is the verie force, working, and operation of nature it ſelfe in euery thing, that firſt it ſhould couet and ſeeke, that which is to it ſelfe conueuient, and then reſiſt and defend themſelues from that which is contrarie thereunto, which in all liuing creatures that are created, with any perfection of nature is eaſie to bee diſcerned: for there is none of them which wanteth a deſire leading him to that which to his nature is moſt agreeable, and likewiſe there is adioyned to the ſame a force and abilitie to be angrie, which Plato placeth in the heart, to the end that through the ſtirring therof euery creature might be prone to reſiſt and repell that which is to his nature noyſome and contrarie, the firſt ſeedes then of
eyther of theſe partes being by nature placed in the mindes of men as being of all other creatures the moſt perfect: ought of ciuile men to be embraced, that they may bring forth the fruites of eyther effect, that is, both of warre and peace, which courſe was not neglected of our anceſters, howſoeuer to ſome it ſeeme otherwiſe: for though the citty being builded in the ſea, and at the firſt for many years careles of extending their dominion and rule ouer the continent, did not apply themſelues to land wars, yet did they with maruelous glory of ſucceſſe bend themſelues to warres by ſea, atchiuing therewith many notable exploits, aſwell in defence of their owne liberty, as in reuenge of iniuries done thē by their enemies, and many great and glorious deeds of the Venetians do yet remaine in ancient recorde, & many triumphes and victories wreſted by ſea, from fierce and puiſſant nations, whereby it is eaſie to coniecture of the mightineſſe of the Venetians by ſea in forepaſſed times, but in the end yeelding to the inſtāt petition of the oppreſſed bordering people, who could not endure the rapines and cruelties of ſeuerall tyrants, that had brought them into ſubiection, they ſent forces into the mayneland, and expelling the tyrants, did with an infinite applauſe and willingnes of the people receiue all thoſe Prouinces of their olde conſideration into their protection, as though they had neuer beene diſunited thereby ſetting them free from out the ſeruitude of inſolent ſtrangers, which being the remainder & ofſpring of thoſe Barbarians, that had wrought that general deuaſtation in Italy, had then neſtled themſelues and helde the people in a moſt cruell and miſerable bondage.
This increaſe therfore of dominion being added to the former greatneſſe of the city, their deſire and indeuour was not onely to comfort and cheriſh this new receiued people with wholeſome and profitable lawes, but alſo to finde out meanes, whereby to maintaine and preſerue their recouered freedome and tranquilitie: but the ſituation of their City being in the ſea, on the other ſide vtterlie diuerted their mindes from wholy applying themſelues to land wars, aſwel through the inconueniency of the City thereunto, as alſo for the auoiding of ciuill diſturbance and tumult, for of neceſſity thoſe citizens: to whoſe lot the managing of theſe ſaide wars ſhould haue befallen, might haue ſpent the greater parte of the yeare vpon firme land, aſwell to ride and practiſe their horſes, as alſo to inure and exerciſe themſelues in ſundry manners of skirmiſh, and kinds of fight: and withall for their better skill in military and martiall affaires, it ſhould haue beene neceſſary for them, when occaſion of employment wanted at home to frequent forrein warres, thereby aſwell to confirm their courages, as to ſtrengthen their bodies, and ſo to enable themſelues in that function, for the ſeruice of their country, whereas otherwiſe, without this kinde of exerciſe, they would haue beene vntill eyther to command as captaines, or to obey his ſcutchions. But now this their continual frequentation of the continent and diuorcement▪ as it were from the ciuile life, would without doubt haue brought forth a kinde of faction different and diſioyned, from the other peaceable Citizens, which parcialitie and diuiſion wold in time haue bred ciuile warres and diſſentions within the City, I omit in the meane time to ſpeake of thoſe
high and ambitious thoughtes, that ſuch would haue entertained, as did ſee themſelues mighty in armes, & followed with affecting troupes of vnquiet ſouldiers, who according to the nature of men enclining ſtill to the worſe, might eaſily bee ſtirred to miſchiefe, which The ouerthrow of Rome proceeding through the mightines of her owne Cittizens.onely cauſe among the Romains (as many of their ancient hiſtories do notably remember) wrought ſtrange effectes in ſundry of their Cittizens, prouoking them to diſobey, and ſet at nought the lawes of the Senate, and their country, and finally Iulius Caeſar exceeding the limites of all reſpect, to tyrannize ouer that commonwealth, to which hee did owe all duty and obedience. To exclude therfore out of our eſtate the danger or occaſion of any ſuch ambitious enterpriſes, our aunceſters held it a better courſe to defend their dominions vppon the continent, with forreyn mercenarie ſouldiers, than with their homeborn citizens, & to aſſigne them their pay and ſtipende out of the tributes and receipts of the Prouince, wherein they remayned: for it is iuſt, and reaſonable, that the ſouldiers ſhoulde be maintained at the charge of thoſe in whoſe defence they are employed, and into their warfare, haue many of our aſſociates been aſcribed, ſome of which haue attained to the higeſt degree of commandement in our Straungers receiued into the Venetian nobility Bartholomeo Coglione captain generall of the Venetian armie.army, & for the exceedingnes of their deſerts been enabled, with the title of citizens & gentlemen of Venice, amongſt which the name of Bartholomeo Coglione of Bergamo is yet honorable among vs, who after many great exploits & proſperous ſucceſſes being captaine general of our army, & hauing amplified & enlarged the boundes of the Venetian Empire, was in eternall
memory of his great and glorious actions honored of our commonwelth, with his ſtatue on horſeback, ſet vp and erected in the fayreſt and goodlieſt place of our Citty. The Cittizens therefore of Venice, for this only cauſe are depriued of the honors belonging to warres by land, and are contented to tranſferre them ouer to ſtraungers: to which ende there was a lawe ſolemnely decreede, that no Gentleman of Vevice ſhould haue the charge and commaundement of aboue fiue and twentie ſouldiers, though the ſame law hath not beene in theſe times of ours altogether obſerued but through the courſe of cuſtome in a manner abrogated, by reaſon of the many and ſundrie warres, wherewith we haue beene encombred, ſo that nowe when wee haue any warres by land, there are ſome of Legates or proueditors.our Gentlemen ſent into the Armie, who therein doe beare office and authority, while the warre endureth, as namely, the Treaſurers, and Legates, who neuer ſtirre from the ſide of the Captaine Generall of our Armie, who is alwaies a ſtraunger, which hath no authority to doe or deliberate any thing without the aduice of the Legates. The warre being ended, eyther Magiſtrate returneth home, giuing vppe his authority, and putting himſelfe into order, and this is wholy the manner of the Venetians warfare by land. But for warres by ſea and nauigation, both our citie is much more thereunto opportune and cō
modious, as alſo our people much more thereunto by nature addicted and enclined, for our Citty lying ſeated in the ſea, needeth not greatlie feare any harme from forreyne land armies, and as for it ſelfe to haue
foſtred or nouriſhed forces to ſend vnto lande warres, thereby to wrong or prouoke the bordring people, that had not onely beene vniuſt, but alſo very incommodious: onely from ſea therefore was their daunger, and the ſame great, if they ſhould not haue beene throughly furniſhed with meanes of defence. Therefore did the Citie turne all their care to ſtrength and puiſſance by ſea, trayning vp their youth, & framing their whole manner of life thereunto.
The education of the Venetian gentlemen. For the education of their gentlemen hath alwayes beene ſuch, that from their infancie till ſuch time as the heares of their beards beginne to appeare, they ſhould be vnder the tutorſhip of ſchoolemayſters, and inſtructed in learning according to their capacities: and from thence forward (except ſome fewe wholly addicted to ſome profeſſion of learning) they ſhoulde apply themſelues to nauigation, being thereunto (as it were) euen drawen by their owne inclination and nature. Many do ſaile into farre regions, as well by trafique to increaſe their ſubſtance, as alſo by experience to gain the knowledge of the gouernment, lawes, conditions & cuſtomes of other countries. Many put themſelues into the gallies of warre, there enuring and practiſing their bodies to labour, and their minds to the knowledge of the excellent arte of Nauall diſcipline, in which the Venetians haue (as I ſay alwaies) beene worthily renowned. And there is an ancient law, continuing euen till theſe times of ours in force and vigor, that there ſhould be a yearely Encouragement for yong gentlemen to to frequent the ſea.ſtipend allowed out of the common treaſure to two young men of the nobilitie in euery armed galley, onely thereby to breed in them a skilfulneſſe in matters pertayning to the ſea: for the better attayning to the which
there are ordinarily certaine offices aſſigned vnto them, in the exerciſe of which they do both profit themſelues, and become better enabled to the diſcharge of greater matters. But to euery of the greater gallies there are Theſe as I ſuppoſe are thoſe which they call Galleaſſes.commonly aſſigned eight young men of the nobilitie, with a yearely great allowance and ſtipend, eyther out of the common or priuate mens treaſure, accordingly as thoſe Gallies are deſtinated eyther to the warres or marchandiſe, and this to no other end, but onely to accuſtome them to ſea ſeruices: it is alſo ordayned by a law hauing principall relation to the common vtilitie, that euery priuate merchant ſhall in the ſhip wherewith he trafiqueth, allow a yearly penſiō to one or two yong gentlemen, according to the burthen and abilitie of his ſhip. To which young men is alſo granted a liberty & priuiledge that they may within the galleyes of burthen, or ſhippes of priuate men, to which they are aſſigned, carrie a certaine quantity of marchandiſe, without paying for the lading thereof any cuſtome or tolle, & if they haue not, or will not carry any themſelues, they may ſel and paſſe ouer their right to do the ſame, to any other that they ſhall thinke good: wherein there was not onely a regard had to the exerciſe of the youth, but alſo to the pouerty of many of the meaner citizens that are in any ſorte diſtreſſed: ſo that any man may eaſily perceyue, that the inſtitution of our youth to warlike exerciſes was not (as ſome do ſuppoſe) neglected of our aunceſtors, but that there were two hundred yong men of the nobilitie at leaſt, trayned vp in theſe ſhippes and Gallies at other mens charges: and beſides there was not any of the gentlemen, but that was eyther brought vp to learning, or els to this ſeafaring and maritime diſcipline
benefiting thereby not onely their country, but alſo ſundry times exceedingly increaſing their wealths and ſubſtance.
Theſe ancient lawes and goodly inſtitutions do ſtill continue euen till this time of ours, though ſundry young men, being ſince the increaſe of our dominion corrupted eyther with ambition, or ryot, haue neglected their countrie cuſtomes, and withall the number of citizens is ſo increaſed, that through theſe late afflictions of the warre, and the many charges growing vpon them, there are many more fallen into pouertie, then by the benefite of this law may bee ſufficiently relieued: for ſuch is in all worldly thinges the courſe of nature, that nothing may bee among men perpetuall. But all thinges howſoeuer they ſeeme at the firſt perfectly and well ordained, yet in courſe of time nature ſtill ſlyding to the worſe, they had neede to be mended and renewed, euen as a mans bodie ſatisfied with his dinners appetite, will not yet maintaine his health, vnleſſe it be ſeconded with a ſupper: ſo in euery thing there muſt be a reliefe and reparation added to the wearing and alwaies downe declining courſe of nature, of which remedy herein alſo (if it pleaſe God) we wil haue regard: ſo that there may not any neceſſary prouiſion be wanting in this commonwealth of ours. But hitherto of theſe thinges: now we will ſpeake of thoſe officers and magiſtrates that haue charge at ſea ouer our ſhippes and nauies.
This Captain they call Sopracomit
•
. Euery Galley being furniſhed, and in order for the warres, hath for Captaine thereof a Gentleman of the ſtate, who hath power and authoritie ouer all that are in the Galley, ſaue onely that hee cannot puniſh with
death: euen as in land warres a captayne or a Coronell hath authoritie ouer thoſe that are vnder their companies or regiments: ſo hath this Captayne of the Galley ouer the mariners and all thinges that are in the Galley, or tending to the prouiſion thereof.
Gallies ſet forth by the Venetians to cleere the ſea from pyrates. The Venetians do yearely arme forth certain Gallies, though there bee not any other neceſſitie, yet to make the ſea ſafe and ſecure from pyrates, and to defend from their oppreſſion honeſt merchantes that croſſe the ſeas about their buſineſſe, without doing wrong to any man.
Beſides theſe Captains of the Galleyes, there is a Legate The Legate or lieuetenant of the nauie.ouer the whole nauie, who hath full and whole authoritie ouer the ſame, and ouer the particular Captaines of euery Galley. He (as a Lieutenant generall of the armie, if the Captayne generall bee not preſent) hath power of life and death, and authoritie to direct the nauie whether it ſhall pleaſe him.
This magiſtrate is commonly created in time of peace, and hath in his handes the charge of the Gallies of war: but if the occaſions of the commonwealth doe ſo require, and that there be a great nauie indeede to bee ſet out, then there is appointed & prepoſed ouer the whole nauie a Captaine generall with high and preheminent A Captain generall ouer the nauy in manner like vnto the Romain Dictatorauthoritie not onely ouer the ſame, but alſo ouer all maritime prouinces in manner as great, as that the Romain Dictator was wont to haue, ſaue onely that this in all things obeyeth the authority of the Senate, and the decrees of the commonwealth. Neuertheles his power is ſingularly great, as wel ouer the nauy, Legates, captains and Lieuetenants of the ſame, as alſo ouer all gouernors and magiſtrates, that haue gouernment or ſuperintendence
in any of the Iſlandes or maritime places: in ſo much that when the Captaine generall of the nauie ſhall come to any Citie, the cleargie is preſently to meete him with ſolemnitie, and the keyes of the gates and caſtels are to be deliuered vnto him. The authoritie of all the other gouernors for that time ceaſeth: and whoſoeuer in whatſoeuer cauſe may appeale from any other magiſtrate to the Captaine generall: who onely if it ſhall ſo pleaſe him, may adminiſter iuſtice, diſpoſe of the publike money, and alone himſelfe exerciſe the office and authority of all the reſt. There is among the Venetians no magiſtrate of higher power, and therefore hee, but ſeldome and vpon moſt vrgent occaſions created: for not raſhly but vpon moſt waighty & groū
ded conſideration, is this mighty dignitie, inueſting a priuate citizen with ſo great and abſolute an authority committed to any one.
No General or Captaine may returne into Venice with armed hand. Heere that law is not to be omitted, by which it was ordayned, that no Generall, Legate, or Captaine of a nauie may enter into the citie of Venice with his armed Gallies, no not vpon his returne homewarde: but preſently vpon his arriuall at Hiſtria (which prouince is a hundred miles diſtant from Venice) hee is to deliuer vnto the mariners their ſtipend and pay, and there to diſmiſſe them, and thence the Gallies are wont to bee brought vnto Venice by ſome fewe, and to bee placed in the Arſenall vnder the vaultes built for that purpoſe, where they are preſerued from the iniurie eyther of winde or weather: But now this lawe is not wholly obſerued in ſorte as it was of our aunceſtors ordayned. Wee haue (in a manner) already reckoned vp all the ſortes of magiſtrates to whome our aunceſtors haue
added as a crowne or toppe, thoſe which by proper appellation deriued from the Greeke, were wont to bee Syndi
•
ks or Reuiditors: in Latine they call them Recognitores. So that we may and not vnfitly call them, I think, Ouerſeers, or Examiners.called Sindiks: we by a new name, but perchance more fit to expreſſe their office, do call them Reuiditors. Theſe are wont euery foure or fiue yeares to be created, and to bee ſent into the countries vnder our dominion, as well vpon the firme land, as alſo the Iſlandes and maritime places, and there to looke into, and examine the doings of ſuch magiſtrates and gouernors as haue there authority vnder vs: vpon whome they vſe in manner that authority of correction, as is attributed to the Aduocators. For as Ariſtotle wiſely ſayeth: They that beare rule, vnleſſe they depend of others, doe (ſuch is the euill ſway and bent of euerie mans nature) hardly diſcharge their office well.
We haue now reckoned vp and made an ende of all thoſe offices belonging to Gentlemen, by whome the commonwealth of Venice doth gouerne eyther abroad or at home, it remaineth that we ſhew you the manner whereby our moſt prudent aunceſtors haue retayned the common and meaner people in dutie: a matter ſurely ſtrange and ſcarcely credible, that the people being ſo many yeares depriued of the publique gouernment, did neuer yet refuſe nor vnwillingly ſupport the gouernment of the nobilitie, neyther yet did euer attempt any thing whereby the forme of the commonwealth might be altered, and they receyued into the fellowſhippe of rule, but haue alwayes hetherto faithfully loued and willingly obeyed the Nobilitie. But now whoſoeuer, beſides the ſituation of our Citie (being in deede moſt opportune and commodious to maintayne a commonwealth) will conſider our moderation
& temperance in gouernment ſhall find that the people hath not beene wholly reiected, but receiued into ſuch offices & charges, as might be committed vnto them without detriment or hinderance of the generall good: and that there hath beene in this commonwealth of ours that temperature vſed, that both elder & later commonwealthes haue wanted, the moſt parte of which were continually diſquieted with ciuill diſſentions & popular ſeditious tumults: & laſtly by them turned vp ſide downe & ouerthrowen: whereas in this citie of ours there was neuer any ſuch ſedition or vprore of the people, For as I ſaid in the beginning it was neceſſarie and fitte for the true and perfect inſtitution of a commonwealth, to exclude the common people from the gouernment thereof, wherein our anceſtors haue not onely followed the authoritie & opinion of many great philoſophers, but alſo imitated Seſaſtris that moſt ancient lawmaker of the Aegyptians, who as Ariſtotle
The opinion of Soſtrates the ancient lawmaker of the Egyptiansalleadgeth in his Politiques, woulde haue them that are to defende the commonwealth with armes, or to conſult vpon the common good thereof, or to ſit in exerciſe of iuſtice, to be in their kinds diſtinguiſhed from husbandmen, & marchants, & thoſe that do liue by mechanicall occupations. Neuertheleſſe eaſily might this inſtitution ouerthrow the commonwealth, vnleſſe that temperature bee thereunto adhibited which our moſt wiſe and foreſightfull aunceſtors haue vſed.
Firſt therefore among the Venetians this alwaies hath beene moſt conſtantly obſerued, that iuſtice ſhould be equally adminiſtred to all, and that it be not lawfull for any how great ſoeuer, to doe wrong or iniurie to the leaſt of the lower or meaneſt people, in ſo much
that it hath alwaies beene held as a haynous abhomination, & deteſtable ſacriledge, for any gentleman to miſvſe Plebeyan one of the commō people.a Plebeian: which if at any time any hath raſhly, or vnaduiſedly preſumed to do, he neuer eſcaped ſcotfree: and ſo much more grieuous was his puniſhment as hee himſelfe was greater in degree and eſtimation. Beſides, there is not any thing more carefully prouided for by the Senate, then that there may bee plentie of corne & of all other things that are neceſſary eyther for the ſuſtenance or ſafetie and healthineſſe of the people: in ſo much that to preſerue the people from want and famine, the common treaſure is ſometimes exceedingly ſpent & waſted: which any man may eaſily perceyue, that ſhall attentiuely marke that which is before expreſſed, concerning the preſidents of corne, and the healthmaiſters of the citie. And commonly all people do require this at the hands of their rulers, that they may liue cōmodiouſly & in plenty, & that they be not ſubiect to the oppreſſions and iniuries of thoſe that are mightier then themſelues: which when they haue attained, they go on with their buſines ſecure & careleſſe of the reſt: of which there was not any thing omitted of our anceſtors pertaining to thoſe two pointes: But many things beſides added, whereby the commodities of The reliefe of the poorer ſort.the people are exceedingly reſpected, and their pouertie carefully relieued, eſpecially of ſuch that eyther preſently do, or at any time haue employed themſelues in honeſt trades of vſe and ſeruice to the commonwealth, and grow at length eyther by age or weakeneſſe vnable to perſeuer therein: for in Venice there are built infinite many houſes fitly and commodiouſly, which are frankely giuen to ſuch kindes of men, wherin during
their liues they may liue and their Families without charge: beſides within the Arſenall (which is ſo ample and large, that it repreſenteth the ſhew of another towne) there is a determinate ſtipend and yearly allowance giuen to a great multitude of men vnable eyther through age, impotencie, or weakeneſſe to doe anie worke, onely in regard, that when in their better times they were able, they had imployed their labour in doing ſeruice to the common wealth, likewiſe by an ancient ſtatute it is ordained, that in all bargaines of buying and ſelling of rich marchandize, the one and the The releefe of poor mariners.other, that is both the buyer and the ſeller, do pay according to the quantitie of the ſumme, a certaine price which is deuided among poore mariners, that hauing ſpent their time in that exerciſe, are through olde age vnable anie longer to continue therein.
But now beſides theſe good inſtitutions and means to retain the common people in duty, there are alſo certaine lawes, which were as me ſeemeth eſtabliſhed with exceeding wiſedome of our aunceſters; ſuch as thereby both the peoples ambition, and deſire of honour being a humor inſeparably poſſeſſing the minds of men, may be throughy ſatiſfied, and yet the gouernment of the Nobilitie no way diſturbed.
The whole people are deuided into two partes, the one of the honeſter & beſt reſpected ſort, the other of the very baſe common people, as mechanicall, & handicraftes men, and ſuch like whome Ariſtotle in his politiques The people diuided into two ſorts or kindestermeth to be in ſteade of publike ſeruantes, eyther of theſe in my opinion are both fitly and commodiouſly prouided for, becauſe to this meaner people, who of nature are rather intentiue to gaine then to
The people diuided into cō
panies fraternities. honour, there are alſo granted certaine meane degrees, and dignities: for they are deuided into ſo many companies as there are ſeuerall trades and occupations, and euery company hath certaine peculiar lawes, vnder which they are in the exerciſe thereof directed and gouerned, ouer euery of theſe cōpanies there are choſen by ſuffrage of the whole company, certaine, that they may well be called as it were maiſters of that company: for by their commandement many thinges are preſcribed, and many ſmall controuerſies by their arbitrement ended, whence it commeth, that all ſuch artificers as can once attaine to that honour, do exceedingly content and pleaſe themſelues therewith, and do thinke themſelues not ſmally aduanced when they once are come ſo far, that they are by the reſt of their conditiō & company thought worthy of that preheminence, there are beſides in euery Company certaine other Officers elected, though inferior to the maiſters thereof, yet notwithſtanding of good credite, and much reſpected among the reſt, in ſome ſort therefore you ſee that this deſire of honour, which ſeemeth to be ſetled euen in the mindes of the loweſt and meaneſt people, is ſatisfied and prouided for. The other better kinde of people obtaineth alſo in the Citty of Venice, a better and more honorable place, enioying certaine particular offices and decrees, of eſpeciall reckoning and account, into which no gentleman may be admitted, though ſome of them be ſuch that aſwell for the commoditie, The office of the Secretariesas title of honour thereunto belonging, they might beſeeme any Gentleman of Venice, the office of the Secretaries is honeſt, and of great regard, they ſit at the tribunals with euery magiſtrate, the ſame is onely
geuen to plebeians, and not to any gentleman, which though it be not honorable, yet it is of good reſpect & eſtimation, for to their fidelity and carefulnes are committed all the publike bookes and regiſters, wherein all both publike & priuate matters are contained, of which charge and office whoſoeuer is accounted worthy, is both reputed to be a man honeſt and induſtrious, and much regarded in euery place, where he commeth, and withal their allowance frō the cōmonwelth is ſuch, that they haue not only means to mantain their families, but alſo to amplifie their ſubſtance, thoſe alſo that are ſecretaries Secretaries to the Senate.to the Senate, are all plebeians, and not any gentleman admitted among them, and theſe are more reſpected then the other, and therefore wont to bee choſen out of thoſe that are of the honeſter ſort, and ciuiller kinde of people, they haue great ſtipends out of the common treaſure, & are ſtill acquainted with all the proceedinges and deliberations of the Senate, for they are alwayes preſent at the counſels of the colledge & ſenate, & therfore held of all men in high eſtimation, ſome of theſe are ſelected and choſen out to attend vpon the counſell of ten, whoſe decrees they regiſter vp in bookes, and are priuie to all ſuch things as are handled in the colledge, in which honor they remain as long as they liue, not by turns, as the gentlemen do in their offices, of which there is not any perpetuall, but that of the Procurators: of theſe Secretaries to the Senate one The chiefe Secretarie to the Senate is Chā
celor of Veniceis aboue the reſt, & is called Chancelor of Venice, a name of great dignitie and honour, for the Procurators onely excepted, there is not any Gentleman but giueth him place, he is acquainted with euery ſecret of the common wealth, & hath great rents allowed him out of
the common treaſure, and when he dyeth, his obſequies are honored with a funerall oration, which dignity is not in Venice yeelded to any, vnleſſe it be to the Duke or to ſome Cittizen of extraordinarie deſerte, and to none elſe, the Chancelour repreſenting as it were the prince of the common people, hee onely is choſen in the Seſſions of the great Councell, the other Secretaries are created by the Colledge of tenne, and are ſubiect to their cenſure, if they make any faulte in the publike office, which they execute, likewiſe are the popular aſſemblies and companies of artificers and maiſters of euery occupation, and ſome others of whome wee will ſpeake hereafter, depend vppon the arbitrement of the tenne, and are ſubiect to their authority, being by the ſame inſtituted at the firſt, and now ſtill ordered and maintained, and ſurely the creation of this officer being at the firſt onely to auoide the daunger of theſe popular meetinges and aſſemblies, was not done without exceeding prouidence and foreſight, leaſt otherwiſe their fraternities and aſſemblies being at the firſt ordained for the common good, might in time vnder colour of aſſembling, to doe their dutie, haue tempted ſomething preiudiciall to the common welths quietneſſe.
There are beſides theſe fiue fellowſhippes and ſocieties Fiue other fellowſhips and ſocieties vnder the names of plaine ſancts.in Venice protected vnder the name and religion of certaine ſaintes, in which there are innumerable nū
bers of men both plebeians and Patricians, of which euery one hath his peculiar kinde of attire, ornament, & enſigne, which they neuertheleſſe do not vſe at all times but onely when they goe in proceſſion, or to honour any mans funerall, or elſe to any ſolemne ſeruice, they
do vſually aſſemble euery holyday, firſt hearing diuine ſeruice, and then going about vnto the churches o the Saintes, honoring the high and immortall God, with pompous ſolemnitie of ſupplication and prayer.
Euery of theſe fellowſhips hath his particular houſe, and in the ſame a goodly and ſpatious hall, in which vpon appointed dayes they do all meete to performe the duties which they do owe vnto religion, ſometimes they haue Maſſe there ſolemnly celebrated, ſometimes they go altogether to viſite the church of ſome Saints oftentimes they ſolemnize the obſequy and funerall of one of their deceaſed brothers, offering oblations and dirges for his ſinnes: beſides thoſe ſpatious halles euery of them hath an appointed ſeuerall roome, wherein both the heades and preſidentes of theſe fellowſhips do meete, their office continueth but a yeare, and is among the Plebeians of eſpeciall dignity and prerogatiue, their meetinges are to conſult and take care for ſuch thinges as are neceſſarie and fit for the good of the fellowſhippe, and likewiſe there is committed to their truſt a great quantitie of money, which i s to bee beſtowed vpon the poore: for ſuch and ſo exceeding in times paſt, was the eſtimation of theſe fellowſhippes, that many who by teſtamēt had ordained and bequeathed the diſtribution of their goodes to the vſe of the poore, would make theſe to bee their executors, and wholy referre the beſtowing thereof to their diſcretion, inſomuch that ſome of theſe fellowſhips in greatneſſe of matters committed to their charge do ſcarſely giue place vnto the Procurators of that marke, which is one of the moſt honourable offices belonging to
the Patrician, of which none though he be a brother No Patrician may be head of theſe fiue fellowſhips.of the fellowſhip, may attaine to any of the precedentſhips thereof, that dignitie belonging onely to the plebeians, wherein alſo they imitate the nobility, for theſe heades of ſocieties doe among the people in a certaine manner repreſent the dignitie of the procurators, but to the end that neither their ſocieties, nor their heads, may any way be daungerous or cumberſome to the common wealth, they are all reſtrained vnder the power and authoritie of the Councell of ten, ſo that they may not in any thing make any alteration, nor aſſemble together, vnleſſe it be at appointed ſeaſons, without their leaue and permiſſion, ſuch honours doe the plebeians of eyther ſort attaine vnto in this commonwealth of ours, to the end that they ſhould not altogether thinke themſelues depriued of publike authority, and ciuile offices, but ſhould alſo in ſome ſort haue their ambition ſatiſfied, without hauing occaſion either to hate or perturbe the eſtate of nobilitie, by which equall temperature of gouernment, our common wealth hath attained that, which none of the former haue, though otherwiſe honorable and famous, for from the firſt beginning till this time of ours it hath remained ſafe and free this thouſand and two hundred yeares, not only from the domination of Straungers, but alſo from all ciuile and inteſtine ſedition of any moment or weight, which it hath not accompliſhed by any violent force, armed garriſōs, or fortified towers, but onely by a iuſt and temperate manner of ruling, inſomuch that the people do obey the nobilitie with a gentle and willing obedience, full of loue and affection, & farre from the deſire of any ſtraunge change, of which
this time of ours hath made euident proofe, for when all the greateſt princes of Chriſtendome had combined themſelues together with intention vtterly to ouerthrow, deface and aboliſh the greatneſſe, glorie, & the very name of the Venetians, and that our armie had beene vanquiſhed by Lewes king of France, neare to the Cittie of Caſſano in the territorie of Cremona, with incredible ſlaughter: and the Almaines of one ſide, and Iulius Biſhop of Rome, threatning and beſieging vs with their armies, and all our dominions vpon the maine land, being reuolted from the Venetian gouernment. In this our extremitie and generall perturbation the people of Venice, were ſo farre from attempting any thing againſt the Nobilitie, that weeping, they threw themſelues at their feete, offering their liues and goodes to the defence of the common wealth, and in effect reforming it, for hauing eaſily recouered Iadoua through the great loue and affection of the inhabitants towardes vs, when Maximilian the Emperour, raiſing euery where forces, came with a mighty Armie to beſiege the ſame Cittie, many not onely of the Gentlemen, but alſo of the plebeians, waging ſundrie ſouldiers at their owne charge, went vnto the defence thereof, indeuoring themſelues there, in ſuch noble and valorous ſort, that the Emperour was conſtrained to withdraw his Army, without deliuering ſo much as one aſſault to the Cittie, neither with greater adoe were the reſt of the Citties recouered, they all flocking againe to the Venetian Empire, as to a wiſhed hauen of all ſecuritie and calmeneſſe: an excellent argument of a iuſt domination to gouerne thoſe that are deſirous and willing ſo to be gouerned, which that it falleth not out ſo
without cauſe, as any man may perceiue that ſhall marke the courſe of our proceedinges, for we leaue to euery The equity & temperance of the Venetians gouernment.citty that commeth into the fellowſhip of our gouernment, their own municipate lawes and ſtatutes, and the Cittizens, euery one in their owne citties, obtaine many great and honorable places, and not a few towns of thoſe abroad in the countrie, are gouerned by magiſtrates of their owne, choſen among themſelues, as for thoſe citties that are of greater fame, and in which our gouernours do rule, there do alwaies ſit with them in Iuſtice, Doctors of the law, with whome our gouernours are to conſult before they determine any thing, which is both a matter of great honour and reputation, as alſo of great gaine and commoditie vnto them, theſe manner of offices may not bee executed by any of the Nobilitie of Venice, but are eyther choſen from among the plebeians, or elſe, and that in a manner alwaies from out the citties, ſubiected to our fellowſhip. And therfore it may eaſilie appear, that this our commonwealth is tempered with that moderatiō, which ſeemeth chiefly and neereſt to imitate nature.
For in the body of a liuing creature the office of looking about, and ſeeing is attributed onely to the eyes, and the other leſſe noble offices, left vnto the other members that are depriued of the vſe of ſeeing, obaying and not diſſenting from that which by the eyes they are enformed, but going and bending themſelues thether, whether they are by them directed, and ſo the whole frame of the body is preſerued and maintained in an excellent vnity and agreement, which not vnlike reaſon is the ſupreme rule of thinges in the commonwealth of Venice committed to the Gentlemen, as to
the eyes of the citie, and the vnnobler offices to the people, both together making a happie and wel compacted bodie: The eyes of the commonwealth, not onely ſeeing for themſelues, but for all the other members, and the other partes of the citie, not ſo much regarding themſelues, as willingly obeying the direction of the eyes, as being the principalleſt partes of the commonwealth, whereas whatſoeuer commonwealth ſhall ſuffer it ſelfe to be carried away into that folly and madnes, (as to many it hath happened) that the people will challenge vnto it ſelfe the office of ſeeing, & vſurpe the exerciſe of the eyes, neceſſarily the whole commonwealth muſt tumble into a downefall and ruine: And on the other ſide if the gentlemen ſhal onely prouide for their owne good, neglecting that of the other members, ſtirring thereby the people to enuie & indignation, it were impoſſible that it ſhould go wel eyther with the one or the other. Our anceſtors therefore by the imitation of nature haue prouided both for the one and the other inconuenience, and haue therein vſed the iuſt temperature and excellent moderation, that none (vnleſſe he be worſe then a detractor) may any way blame or finde fault with a gouernment ſo vertuouſly eſtabliſhed, and ſo temperately maintayned: which I beſeech the Almighty and euerliuing God long to preſerue in happineſſe and ſafetie. For if it bee credible that any good thing commeth to men from God: then can there nothing bee more aſſured then that this great felicity is happened to the Citie of Venice through the onely bleſſing of his bountifull goodneſſe.
The end of the laſt booke of the Commonwealth, and Magiſtrates of Venice.
Sundry Notes and Collections which I haue gathered as well by reading and obſeruation, as alſo by conference with Ve
netian Gentlemen, skilfull in the ſtate of their countrey, for the better vnderſtanding of ſundry points, eyther not at all touched in the former diſcourſe, or elſe ſo obſcurely, that the reader being a ſtranger cannot thereby reſt fully ſatisfi
ed, eſpecially if he haue a curious deſire to know euery parti
cular of their gouernment. But this being added vnto the former, I doubt not but the ſtate of the whole ſhal be ſo cleer
ly and exactly deliuered vnto him, as though (if it were poſ
ſible) he ſhould ſee the ſame in a glaſſe.
THe Citie of Venice is ſeated vpon certaine Iſlands within the lakes of The ſituation of the Citie of Venice deſcribed by Donato Gianotti a Florentine, more plain & particular in mine opinion then that of Contaren us.the Adriatique ſea, directly ouer againſt that place where the riuer Brenta, that runneth along the territory of Padoua, not long ſince entred into thoſe lakes: for the better knowledge of the nature and manner of which lakes, you muſt vnderſtand that the Prouince of Marca Treuizana, which the ancients called Venetia (whence this happie and famous Citie deriueth her beginning) lyeth ſo low along the ſhore of the Adriatique ſea, that what through the waters of many riuers that fall from the maine lande, as alſo the ouerflowinges of the ſea, which enter in through the gappes and breaches of that
huge and mightie banke, which they call Lito Maggior, a great ſpace thereof within the ſaid banke remayneth Lito Maggiorfenniſh and in water: which ſpace reſembleth a bended bow, the hollowneſſe of the land compaſſing and embracing the ſame being the bowe, and the ſtring being this great banke I ſpeake of, ſeruing as a bulwarke or rampire againſt the violence of the ſea: reaching from the point of the ſaide ſea, otherwiſe called Sinus Adriaticus, and ſo extending it ſelfe (in a manner) ſtill The banke extendeth it ſelfe 60. miles.in a direct & ſtraight line, till it come to ioyne with the ſhore of the mayne lande vnder Brondolo. This banke hath here and there certaine gappes, at which the ſea at full tydes entreth in, and at low and ebbing water goeth out againe, and through them likewiſe doe thoſe riuers that runne into the lakes paſſe into the ſea.
Thoſe openings are alſo called Portes or Hauens, becauſe they giue entry and paſſage to ſuch ſhips, as come and go from all partes of the world. The principalleſt of them are thoſe of Brondolo, of Chioggia, of Malomocco, of Caſtella, of S. Eraſmo, Lito Maggior, and the Treports. All that ſpace then, which is betweene the ſaid banke & the firme land, is the ſame which we call the lakes of the Adriatique ſea, which yet are not ſo wholly drowned in water, but that there are therein many vncouered & dry places, which are thoſe Iſlands in which the bordering people ſaued themſelues from the tempeſtuous & barbarous furie of the Gothes and Vandales: and being there aſſembled together, did lay the foundation of this noble Citie: which where it is neereſt, is fiue miles off from the maine lande, and two from the banke: it was in times paſt ten miles off from the maine land, the lakes then ſtretching to that place vppon the Brente,
which (as many thinke) was then for that cauſe called Ora Lacus.
Ora Lacus, and is now called Oriago. But now notwithſtanding Oriago.all poſſible diligence vſed by the Venetians to the contrary, all the way is quite dryed vp between that Leccia Fuſina,towne and Leccia Fuſina, where the boates that come from Padoua to Venice, or go from Venice to Padoua, are lifted ouer the banke or ſſuce that keepeth the freſh water and the ſalt from meeting by certayne inſtrumentes like vnto our Cranes.
The citie of Venice is diuided into two partes with a channell, which they call Il Canal grande, one parte of The great channel that parreth the citie of Venice in two.which looketh towardes the South and▪ the Weſt, and the other towardes the Eaſt and the North. The channell ſlideth through in forme of the letter S. marked contrarily as here you ſee it S. it runneth ouer all with conuenient depth and breadth, as Arnus doth through Florence and Piſa, Tiber through Rome, and the Adice through Verona. They ſay that this channell was firſt made by the Brente, when it entred into the ſea by the breach in the banke, called Porto di Caſtella, before ſuch Many other channels enter into the great channellstime as the courſe thereof was ſtopped and diuerted at Leccia Fuſina. Many other channelles alſo of conuenient greatneſſe with which Venice is adorned as other cities are with ſtreetes) haue recourſe into the ſame: for the moſt parte of theſe you muſt go by boate, vnleſſe it bee ſome that haue a little pathe on one of the ſides, and Streetes in Venice.ſome on both ſides, but they are few.
There are alſo in Venice many lande ſtreetes, which they cal Calli, but they are nothing faire: for beſides that they are neyther long nor ſtraight, they are ſo very narrow, that two men can ſcarce go together in one of them ſide by ſide.
Bridges ouer the leſſer channels. Ouer the chanels there are made many little bridges of ſtone, that do ioyne one ſtreete to another, yet not ſo thicke, but that ſometimes when you would go from one place to another, which is but hard at hande, you muſt fetch a great circuit about.
Vpon the great channel there is but one only bridge, and the ſame of wood, ſtanding in the moſt frequented part of the citie: for it ioyneth the Bialto, which is the place where the marchantes meet, with the ſtreete that leadeth to the high Church, where the Dukes Pallace ſtandeth. But becauſe euery one that woulde paſſe the channell, ſhall not neede to come to this bridge ſo farre Diuers ordinarie paſſages or ferries ouer the great channel.about out of his way, there are in diuers places certaine ordinary ferry boats, vpon which pooremen do attend to ſet ouer ſuch as ſhall require them: they are appointed what number of perſons they ſhall ferry ouer at once, and withall what they ſhall take of euery paſſenger. Likewiſe all the other leſſer channelles are full of little boates, which they call Gondolas, to paſſe vp and downe along the Citie, which the Venetians doe vſe in ſteed of horſes, Mules and coaches. The gentlemen haue many ſeruing to their owne vſe, and many beſides, wherewith their ſeruants gaine them money: ſo that the number of thoſe boats is exceeding great. The beauty of the citie is much better perceyued by water then by land, for the channels be vniuerſally large, & all the fayreſt buildinges of the citie are ſeated vpon them, The fayreſt ſhew of the citie anſwereth vpon the water.which though the anſwere alſo vpon the ſtreetes (for euery one hath two entries, one by water, another by land) yet the fayreſt ſhew is commonly ſtill to the water. There are alſo ſundry very faire houſes, whoſe principall front is to the ſtreete, but the narrowneſſe of
the ſtreetes hindereth and eclipſeth the magnificence of their ſight.
Much garbage and filthineſſe falleth from the citie into the channels, which is carryed away by the flowing and ebbing of the water, and yet that alone would not ſerue the turne, but that they are alſo continually cleanſed and taken away.
T
•
e ayre of Venice very healthy. In times paſſed (as Victruuius writeth) the ayre of Venice, by reaſon of the lakes was thought to be vnholſome, but now they hold that the ayre of Venice & Padoua is purer and more healthy then in any other parte of Italie, in ſo much that there is not in any place to be found more luſtly old men, well coloured & of good complexions.
Donatus diſtinguiſheth the inhabitants of Venice into Three ſorts & degrees among the Venetians.three parts, viz. Plebeyans, citizens & Gentlemen. The Plebeians he tearmeth to be thoſe that exerciſe baſe arts vtterly vncapable of office or degree in the commonwealth: the citizens to be marchantes & men of a degree aboue the other, capable of certaine popular offices: and the gentlemen to bee thoſe of the great councell, Lords of the ſtate, &c. as aboue.
But this diſtinction is particular vnto himſelfe, contrary to Sabellicus, Contarene, and the reſt, who onely diuide them into two, Plebeians, and Patritians, viz. the common people, and the gentlemen.
The firſt beginnings of the city were in the year 421. The beginnings of the citie.the firſt part that was builded thereof was the church of S. Iames, that is now to be ſeene in the Rialto.
In the yere 1342. (Andrea Dandulo being Duke) there A great plague.died of the peſtilence ſo great a multitude of people in Venice, that to repeople the ſame againe they were faine
to grant to all ſuch as would come dwell within Venice, after two yeares habitation, freedome of their citie.
Their number of fighting men. There are reckoned to be twenty thouſand houſes in the Citie, ſo that according to their computation allowing out of euery family two, they are able to arme fortie thouſand fighting men, and in former times haue done ſo.
The gentlemen of the ſtate abrode and at home are thought to be 3000. They are abſolutely Lordes of the citie and whole eſtate both by ſea and land.
The children and brethren of the Duke liuing, and of the Dukes that are deceaſed, are alwayes helde in very great honour and much reſpected.
The balles which they do vſe in the great councel are eyther of Copper or Tin, of which ſome are guilted, & ſome ſiluered. Whoſoeuer is choſen Elector for any office, may if he ſhall ſo thinke good, name himſelfe in the ſame, and ſo ſtand to the comprobation of the ſuffrages, as in the former treatiſe is mentioned.
When any waightie matter is to bee handled in the great councell, as the eſtabliſhment of a new law, or the definitiue determination of any great iudgement, there muſt of neceſſitie be 600. gentlemen in the hall, & foure Councellors, or elſe the ſame may not paſſe.
Signori delle Pompe. There are certaine magiſtrates, of whom the former treatiſe maketh no mention, called Signiori delle pompe, who are diligently to looke into the reformation of apparell, and moderation of exceſſe generally in all other expenſes, and finally to ſee all ſuch lawes ſtrictly obſerued as are in thoſe behalfes prouided. Cenſors.
There are likewiſe of late inſtituted and created with great authoritie two Cenſors, whoſe office is chiefly to
repreſſe the ambition of the gentlemen, & to looke with ſeueritie into their faultineſſe. There was a law lately propounded by them in the great councell, and by the ſame with great allowance ratified and enacted, that thence forward there ſhould bee no congratulation vſed at breaking vp of the Councell, with thoſe that had obtayned offices and honours: which ſtill remayneth in vigor and force, for before time euery man at the opening of the Councell, woulde preſſe to take them by the hand, that were elected for Magiſtrates, proteſting with many vowes, that they were glad in their harts, of the honour and aduauncement befallen them, yea euen thoſe would ſay ſo that had giuen their ſuffiages againſt them, which was by the Cenſors iudged to bee a great abuſe, and vnworthy of the Venetian nobilitie, being in all other things ſo graue & honorable.
Vpon the death of the Duke, the ſix high counſellors do preſently enter into the pallace: the eldeſt counſellor ſupplying the place of the deceaſed Duke, and diſpatching ſundry things that do appertain vnto the royall office. All letters that in the mean time the ſtate ſendeth forth, are entituled vnder the name of the gouernors, & all ſuch as are ſent vnto them, are ſo directed & ſuperſcribed. They neuer ſtirre out of the Pallace till the creation of the new Duke. The great gates alſo of the Pallace are cloſed, and onely a wicket left open for people to go in and out, keeping there alſo a guarde of men, the ſame rather for a ſolemnitie and auncient cuſtome, then any needfull occaſion. For there is in the Cittie of Venice no greater alteration at the death of their Duke, then at the death of any
other priuate Gentleman, onely the magiſtrates doe not in the meane while aſſemble about the diſpatch of affaires till the creation of the new Duke, hauing no leyſure by reaſon of their buſines thereabout to attende to any thing elſe.
The Dukes funerall. The body of the dead Duke being adorned with royall garments is brought into a lower hal, which they cal Sala de Pioueghi, where it is kept three dayes together, & there are twentie Gentlemen all attyred in skarlet, appointed to accompany the corps into the ſaid hall, and to ſit round about it, which likewiſe they do the following dayes, at the end whereof his funerall is ſolemniſed with all requiſite pompe and magnificence.
After the buriall of the Duke the great Councell is preſently aſſembled, and in their firſt ſitting there are choſen fiue Correctors, and three Inquiſitors, the office of the Inquiſitors is diligently to examine the life and Their office continueth but a yeare after the Dukes death.actions of the paſſed Duke, and whether he had obſerued their countrie lawes, if they finde him faultie, they are bound to accuſe him; and the penalty by him deſerued, lighteth alwaies vpon his heires, who yet are no otherwiſe puniſhed then onely by the purſe, they amerced the heyres of Loredanus one of their late Dukes, in 1500. Crownes, onelie becauſe he had not vphelde his dignity, with ſuch maieſty and magnificence, as he ſhould haue done, and yet otherwiſe all they acknowledge him to haue beene a very wiſe, and well deſeruing prince.
The office of the Correctors is to ſee whether it bee neceſſarie to make any new law, or to correct or amend anie abuſe crept in vnder the gouernment of the other Prince.
When the Duke goeth abroad, all the belles of S. Marke are rung, and there go before him ſounding many trnmpets of very extraordinarie greatneſſe, and there are likewiſe borne before him certain ſtreamers and banners, then a cuſhin, and a chayre of golde, and muſicke next followeth the perſon of the Duke vnder a Cannopie in the midſt of two of the chiefe Ambaſſadors, the reſt following him behinde, then follow next after them thirtie couples of Gentlemen, wearing all garments after the Ducall faſhion, eyther of cloth, or skarlet, he that is on the right hand of the firſt couple, carrieth a ſword vpright in his hand.
The Duke hath yearely allowed him out of the cō
mon A thouſande and fifty pound of our money.treaſure, 3500. crownes towardes his expence.
Euery wedneſday the Duke vſeth to come downe from his Tribunal, and to go to the courts where the other Iudges and Magiſtrates do adminiſter Iuſtice, and to looke into their proceedinges, exhorting and admoniſhing them to do that which equitie and right requireth, & if any ſuitor do thinke there that his caſe is not iuſtly delt withall, he may with al hūblenes recommend the ſame vnto the Duke, which if the Duke findeth to be ſo indeede, hee preſentlie commandeth the magiſtrate to do him reaſon: but if contrarie, he then reprehendeth him that made the complaint, and ſo proceedeth on forward: ſome of the late Dukes haue changed this order, and do not keepe any one certain day in this viſitation of Courtes, to the end that they might chaunce in vpon the magiſtrates on a ſuddaine, and take them at vnwares.
Whereas Contaren, in the former treatiſe writeth of a preſent of fiue wild Duckes, which the Duke was
yearely accuſtomed to ſend to euery Gentleman that The yearelie preſent of wildfoule altered into money.had not beene at his feaſt, now ſince the time in which he wrote, that kind of preſent is turned into a peece of ſiluer coyne, vpon one ſide of which is the picture of a marke reaching a ſtandarde to the Duke, and on the other the names of the Duke, with the yeare of his raign with this circumſcription. Donum A. G. Ducis Venetorum.
The counſell of tenne is a mightie member of the Venetian commonweealth, hauing in ſome ſort a kinde of likeneſſe, in authority to the Romaine Dictator, that was created in times of danger: for in matters of great importance deepely touching the eſtate of the commō
wealth, that require eyther ſecreſie or ſpeed of diſpatch, eyther of the which ſhold be hindred, if they ſhold cō
municate the ſame to the great coūcel, or to the Senate, they may of themſelues determine and end it, as to denounce a warre, to conclude a peace, to ſende a proueditor into the armie, or to manage vnderhande a ſecret practiſe, of eyther of which they haue many preſidents of happy ſucceſſe to the ſtate alwayes in theſe ſpeedy deliberations, there aſſemble with them, the Duke and ſix Councellers, which aſſembly is ſimply & abſolutely called the Councell of the tenne, the Councell of tenne haue certaine Gallies in the Arſenall particularly Capi de dieci: heads of the ten.belonging to their commandement & charge, ſigned with theſe two letters c. and x. for Capi de dieci. The power and authoritie of this Colledge of tenne is ſo great, & by reaſon thereof ſo ſubiect to enuy of the reſt, that ſundry times whē their terms were expired, there was much a doe to conſent to the creation of theſe ſucceſſors, for remedy of which inconnenience, there was
ſuch means wrought, that there was a law made, that the old Councell of ten ſhold keepe themſelues ſtill in authority, till ſuch time as thoſe new that ſhould ſucceede in their places, were created & eſtabliſhed, and fully confirmed.
The office of Procurators, though it be not any of thoſe, wherein the vertue and force of the common wealths gouernment conſiſteth, yet it is one of the greateſt, moſt deſired, and beſt reſpected dignities of Venice, continuing, during the life of thoſe that are once elected euen like to that of the Duke, it is alſo one of the auncienteſt offices, ſtill from time to time maintaining it ſelfe in honour and reputation, euen vnto this preſent age, ſo that there was neuer in Venice any gentleman of any principall reckoning, but that did thinke himſelfe greatly honored with this dignitie, and ſince the firſt inſtitution thereof, few haue beene choſen Dukes, that had not firſt beene Procurators.
Anciently there was only one procurator appointed to haue care of the Temple of Saint Marke, and of the holy Ornamentes, and Treaſures thereunto belonging.
But afterwardes vpon the death of the D. Sebaſtian Ciam, who left a great and mighty beqeueſt to S. Marke, & withal, the ouerſight and charge of al his rents & reuenews to the procurator, the greatnes whereof exceeding the ſufficiencie of any one magiſtrate throughly to take care of, and withall not to neglect his other charges belonging to the Temple; there was an other Procurator created to take charge alone of this Legacy, and bequeſt of Sebaſtian Ciam, whoſe honeſt fidelitie correſponding to the truſt repoſed in him, encouraged
many at their deathes, to leaue the adminiſtration of their goods vnto him inſomuch that he growing vnable to beare the burthen of ſo many affaires, there was a third procurator choſen in the yeare 1270. Rimeri zen o Belling then Duke, and the buſines ſo deuided betweene them, that one ſhould looke to the Temple, and the Treaſures thereof, another to thoſe Legacies that were made on this ſide of the greate Channell, and the thirde to thoſe that were made on the further ſide thereof: in this Dukes time was alſo the fourth created and appointed to aſſiſt him that had the charge of the Temple of S. Marke, and the treaſures thereof in equall authority, two more were made in the time of D. Giouani Soueranzo, and three more in the yeare 1423. Franciſco Foſcaro being Duke, ſo that they were in all nine, three for the Temple of S. Marke, and the church Treaſures, three for the ouerſight of Legacies, made on this ſide of the great channell, and three for thoſe on the further ſide, the yeare 1509. when their Armie was ouerthrowne at Adda, by Lewes the 12. king of Fraunce, the commonwealth being in diſtreſſe, they were contented for a ſumme of money to impart this dignitie to ſix more, and ſince haue beene ſo many made, that they come in all to be foure and twenty, all the reſt that are added to the firſt nine, haue ſeuerall procuration appointed them, as you may reade in the former Treatiſe, they haue likewiſe authority to conſtraine the heyres to perform the Will of the teſtators: they weare ſuch faſhioned garmentes as the Duke doth, and are followed with many ſeruants, in proceſſion the ſix Councellers do goe before them & the three heades of the Forty, for as they goe along the
Councellers and the ſaide heades are vpon the right hand, and the Procurators vpon the left, they haue euery one a dwelling place, or elſe forty Ducates a yeare allowed them.
They all are admitted into the Senate, but not into the Councell of tenne, ſaue onely nine of the eldeſt and beſt reſpected, they cannot obtaine any other office, vnleſſe it be of the chiefe ſages, or elſe the Giunta to the councell of tenne, and when there is a captain generall of the army, or a proueditor of the campe to be choſen, there is a law made in the Senate, that whoſoeuer is a procurator, may obtain that dignitie, which is ſo ordained, to the end that ſuch great and weightie charges ſhould be executed by men of great eſtimation and honour, they may not come into the great counſel, but onely by the election of the Duke, which is lately graunted by a ſpeciall decree, they were wont to ſtand in the Court without the great Councell, when the ſame was aſſembled, and there to ſtay during the continuance of the Councell, within the pallace, to the end that if any diſorder ſhould happen, they might be at hand to amend it, and this in likelihoode was the occaſion, that they were firſt forbidden to enter into the Councell: but not this cuſtome of aſſembling themſelues, and ſtaying in the courte, while the councel ſitteth, is no longer obſerued, which proceedeth through the quiet and generall ſecureneſſe of the cittie: inſomuch that they thinke it altogether needleſſe for the Procurators to be morein one place then in another.
Theſe three councels of the Forty are exceedingly well diſcourſed of in the former treatiſe, neuertheleſſe
for the full and cleare vnderſtanding of their ſeuerall offices and dignities, I thought good to ſet here downe ſome particularities by him omitted, the recitall of which, though perchance in his opinion he deemed needeleſſe, yet I iudge them not vnneceſſarie to thoſe that doe deſire to haue a perfect knowledge of the Venetian gouernment.
The firſt of theſe three councels of forty are as you haue heard, the new, for ciuile matters abroad, the ſecond for ciuile matters within, and the third is called the crim inall councell, which is not onely aboue all cauſes criminall both at home and abroade, that are brought vnto it by vertue of appeale, but alſo doth of it ſelf determine many entire cauſes, that are not touched of any other magiſtrare, the forty are choſen in the great councell, and muſt all paſſe the age of 30. yeares, the other offices any gentleman may attaine at the age of 25. years: the election is not made all in one day, but in eight ſeuerall dayes, & ſitting in euery of which they chuſe fiue vpon the choice of theſe new forty, they are ſtraight admitted into the new ciuile councell, and doe enter thence into the old ciuile councell, and they of the old ciuile preſentlie into the criminal, as you heard before, ſo that paſſing 8. moneths, in either their whole time of authority is 2. yeares, there are ouer euery of theſe, 43. heades, and two vnder heades, which authority they hold onely two moneth s a peece, the heads of the laſt forty which are the criminall Iudges, are they that do ioyn with the Duke & councellors, & with thē do repreſent the perſon of the Venetian gouernment. Theſe heads & vnderheads are all elected by lot.
There are alſo in the great Councell, three manner of Magiſtrates created, that do bring in and propound cauſes, euery one to the forty appointed him, the firſt are the three Aduocators of the common which doe bring in the cauſes to the Criminall forty.
The ſecond are the three old Auditors that doe bring in the home ciuile cauſes, to the old ciuile Forty.
The thirde are the three new Auditors that do bring all forrein ciuile cauſes, into the new ciuile Forty.
The Aduocators of the common, is a dignity of great account, and neuer graunted but to men of greate yeares, wiſedome, and experience, his chiefeſt charge is to ſee the lawe ſtrictly obſerued, and therefore in iudgement he is alwaies againſt the offender.
There are alſo many that are Aduocators, whoſe office is to pleade in cauſes, eyther of accuſing or defendiug, accordingly, as they are eyther by the plaintife or defendant, entertained: it is not of neceſſity requiſit that they be Doctors of law, or that they haue therein much ſtudyed, onely that they be skilfull in the ſtatutes, & ordenances of the commonwealth, they muſt all be gentlemen, for there is an ancient law, that none may plead before the magiſtrate, vnleſſe he bee a gentleman: and therefore there are in the great Councell choſen 24. Aduocators, 20. for the offices of the palays, and 4. for the Ryalto: of which euery one that goeth to law, is bound to entertayn one, and to pay him a certain fee, and he likewiſe is bound to defend his cauſe, who entertaineth him, the place where they plead, is ſomewhat high, & they haue at their feet the notary of the 40 with ſuch writings as they mean to produce, & diuerſe
times amid their pleading they command him to reade now one Chapter, now one writing, and then another, as the cauſe requireth. The time that eyther partie is allowed for ſpeech is an hower and a halfe, beſides the time that is ſpent in reading the writinges: in ſo much that when the Aduocate ſpeaketh, there is an houre glaſſe helde vpright, and when the writinges are read, the ſame is turned vpon one ſide, to the ende the ſand ſhoulde not fall through, and then is turned vpright againe when he beginneth to ſpeake. When eyther part hath alleadged his reaſons, & that ſentence is to be giuē the youngeſt of the fortie cauſeth euery of the Iudges to ſweare that he will giue that ſentence, which in his conſcience he ſhall thinke to be iuſt, & then they go to their ſuffrages, in manner as you may ſee in the former treatiſe.
All cauſes that are brought vnto the Aduocators are regiſtred vp by their ſecretarie, one firſt, the other next, & ſo forth, in order as they come, and looke in what order they are regiſtred, in the ſame are they by them brought in, and propounded to the fortie, except it be ſome, which though they come laſt, yet they are ſtill firſt diſpatched, as the caſe of priſoners, of burialles, of medicines, of corne, of rewardes, of Orphlins, of neere kindred, as if the brother ſhould pleade with his brother, or the father with his ſonne: theſe cauſes are alway firſt heard, and likewiſe all ſuch as any way pertaine to the office or adminiſtration of the Procurators.
The dominion of the Venetians is diuided into two partes, the one by ſea, the other by land, out of eyther of which they receyue a great yearely in-come. Of the two they account the firme lande reuenewe to bee the
greater, eſpecially their poſſeſſions in Lombardie are maruellous rich and auayleable vnto them: where beſides many other townes, caſtels, and villages, they poſſeſſe ſeuen faire cities, as Treuigi, Padoua, Vicenza, Verona, Breſcia, Bergamo, and Crema. By ſea they are Lords of Cypres, Candia, Corfu, and many other Iſlandes. Vppon the coaſtes alſo of Sclauonia, Dalmatia and Hiſtria, they poſſeſſe many goodly Cities and caſtelles. Beſides theſe the rents of their owne citie, their cuſtomes and tolles by ſea, and their ordinarie yearely taxation or rather (as they call it) tribute of the inhabitantes, amounteth to an exceſſiue ſumme: in ſo much that their reuenews one way or other is knowne to beat the leaſt 1200000. Duckets by the yeare: their charges & yearely occaſions of disburſtment are likewiſe very great, for alwaies they do entertain in honorable ſort, with great prouiſion a Captaine generall, who alwaies is a ſtranger borne: he that now enioyeth that place is one Iohn Baptiſta de Monte a Florentine borne, a notable ſoldier, and a very honourable Gentleman, one vnder whome I haue ſerued in the warres, and am in all thankefulneſſe to acknowledge many fauors that I receiued both from him and his brother Camillo de Monte. Beſides they do continually entertayne in pay a thouſand men at armes, and a great number of footemen, ſufficient to keepe and defend thoſe places, in the which they keep gariſons alway, as well in times of warre, as of peace: they giue likewiſe great penſions to many gentlemen and Captaines, whoſe ſeruice they vſe when neede requireth. The moſt part of their land forces they maintaine in Lombardie, where by reaſon of the aboundance of victuailes they may liue commodiouſly, and when
time of warre ſo requireth, they ſend them thence whither they ſhall thinke good. They alſo keepe continually tenne or twelue armed Gallies of warre, which are diſtributed in Cypres, Candia, and Corfu, and other commodious places. In euery Galley they haue 150. rowers: for there are 50. benches, and vpon euerie bench three rowers, beſides euery one contayneth betweene 80. and 100. ſoldiers to fight. The charges of euery Galley one way or other amount to 700. duckettes a month, likewiſe their prouiſions of warre and the charges of and concerning their Arſenall are of an infinite and exceſſiue expence.
They haue alwaies armour in the Arſenall to arme ten thouſand men, and in the armory of the Dukes pallace to arme 1500. againſt whatſoeuer ſodaine inconuenience might happen, beſides an innumerable quantity of munition pertaining to the ſea, and artillery of all ſort in maruellous proportion. In times of warre and neceſſitie they do ſometimes propoſe great offices and dignities to ſale for a certaine ſumme of money: for which when ſundry offer the ſumme propoſed, yet none is elected vnleſſe he ouercome his competitors and riuals by ſuffrage, ſo that commonly not withſtanding the ſale thereof, yet the ſame neuer falleth vpon any but vpon the wiſeſt and moſt ſufficient men.
Collections taken out of the hiſtorie of Signior Bernardo Giuſtiniano, a Gentle
man of Venice.
TOuching the original of the name of the Venetians, there are ſundry opinions. Some write that they come of a certaine people of Aſia, called Eneti, who after the deſtruction of Troy, hauing loſt Philemene their king, came with their nauie vnder the conduct of Antenor, into thoſe lakes of the Adriatique ſea, giuing the name of Veneti vnto that part of Italy where they ſetled, which opinion is by Liuie maintayned. Plinie, Cato, and Cornelius Nepos, deriue the Venetians abſolutely from the of ſpring of the Troianes.
Seruius Grammaticus will needes haue their nomination to come from Enetus king of the Sclauonians. But once, howſoeuer they differ in their true originall: they all agree that they are of great antiquitie, & famous euen in their firſt beginnings. The Cantons of Venice did before the inhabitation of the lakes, vnder that name embrace a great circuite vppon the mayne lande, as all Marca Treuigiana, and the greater part of Foro Iulio: but now onely the Iles, & inhabited places within the lakes
do retaine and peculiarly challenge to themſelues the name of Venice.
The ſituation thereof is ſo ſtrange and ſingular in it ſelfe, that it brooketh no compariſon or reſemblance with any other Citie, eyther of this preſent or former ages: the manner wherof is this. There is a long banke that encompaſſeth the vtmoſt Gulfe of the Adriatique ſea: within the inner parte whereof are certaine great mariſhes or fennes, occaſioned partly by the deſcent of the riuers from the maineland, partly by the flowing of the ſea: within theſe were ſundry little townes, built by thoſe that endeuoured to defende themſelues from the furie of the land warres, and laſtly Venice.
Nature the miſtreſſe and beſt working perfectreſſe of thinges, defendeth them from the violence of the ſea, by the oppoſition of this banke, increaſed with huge heapes of ſand: and yet not altogether without the artifice and trauaile of man, by fortifying againſt the ſea in places needful, with ſtrong paliſadoes and mightie peeres or bulwarkes of ſtone. Theſe lakes were in times paſſed vpon their brinkes to the maine land encompaſſed and adorned with many great and renowned cities, as Aquileia on the eaſt ſide thereof, ſometimes a famous Colonie of the Romanes: next vnto it Concordia, then Vderzo, then Altinos, likewiſe Triuigi and Padoua, then the Moncelleſe, which ſome will needes haue to be that which was called Acello, then vpon the bounding and ſhutting vp of the vtmoſt point Adria & Rauenna, which was in thoſe daies alſo inuironed about with mariſhes and fennes, and cleanſed by certaine ditches, that (as Strabo writeth) were made for the ſame purpoſe: but whereas in the beginninges of Auguſtus
Caeſar the buildings thereof were all of woode.
Afterwards Auguſtus and his ſucceſſors Tiberius, Traiane, Valentian, and Theodoricke, enobled it with goodly edifices, of marble and free ſtone, each of them doing ſomewhat, as well in erection of many ſumptuous priuate pallaces, as publique magnificent Temples, for the Gods. And withall they filled and choaked vp thoſe mariſhes, in ſorte that they reduced them to firme ground, ſo that whereas before it was of all ſides enuironed about with thoſe waters, it is now diſtant three miles from them.
Beſides ſundry of leſſe reckoning, there do diſgorge downe into theſe Lakes, ſeuen famous riuers that come deſcending from the Alpes: as Taliagmento, Liuenza, La Piaue, La Brenta, Bachiglione, Adice and Poe: which two laſt riuers, the Adice and the Poe haue filled and ſtuffed vp thoſe parts of the Lakes, into which they fall with ſande, and the like haue ſundry of the other riuers done in many places: but where the induſtrie and trauaile of men hath defended and preuented the inconuenience thereof. For thoſe mariſhes and Lakes, whoſe length in times paſſed little leſſe extended then two hundred miles, are now reduced to the halfe thereof. Their breadth where they are now at largeſt, not being aboue twelue mile, whereas in the time of our anceſtors it was twice as much, which being a thing that the enemies of the Venetian State could neuer accompliſh, though with great endeuour many times they attempted to choke and drie vp thoſe Lakes, time hath by little and little, by the deſcent of thoſe land riuers effected it without any forraine violence, in diſpight of all the defences oppoſed by the Venetians. The great
encompaſſing banke hath in manner as many ruptures and paſſages as are the great riuers that deſcend into the lakes: at which the tides of the ſea go in & out, ebbing and flowing euery ſixe houres by turne.
The floud neuer ariſeth higher then foure feet within the Gulfe, vnleſſe ſometime when the winde Seirocco bloweth with an extraordinary violence, & then ſometimes it ariſeth to the height of ſeuen feet.
Sebaſtian Munſters deſcription of the Citie of Venice.
VEnice was firſt the name of a Prouince, and not of a Citie. There be many other Townes in Italy of greater antiquitie.
About the yeare of our Lorde 300. there came out of Scithia a barbarous people, called Hunnes, ouerrunning ſundry nations of Europe, with exceeding terror and crueltie, their firſt vagabonding race was into Thracia, and thence they paſſed through Meſia & Illiria into Italie. The Venetians that then inhabited a Prouince vppon the firme lande, on the Adriatique ſhore, hearing of their arriual, fled into the ſea, ſeating themſelues there in little Ilandes, of which there were
many at hand, liuing for the moſt part there by fiſhing. The Rialto why to called.At length they began to build vpon theſe Iſlands, chiefly vpon that which is called Riuo alto, to called, becauſe the water is more deepe then there about the other Iſlandes, or els becauſe that Iſland is more eminent then the reſt: in ſhort ſpace the deuaſtation and crueltie wrought by Attyla vpon the neighbouring land towns, as Aquileia, Concordia, Alcina, Padoua, Optergia, Heraclia, Aquilius, Grado, Capreola, and Lauretta, did (as it were) by a reuolution giue a ſpeedie beginning to the riſing greatneſſe of Venice. The firſt founders thereof were thoſe of Padoua: in ſhort time it increaſed in opulence and riches, and grew mighty both by ſea and lande, conquering many Realmes, Cities and Ilands, of which the Turke in our time hath taken ſome from them.
He meaneth that ſhe is cōmandreſſe of the Adtiatique ſeas. In fine this noble, goodly and magnificent citie is become Queene of the ſea, and inhabited by people of ſundry nations, and traffiqued to by marchants from out all partes of the world. There a man may heare all languages, and ſee all diuerſitie of garments: it is ſaid that the onely Tribute which the ſtate rayſeth of wine, Sixe hundred thouſand pound ſterling.ſalt and other thinges, amounteth to two millions of Duckets, beſides the other tributes and rentes which they rayſe of ſuch Citties as are vnder their ſubiection.
The firſt created a Duke in the yeare of our Lord 700. before time their commonwealth was gouerned by Tribunes: but afterwardes by reaſon of diſcord between themſelues, & many attempts enterpriſed againſt thē by the Lombaras by commō & general confent they elected a Duke, to maintaine them in concorde, and to
defende their liberty, but in ſucceſſion of time miſliking their gouernment, they put many of their Dukes to a ſhamefull death, they ſlew Vrſus their third Duke in a ſedition, and put out both the eyes of Theodore his Munſter calleth this Theodore Diendome.ſonne, after he had likewiſe ruled them awhile: they hanged Obleno their 10. Duke vpon a gibbet, and afterwardes tare him to pieces, they murthered the thirteenth in the church, and burned the fourteenth in his pallace, the yeare 958. they put the fifteenth into a cloiſter, they baniſhed the 28. and ſtoned to death the 45. called Rinaldo, they impriſoned the 46. and beheaded the 55.
Theſe and other thinges are written of the Venetians and their Dukes, but Gaſper Contareno that hath written expreſly of the commonwealth of Venice, being himſelfe a Senator of the City, toucheth not at all the miſerable end of theſe Dukes, his attire is no whit different from that which kings doe vſe, for his garmentes are all of purple or rich cloth of golde: hee weareth on his heade a royal diademe made of linnen, which is inuironed with a hoode of purple, aboute which there goeth a little crowne of golde, when hee entreth into the Senate, he hath his throne gorgeouſly adorned, and the Senators ſpeake vnto him with their heades bare ſtanding vp as before a Prince, all letters ſent and receiued are directed and ſigned to and by the Duke. The lawes are publiſhed in his name, and their coyne ſtamped with his name and image, in fine the Duke in all things repreſentes the perſon of a king before his ſubiectes, ſaue that he hath not the bridle of ful authoritie in his owne handes, to make him appeare with the greater magnificence and pompe, they allow
him out of the common treaſure 1500. Crownes, which he may not turn to his particular vſe, but on ſuch things as pertaine to the greatnes and traine of a prince, otherwiſe his heires ſhould be ſure to pay the amends of ſo great diſhonour after his death, hee muſt of his owne charge maintaine a great troupe of ſeruantes to follow him, when hee goeth abroade, and to make euery yeare foure Bankets to the Senators and Gentlemen.
Vpon Aſcention day, according to the cuſtome of his Prediceſſors, hee goeth aborde a fine ſhip curiouſly trimmed, and ſet ſorth, and in company of the Biſhop, The ſhip is called the Bi
•
entorie.and other Senators, launcheth out into the Sea, throwing a ring into the ſame, with expreſſe words, that hee marrieth the Sea in perpetuall Dominion, and rule. The Biſhop alſo vſeth certain ceremonies, which being ended they departe, the election of the Duke is in ſuch ſort by lot, that no mans ambition, brybery, or ſubornation may ſtand him any way in ſteade, preſently vpon his choice, hee is borne by the marriners with great pomp to the place of S. Marke, throwing al the while, money about in the ſtreetes, till ſuch time as he come to the place where the Diademe is put on his heade.
Touching their rents, riches, common treaſure, reuenewes, tributes, exactions and cuſtomes, that they leuie out of the Cities, that are vnder them, it is not eaſie to giue a iuſt reckoning, but it is written, that they do ſometimes charge their ſubiectes with very heauie tributes: Charlemaine graunted great priueledge to the Venetians, for which notwithſtanding they were vnthankefull, and ſecretly ſent aide to Nicephorus Emperour of Conſtantinople, that was his enemie, whereat
Charlemain being agrieued, ſent his ſonne Pepin, whome he had made king of Italie to be reuenged, ſo that Pepin leuying a great Armie, chaſed them to the Rialto, where hee intended to aſſault them, and to that ende made a great long bridge, but by reaſon of tempeſtuous weather, his bridge brake, and his enterpriſe failed.
In the yeare of our Lord, 810. certaine marchantes brought the body of S. Marke from Alexandria to Venice,
The body of S. Mark when brought vnto Venice.in whoſe honour they did build that moſt goodly & glorious church which is now there to be ſeene.
In the yeare. 1202. they gat the Iland of Crete now The times of their conqueſtes.called Candia, which did before pertaine to the Emperour of Conſtanſtinople, alſo vnder Otto the 3. Emperour of that name they adioyned to their dominion many other Ilands and cities, principally Parence, Pole, Arbu, Coricte, Corcyre, now called Corphu, Pharo alſo nowe called Leſima, and many other citties where Pyrats had their receipt. Some few years after; the Turke began to make wars vpon them, and taking from them the fayre cities of Tirachum in Albany, and Croy in Slcauonia, did ſo abaſe them, and bring them to ſuch a diffidence of their ſtrength, that to obtaine his frendſhip they were faine to giue him 13. fayre cities, which they had conquered, and wonne from the Emperour of Greece, beſides Coſdre a moſt goodly cittie of Albany, in the yeare 1400. they got Vincenſa that appertaitained to the Vicount of Mylan, in the year 1472. they got Padoua, and Verona, from the Romaine Empire, in the yeare 1402. they poſſeſſed themſelues of the realme of Cipres, ſome ſay by a deteſtable and vnchriſtian practiſe, which was in order, as followeth.
The heires males of right and lawfull line, fayling The hiſtorie of the vniuſt practiſe vſed by the Vene tians in their poſſeſſion of Cipies.in Cipres, Lews D. of Sauoy, hauing married Charlot, the lawfull daughter to king Ihon, was called and receiued of all with great joy, as their king, Iaques baſtarde, brother to the ſaid Charlot, finding himſelfe too weak to reſiſt the ſaid Duke of Sauoy, fled with his friends into Alexandria, to demaund aide of the Souldan, Iaques was a young Gentleman of two and twentie yeares of age, of a comely ſtature and very beautifullperſonage, the Souldan was moued with his preſence and prayers, & promiſing him ſuccour, did preſently apparrell him with royall ornamentes, proclaming him his tributarie king of Cipres, and withall commaunded the Duke of Sauoy to get him home into his owne countrie: who ſent him backe a very ſubmiſſe embaſſage, with fauour and humble wordes, offering him his perpetuall loue and ſeruice, and a yeareſy tribute, and withall a yearely penſion of tenne thouſand crownes to Iaques during his life, the matter was long debated of in the Councell of the Souldan, who was ſundry times inclining to the acceptation oftheſe offers, but in the ende ſuch were the perfwaſions and inſtant meanes vſed by Iaques to the contrarie, eſpecially hauing by ſolicitation gained the Venetians and Mahomet Emperour of the Turkes to fauour his party, that the Souldan granting fully to his requeſt, tooke his oath, and ſent him into Cipres with a great army of men, when at his firſt ariuall; he conſtrained Lewes with ſuch Frenchmen, as were with him to retire himſelfe into a Caſtle, which alſo in time he made him to abandon, and ſo became Lord of the whole Iland, ſhortly after he married the
daughter of a Gentleman of Venice, called Marcus Cornarius, which daughter was after the death of Iaques, adopted by the Senate, and by this meanes they poſſeſſed themſelues of the Realme, for ſhe being great with child at the death of her husband, the Venetians as tutors retired her vnto them, and tooke adminſtration of the Realme, ſome will ſay that they poiſoned the child afterwards, as likewiſe they had done the father before, others write otherwiſe, that they did not get the realm by ſo great wickedneſſe, but that after the death of the father and the ſonne, they ſucceeded in the Realm, by way of adoption and inheritance.
Venice hath in circuit eight Italian miles, and is ſeated within the flats of the ſea, there is a naturall Sebaſtian Munſter in his card of Venice. The circuit of the citty & Ilands about it.banke in the ſea, high and eminent that defendeth the towne from the impious fury of the waues, and giueth paſſage and porte in ſundry places to the ſaylers, chiefly at two Caſtles and at Choſa an epiſcopall City, diſtant from the towne fiue and twentie miles vppon the way to Ferrara, there are about Venice 25. Ilandes which are in manner all enhabited of Monkes, the reſt is to be ſeenein the Carde. Seb. Munſter. The number of bridges and boates.
This City of Venice hath threeſcore and two pariſhes, and one and forty Monaſteries: it hath as manie Channels as ſtreetes: there are foure hundred publike Bridges, beſides particulars, there are of boats for all vſes, eight thouſande, in the Arſenall, which is rounde about inuironed with walles, there are continually foure hundred men which are dayly imployed in mending and making of Galleis, and other things pertaining to the Sea, in the Iſle of Meurano, faſt by,
they make very cleare and goodly glaſſes, commonly Chriſtall glaſſes.called Chriſtal glaſſes, which are thence tranſported into all countries.
Notes out of Girolamo Bardi.
THe firſt that euer inhabited vpon that Iland called the Rialto, where Venice now ſtandeth, was one Giouani Bono a poore man, that hauing there a ſimple cottage did liue with his family by taking of fiſh: afterwardes Radagaſſo with an armie of Gothes, entring into Italy, ſundrie from of the firme land fled into this poore mans houſe for ſafety of their liues, and among the reſt one Entinopus a carpenter of Candia, who found meanes to build himſelfe there a houſe, maintaining himſelfe afterwards by the making of ſmall barkes and boates: After Radagaſſo Alaricus comming like a tempeſt into Italy, there fled ſo many ouer thether, as that at length there were built foure & twentie ſeuerall houſes of bordes and reedes: but in the yeare of our Lord, 418. the fury of the warres being ſomewhat mitigated, the moſt part of theſe fugitiues had gotten themſelues into Padoua, whereof a ſuddain hearing great and fearefull rumors of newe intended entries into Italy by Aiulfo king of the Viſſigots, with a mighty multitude of Barbarians, by a generall conſent they agreede to make ſome firme place within theſe lakes, and thereupon to build a citty, which they preſently effected vpon the foreſaide Iland, gathering into
the ſame the people that were diſperſed about the other Ilandes, and withall making it of the beſt defence they could, they called it by the name of Venice, the beginning of this Citties foundation was laide in the yeare 421. vpon the 25. day of March about noon, there were three Conſuls choſen by thoſe of Padoua to haue the ouerſight and charge, the reſt whoſe names were Alberto Faletro, Tomaſo Candiano, and Zeno Daulo: this is a breuiat drawn out of the ancient Records of Padoua.
Afterwardes the ruine and deſolation of manie fayre citties vpon the maine land, gaue a ſpeedy mightineſſe and encreaſe to this new erected citie, inſomuch that many of the nobleſt land inhabitantes, fled thether with their treaſures and richeſt moueables, tranſporting euen their goodly pillers, carued ſtones, and other matter to build withal, to Venice, erecting thereunto themſelues new and ſtately manſions, ſo that in the end delighted with the ſecurity of the place, hauing their children borne & brought vp there, they reſolued there perpetually to remaine: there are in Venice 72. (as they cal them) Parochiae, that are equall in manner vnto Biſhoprickes, ouer which are elected graue and reuerent paſtors choſen out of that quarter and particion of the city, wherein their churches ſtand: theſe churches haue great & goodly rents belonging vnto them, & are exceedingly adorned with Organs, images, inſtruments and all other magnificent ornamentes.
The Arſenall is in compaſſe without the wals 3. miles about, & reſembleth in it ſelf a little world hauing within it ſuch varietie ofſeuerall handicrafts and trades that it is in manner vnpoſſible for any to comprehend them in his minde that hath not ſeene them with his eyes,
inſomuch that the marqueſſe of Guaſto who was generall The Marques of Guaſto his ſpeech touching the Arſenalvnder the Emperour Charles the 5. in Italy, hauing gon vp and downe in it from morning to night, at his comming forth ſware that he had rather be Lord of the Arſenall then of 4▪ of the beſt citties of Italy, all manner of armes, weapons, artillerie, ſayles, powder, anchors, tacklinges, and whatſoeuer elſe to be imagined pertaining to the war, and the Galleis themſelues are not onely kept and preſerued within the Arſenall, but alſo wrought and framed, there do dayly worke within it 1580. men, who haue all wages according to their decrees, who when they are ſo old that they can worke no longer, are there alſo entertained ſo long as they liue.
The prince being dead, his bowels are taken out, and his body embawmed, after which hee is kept three dayes openly, in the hall, attended on with Senators, as you heard before, his herſe being couered ouer with cloth of gold, and his ſword and his ſpurres of gold lying athwart vpon him, then in carrying him to his buryall, the fraternities of the towne are aſſembled, & the ſeuerall companies of the chanons and clergie with an innumerable number of torches, many of which are carried by the Ieſuites, in middle of which followeth the beere, whereon the body of the prince repoſeth in ſuch ſort as you hearde, next after followeth the officers and chiefe ſeruantes of the princes family, all apparrelled in blacke with great hoodes ouer their heads, and drawing a long traine after them, repreſenting a maruelous ſhew of mourning and ſorrow, then next after follow the Senators, all in skarlet and graine, ſignifying the citty to be free, & therefore ought not to mourn at the death of any prince how vertuous ſoeuer
With this pomp they paſſe on to the place of S. Marke, where ioyning with the beere to the great dore of the church, they lift it vp nine times, as in taking perpetuall leaue thereof, and thence go vnto the church of S. Giouani, Paulo, (where for the moſt part the Dukes lie buried, and there repoſing the bodie vpon a high place of eſtate, brightned with a number of flaming torches round about, the Signeurie ſitteth downe, and there in the pulpit is made a ſolemne funeral oration, in commendation and honour of the dead prince. The funenerall being ended, the Senators returne to the pallace, and preſently proceed to the choice of a new Duke.
There are certaine officers, of which Contareno ſpeaketh nothing at all, or els very ſparingly, and ſome that haue been inſtituted ſince his time, of all which I think it not neceſſarie briefly to ſay ſomewhat, for the better ſatiſfaction of the reader: and firſt of thoſe whom they call Cathaueri.
Theſe are Iudges of the confiſcations, and exactors of the publique duties, they were created in the yeare 1280. They ſucceed in the goods of thoſe that die inteſtate, if they haue no lawfull heires. They gather in thoſe penalties as are by the other Iudges inflicted vpon offendors.
They are Iudges ouer the officers of ſhipping. They make publike ſales in name of the commune: they are Iudges of ſuch thinges as are founde at ſea, or treaſures that are found at land. They heare ſuch differences as do ariſe between pilgrims that go to the holy land, and the matters of the ſhips wherein they go, & the names of the pilgrims are regiſtred in their office, and they are newly put in authoritie about the determination of
ſuch cauſes as concerne the inhabitants of Cipres.
Sopra Caſtaldi. There are other called Sopracaſtaldi, whoſe office is to ſerue executions vpon iudgement, ſo that they are called Iudges of executions. They haue the ſelling of ſuch goods as are attached by executions, & haue the hearing of all ſuch differences as do ariſe about ſuch attachments, executions, contradictions, &c. They are euery morning at S. Markes: they haue alſo place in the Rialto. They were inſtituted in the yeare 1471.
Becauſe there might errour be committed in the execution of iudgements, it was ordayned that the prince ſhould heare the appeales from the executions of the former officer: but becauſe his perſon was to be buſied about greater affaires, there were certaine Superiors ordayned that might cenſure the doings of the Sopracaſtaldi. And becauſe they might alſo ſometimes erre in their deliberations, it was likewiſe ordayned, that from them alſo might the partie agreeued appeale to the Aduocators. They were created in the yeare 1485.
Signeore all aque. There are certaine officers ouer the water, called Signore all aque. They haue charge of ſuch things as appertayne to the Lakes, & to the cleanſing of the channels: Sig▪ alla Sanita Mountbanks are certaine that ſhew their drugs in the market places, vaunting of great cures they haue done, & with long tales perſuading the people to buy their ware.and thoſe boats that are vpon the great channell are vnder their authoritie. Beſides thoſe other things mencioned in the former treatiſe that belongeth to the office of the healthmaiſters: they haue authority to giue licence to phiſicions to practiſe, and to Mountebanks, & Chiarlatanes to go vp and downe the countrey, and to preach in the markets: to them alſo is brought the regiſter, containing the number of all publike women within the towne: Finally, ſo great is their authoritie, that in time of ſicknes they haue power to puniſh with death.
Doana de Mare, are officers of the cuſtome, who are to looke to ſuch marchandiſe as is brought in by the common gallies and ſhips, and not to ſuffer any thinges to paſſe, till all duties and cuſtome be diſcharged.
Signori della Pace. There are alſo fiue peacemayſters, who are to iudge between them that giue one another blows or wounds, or do offer any other kind of wrong, or do vſe any villanie in ſpeech, their office is to appeaſe ſtrife, and to make attonement and friendſhip, as much as in them lieth.
Iuſtitia vecchia, are certaine magiſtrates that haue power & authority to do right vnto thoſe that do pretend hyre, wages or reward: they puniſh thoſe that do falſifie waightes, meaſures or ſuch like. They put a price vpon ſuch hearbes and fruits as are to be ſold: likewiſe in their office are written vp the names of all ſuch boyes as doe for wages tie themſelues to the ſeruice of mayſters. They were wont to deale in the matter of wools, butnow ſince the increaſe of that marchandiſe, there is appointed a particular officer ouer the ſame. Al manner of trades are vnder this office. They that keepe ſhoppes haue the allowance of the ſignes from hence: They may be appealed from to the Cathaueri, and to the old Auditors, according to the cauſes.
Conſoli di Marcantanti: to this office is all manner of marchandiſe ſubiected, wherein there is eyther buying or ſelling. They proceed briefly & by way of extenſion.
Sopraconſoli are thoſe that haue to doe with Marchantes that breake bankerout, and with matters of pawnes. They grant protection to ſuch as are indebted, whereby their bodies may be kept free frō priſon: they proclaime with a very ſolemne ceremony thoſe that are fugitiue for debt, limiting thē a certain time of returne,
which if they doe not, they then ſell all ſuch goodes of theirs as they can lay their hands on, and therewith pay the creditors as farre as it will ſtretch. The fugitiues vppon their returne are bound fully and wholly to preſent all their goodes into this office, of which they then receyue a protection for a month, in which time they haue libertie to agree with the creditors if they can, if not, then the Sopraconſulles are to make their agreement for them: alwaies prouided that afore the ſatiſfaction of any creditors, the dower of the parties wife, the rent of his houſe, and the money belonging to the Signeorie, if he haue any thereof in his handes, are ſtill firſt deducted.
Iuſtitia Noua is an office to which belongeth the ouerſight of Innes and Tauernes, to reforme their abuſes & to ſee that their wines be not mingled or corrupted: this office was inſtituted in the yeare 1261.
There are alſo certaine officers ouer the Salt, called Signori al Sale.
Ragione Vecchie are certaine that are appointed to entertaine ſuch ſtrangers and embaſſadors as the ſtate will haue honoured, and to defray ſuch charges as thereby ſhall ariſe to the ſtate out of the common treaſure.
Ternaria Vecchia is an office that exacteth the cuſtome of Oyles, and haue ſuperintendence of all things thereto appertayning.
Signori alla Graſſa are ſuch as do ouerſee the abuſes in Cheeſe, ſalt meates, Suet, and ſuch like, and haue power to puniſh thoſe that commit any falſhood or abuſe thereabout.
Signori dipanni a ora haue the charge and ouerſight of Goldweauers, and ſuch as do make cloth of Golde,
Tiſſue and ſuch like: to the end there be no falſhood vſed, which if they find, they haue authoritie to take the cloathes away, and to cut them in peeces.
Proueditori di Commune are certaine magiſtrates inſtituted of purpoſe for the common good. They are to ſee that ſuch ſhippes as be made be well wrought, & great and capable, fit to the proportion, and that at their ſetting forth they be not ouerburthened. They are to repaire the ſtreets, to paue them, & to keep the bridges of the Citie in good order: all the leſſer ſchooles and fraternities are vnder them, as the greater are vnder the Counſell of tenne: They looke into the abuſes of all handy crafts, and puniſh ſuch as vſe deceipt. They haue charge ouer the ordinary ferries. They looke into the priuiledges of the communalty, and taxe the prices of bookes.
The Citie of Venice is diuided into ſixe parts, which they call Seſtieri: three of one ſide the great channell, and three on the other: their names are thus.
| Caſtello, |
S. Polo, |
| S. Marco, |
S. Croce, |
| Canareio. |
Dorſo Duro. |
The names and number of the pariſhes and Monaſteries contayned vnder Caſtello.
-
Pariſhes.
-
1. S. Pietro di Caſtello.
-
2. S. Biaſio.
-
3. S. Martin.
- 4. S. Giouani in Bragola,
- 5. S. Antonin.
- 6. S. Trenita.
- 7. S. Seuero.
-
8. S. Prouolo.
-
9. S. Giouani nouo.
- 10. S. Maria formoſa.
- 11. S. Marina.
-
12 S. Lio.
Other Churches.
-
1 S. Giouanide Forlani
- 2 S. Philippo e Giacomo
- 3 S. Georgio de Greci
Monaſteries.
- 1 S. Domenico
- 2 S. Franceſco della Vigna
- 3 S. Antonio.
- 4 S. Giouani e Paulo
Cloyſters of Nunnes.
-
1 S. Maria delle virgini
-
2 S. Daniel
- 3 S. Anna
- 4 S. Ioſeph
-
5 S. Maria celeſte
-
6 S. Sepolchro
- 7 S. Lorenſo
- 8 S. Giouani Laterano
- 9 S. Zaccaria
The names and number of the pariſhes and Churches vnder S. Marke.
-
Pariſhes
- 1 S.
Marco
-
2 S. Geminian
- 3 S. Moyſe
- 4 S. Maria Zobenigo
- 5 S. Mauritio
- 6 S. Vitale
- 7 S. Samuel
- 8 S. Angelo
- 9 S. Benedetto
- 10 S. Paternian
- 11 S. Fantin
-
12 S. Luca
-
13 S. Saluatore
- 14 S. Bartholomeo
- 15 S. Giulian
- 16 S. Baſſo
Monaſteries.
- 1 S. Stefano
- 2 S. Saluatore
Cloyſters of Nunnes
- 1 S. Rocco
- 2 S. Margarita
Other Churches
- 1 S. Theodore
- 2 S. Maria della Faua
- 3 S. Maria in Broglio
- 4 S. Scola della Giuſtitia
The names and numbers of the pariſhes and Churches vnder Canareio.
-
Pariſhes.
- 1 S. Lucia
- 2 S. Hieremia
- 3 Marcuola
-
4 S. Maria Magdalena
- 5 S. Marcilian
- 6 S. Foſoa
-
7 S. Felice
-
8 S. Soffia
- 9 S. Apoſtoli
- 10 S. Cancian
- 11 S. Maria noua
- 12 S. I. Chriſoſtome
- 13 S. Lunardo
Monaſteries
-
1 S. Iob.
- 2 S. Maria de ſerui
- 3. S. Maria del horto.
-
4. S. Maria del de Crocechiers
Cloiſters of Nunnes.
- 1 S. Lucia
-
2 S. Catherina
- 3 Corpo di Chriſto
- 4 S. Luigi
-
5 S. Hieronimo
-
6 S. Maria di miracoli
The names and number of Churches vnder S. Paulo.
-
Pariſhes.
- 1 S. Paulo
- 2 S. Tomaſo
- 3 S. Sti
•…
- 4 S. Auguſtin
- 5. S. Boldo
- 6 S. Aponal
- 7 S. Silueſtro
- 8 S. Giouani
- 9. S. Matheo
-
10 S. Giacomo
Monaſteries
-
1 S. Mario de Frati minori.
The names & numbers of pariſhes and Churches vnder Sancta Croce.
-
Pariſhes.
- 1 S. Croce
-
2 S. Simeon grande
-
3 S. Simeon Apoſtol
•
- 4 S. Giouan decollato.
- 5 S. Giacomo dell'orio
-
6. S. Stai.
-
7. S, Maria mater Domini.
-
8 S. Caſſano
Another Church.
-
1 S. Nicolo de Tolentino.
Cloyſters of Nunnes.
- 1 S. Croce.
- 2 S. Andrea.
-
3 S. Chiara.
The names of ſundry little Iſlandes contayned vnder this quarter of the citie, that are inhabited by Fryers, Monkes, Nunnes, and other religious people.
-
-
1 S. Helena.
- 2 S. Andrea della certoſa
- 3 S. Georgio maggiore
- 4 S. Clemente
- 5 S. Maria delle gratu
- 6 S. Spirito
-
7 S. Franceſco dal diſerto
-
8 S. Giacomo di Paludo
- 9 S. Nicolo del Lito
-
10 S. Chriſtoforo dellapace
- 11 S. Michaele
- 12 S. Georgio d' Alega
- 13 S. Angelo de Concordia
- 14 S. Secondo
- 15 S. Seruolo
- 16 S. Eraſmo.
- 17 S. Lazaro
- 18 S. Lazaretto nouo
- 19 S. Lazaretto vecchio.
The names & numbers of pariſhes and Churches vnder Dorſo duro.
-
Pariſhes.
- 1 S. Nicolo
-
2 S. Rafaelo
-
3 S. Baſilo
- 4 S. Margarita
- 5 S. Pantalaone
- 6 S. Barnaba
- 7 S. Trouaſo
- 8 S. Agneſe
-
9 S. Vido
- 10 S. Gregorio
- 11 S. Eufemia della giudeca.
Frieries.
-
1 Giacomo della giudeca.
-
2 I. Capuccini
- 3 S. Gio. della giudeca
- 4 S. Sebaſtian
- 5 Li Carmeni
- 6 S. Maria della Carita
- 7 Li Gieſuati
Nunryes.
-
1. S. Biaſſio Catoldo.
-
2. S. Croce della Giudeca.
-
3. S. Coſmo & Damiano.
-
4. Le Conuertite.
- 5. S. Marta.
- 6. S. Maria Maggior.
-
7. Il Spirito Santo.
-
8. Ogni Santi.
Other religious houſes.
-
1. The Ieſuites.
- 2. La Trinita.
- 3. Le Citelle.
Abaies and Priories, belonging to the citie.
- 1. S. Georgio Maggior.
- 2, S Nicholo Da Lio.
- 3. S. Gregorio.
- 4. S. Giouani Della Giudeca.
- 5. S. Thomaſo de Borgoinoni.
-
6. S. Andrea della Certoſa.
- 7. S Helena.
-
8. S. Giauani del Tempio.
- 9. La Trinita.
- 10. La. Miſericordia.
-
11. S. Giouan Euangeliſta.
-
12. S. Giouan Lateran.
The name and number of the Hoſpitals within the Citie.
-
-
1. L' Hoſpital di Gieſu Chriſto a Sant Antonio.
-
2. S. Pietro e S. Paulo.
-
3. La Pieta.
- 4. La. Caſa di duo.
- 5. S. Bartolomeo da Caſtello.
-
6. S. Martin.
-
7. I. Croſechieri.
-
8. La Miſericordia.
-
9. La Carita.
-
10. S. Giouan Euangeliſta:
-
11. S: Croce,
- 12. S,
Andrea,
-
13. S. Vid o:
- 14. Volto Santo,
- 15: S. Raſ aell,
- 16,
S, Zanepolo,
-
17: Incurabili,
- 11,
S: Lazaro,
-
19. Le Bocchole,
-
20, Lazaretto Vecchio:
- 21, Lazaretto nouo:
The ſix Fraternities which they call Scuole grande.
- 1.
S. Marco,
- 2, La Carita.
-
3. La Miſericor dia,
-
4. S. Giouan Euangeliſta,
- 5. S.
Roco,
-
6: S: Theodora,
In a generall reuiew of the people made ſome fewe yeares ſince in Venice▪
there were reckoned this number of all ſorts, as followeth.
Fifty nine thouſande three hundred forty and nine men: ſixty ſeuen thouſande fiue hundred thirty and one women: youthes betweene the age of ſix and of twenty years, to the number of fifty eight thouſande foure hundred and twelue: two thouſand one hundred foureſcore and three Fryers: two thouſande foureſcore and two Nunnes: one thouſand one hundred fifty and ſeuen Iewes.
The whole ſumme of all amounteth to the number of 190714:
A briefe deſcription of ſome particularities in the City worthy to be knowne.
The length of the great channell, is a thouſande and three hundred paces: and in bredth ouer forty paces▪ it is wonderfully beautified on eyther ſide with moſt ſūptuous and goodly pallaces, you cannot go ouer it a foot, but at one bridge onely, which is at the Ryalto.
There are thirteen ſeuerall ferries or paſſages, which they call Traghetti.
The bridges that ioyne the little Iſles together are in number 400: ſome of wood and ſome of ſtone.
There belong to the chanels 8000. Gondalas and aboue. The ſteeple of S: Marke is 280. feet in height, and euery ſquare containeth forty feete, in bredth it is diſtant from the Church 80. feet, and hath the ſame to be wrought with ſuch curioſitie of workemanſhip, that the like is ſcarſely to be found in any other pane of the world.
Franceſco Sanſouini.
AMong ſundrie others that haue writtē of Venice; Franceſco Sanſouini is one of the lateſt, who very particularly, but in my opinion ſomewhat ſuperfluouſly hath touched not onely the cuſtomes of the Citie, and the liues of the princes, but alſo the antiquities, ceremonies, foundations, monumentes, and epitaphes of euery ſeuerall church, out of whoſe great volume I haue onely extracted thoſe fewe notes, ſeruing to my purpoſe, the reſt I haue omitted as tedious, and not greatly needfull to be knowne.
Venice encompaſſeth in circuite eight miles, being diuided into 70 rapes or diuiſions, which 70▪ churches commonly called pariſhes, euery one of the which is the head of that rape or diuiſion wherein it ſtandeth.
It contayneth likewiſe 59▪ monaſteries, 31. of Eryers, and 28. of Nunnes, beſides a great number of goodlie ſchooles, and moſt ample and ſtatelie Hoſpitals.
The chanels runne through the cittie, as the veines of bloud do through a mans body, making in their courſe here and there innumerable little Hands▪ ſome naturally▪
and ſome by art, which are conioyned together by ſundry bridges, at leaſt 450 in number, all of free ſtone, adorned euery where with moſt princely buildinges, and beautifull pallaces, to which there is moſt commodious paſſage both by land and water, there are belonging to theſe chanels betweene eight and nine thouſand little boats, called Gondalas, ready both by day and night, to doe ſeruice to ſuch as ſhall ſet them a worke.
The ayre of Venice is exceedingly good, becauſe it The ayre of Venice pure and good. The reaſons of the purenes thereof.is continuallie purged with the ebbing and flowing of the tydes, carrying euery ſix howres away with it whatſoeuer is corrupt or vncleane, beſides the multitude of fiers diſſolueth al noyſome vapours, and the free ſcope of the windes blowing euery where vnhindered, maketh the ayre moſt ſounde and holeſome: beſides much is attributed to the ſaltnes, which being by nature more hot, & leſſe colde, engendreth a moſt equall and ſweete temperature, ſo that ſtraungers with great amazement do not any where beholde men more venerable and of greater age, full of fleſh, ſtraight bodyed, of goodly preſence, and more vigorous conſtitution. But aboue all other thinges this is moſt ſtraunge, that this aire by a ſpeciall priueledge of nature doth agree with the cō
plections of all ſuch ſtraungers, as reſorte thither, of what nation, or vnder what climate ſoeuer they bee borne, whether the ſame be ſubtile and perſing, or thick and foggy.
Round about them there is taken ſuch innumerable Fiſh.quantities of all excellent ſortes of fiſh, that not onely the inhabitantes haue plenty of fiſh taken twiſe euery day, but they alſo furniſh the adioyning citties vpon
the continent, aſwell thoſe that are vnder their dominions, as others.
Wildfoule. The like maruelous abundance they haue of wildfoul, ſo different in kind, and ſo diuers in colour, that it is ſtraunge to ſee their ſeuerall ſortes, their variety being ſuch, that wee haue ſeene aboue 200. ſeuerall kindes of them painted moſt exactly in their liuely and naturall colours by Marino Malipero the moſt exquiſite and ingenious man of his time in that arte.
This city aboue all other is moſt worthy to bee admired, as being ſingular by her ſelfe, and brooking no compariſon with any other: for what other citty ſoeuer that hath beene eyther pleaſant by ſituation, or glorious in goodlines of buildinges, yet it had ſome reſemblance or likeneſſe with others. But onely this being ſeated in the middle of waters, hath not any thing vppō the earth, to which it may be reſembled, the rare ſituation thereof being ſuch, that it inioyeth both the commodities of the water, and the pleaſures of the land, ſecure by being not ſeated vpon land, frō land aſſaults, and free by not being founded in the depthes of the ſea, from maritime violence, ſo that whereas other citties do keepe and defend their cittizens, with walles, towers and gates, this being naked and without ramparts, is not only (as I ſaid) ſecure it ſelf, but rendreth alſo with admirable prouidence ſuch citties, ſecure, as do ſleepe vnder the watch of her winges.
Steeple of S. Marke. Among many other rare edifices, ſumptuous aſwell in the richnes of the matter, as maruelous for the moſt ſingular curioſitie of workemanſhippe, he doth infinitly extoll the ſteeple of S. Marke, the ſame being ſo huge high & ſtately, that in fayre weather it is ſeen & diſcerned
of thoſe that do ſayle from Iſtria, being a hundred miles off in diſtance. The ſpeciall care and ouerſight therof is committed alwayes to a man of eſpeciall good quality and reckoning, who hath for his allowance a Marriages.yearely ſtipend of 150. Crownes. The marriages among the nobility, are for the moſt part alwaies treated of by a third perſon, the bride being neuer ſuffered ſo much as to behold her future husband, nor he her, till their marriage dower, and all thinges thereunto appertaining, bee fully agreede vpon and concluded, which being done the next morning the Bridegrome goeth to the court of the pallace, & there the match being publiſhed, receiueth well wiſhing ſpeeches and ſalutations from ſuch of the nobility as doe enter into the pallace, and withall inuiteth his frendes to the houſe of the brides father, to be there at a certain time appointed in the afternoon, at the entry of the dore they are attended by the bridegroom & his kinſemē, & brought vp into a hall, where are none, but only men, & there the bride is brought forth apparelled by an ancient cuſtome all in white, and her haire hanging at her ſhoulders, wouen in & out with fillets of gold, where being betrothed with many ſolemne ceremonies, ſhee is led round about the hall with the ſound of flutes and drums, and other inſtruments, and ſo ſtill dauncing in a ſoft meaſure, ſhee boweth down to thoſe that ſalute her, hauing ſo ſhewed her ſelfe to them all, ſhee goeth in, and rerurneth out again, if any men frends that had not ſeen her before do chance to come, which being ended, ſhee deſcendeth down, and in company of diuers gentlemen, that did all the while attend in ſeuerall chambers, ſhe entreth into a Gondola, & ſo being waited on with a great number
of other Gondals▪ ſhee goeth vp and downe to the Nunries, eſpecially to thoſe wherein any of her kinſwomen is profeſſed, and all this ſhewing of her ſelfe abroad is to no other end, but that in regarde of her children, and fundrie other thinges, it may after happen, ſhe may make her marriage apparant and manifeſt to all men, at euery marriage there is a gentleman or two choſen, whome they call Compari, that are as it were maiſters of the Reuels, becauſe their charge is to ſee vnto the muſicke, and whatſoeuer ſhewes or paſtimes pertaining to the feaſt, the next morning the friendes and kindred do vſe to preſent the new married couple with ſundrie reſtoratiues and ſweet meates.
Chriſtninges. Their Chriſtninges are ſomewhat different from that cuſtome of other places, for the father inuiteth not two godfathers and a godmother, or two godmothers, and a godfather, but as many in māner as they liſt, inſomuch that ſomtimes there haue been 150 at the chriſtning of the child together in the church, but to the end that this goſhipſhip ſhold no way be a bar or impedimēt among the Gentlemen, in matter of marriage, it was by a law ordayned, that one gentleman ſhold not take another gentleman for his goſhip, whence it commeth that whē the prieſt powreth the water on the childs head, he firſt maketh mention of the law, and thē demandeth if there be among the goſhips any one of the Venetian nobility, there are not admitted to the ceremony of the chriſtning any womē but only the nurſe that hath the charge of the child; the next day the father ſēdeth to euery goſſip a marchpane & euery of thē returneth backe ſome preſēt or other to the child, according to the cuſtom of the city: their greateſt magnificēce & charge is at the natiuity
of the childe, for then they doe wonderfully exceede Birth of their childrent.not onely in ſumptuouſnes of their banquets, but alſo in rich furniture and decking of their houſe, and great ſhewes of riches, and ſtately plate and ſiluer veſſell.
Likewiſe there is no part of the world, where the funerals euen of the meaneſt citizens are ſolemnized with greater ceremony and expence, neither is there any country or nation to bee found, where ſtraungers find better entertainement, and liue with greater ſecurity.
Paſtimes of the nobiltie. The plaeſures, recreations, & paſtimes of the gentlemen are of ſundry and diuerſe ſortes, among the reſt, they take great pleaſure in fouling, making great matches, who can kill moſt foule in a day, turning the ende therof ſtill to banketting and pleaſures. They haue boates for the purpoſe, which they call Fiſolares, in regarde that the foule in whoſe purſuit they take greateſt pleaſure, is called Fiſolo, in euery of theſe boates they haue ſix or eight ſeruantes apparrelled in blewiſh and greeniſh garmentes, ſuted as neare as they can to the colour of the water, who row the boate vp and downe, and turne her ſuddenly to euery ſide as they are commaunded by their Maiſter, who ſitteth cloſe with his peece or bow, wholy intentiue vppon his ſporte, if hee chaunce to miſſe when hee ſhooteth, the Fiſolo preſentlie dyueth vnder the water, and where he riſeth againe, thither they turne their boate, ſodenly with paſſing nymblenes, many boates go to this paſtime, together with exceeding charge to the gentlemen that owe them, vpon their return they hang the foule which they haue killed out of the windowes, as hunters do vppon
their dores, the heads of beares, harts, or bores, taking it as a great reputation, to kill more of theſe in a day then their fellowes.
Likewiſe they haue many wayes, kinds, and inſtruments to take fiſh withall, which the gentlemē for their recreation, do take ſundry times great delight in.
There are alſo vpon the maine land in the territories of Padoua and Vincentia, but chiefly in Iſtria, goodly champaignes, faire couertes, and delightfull woodes, full of all manner of chaſe, whither in few houres they ſaile from Venice, and apply themſelues to hunting and hauking ſundry dayes together.
Matches of their Dukes. The Duke of Venice hath by auncient priuiledges confirmed from ſundry Emperours authority to create Earles & knights, and likewiſe poets Laureat, with eyther of which dignities their Dukes haue at ſundry ſeaſons honoured and rewarded the vertue of ſuch as deſerued well.
The Dukes haue oftentimes matched in the greateſt and royalleſt houſes of Chriſtendome, as in their following liues partly ſhall bee ſhewed: which allyance with forraine princes of great mightineſſe and power, growing ſuſpected and formidable to the commonwealth, there was a law made in the yeare 1327. that the Duke might not take the daughter of any ſtraunger to his wife, no though by priuiledge and adoption he had obtained the right and tytle of a Venetian gentleman: and in the yeare 1383. it was ordayned, that he ſhoulde not marry the daughter, ſiſter, or kinſewoman of any forraine prince, without licence and conſent from the great councell: and in the yeare 1385. that he ſhould neyther giue nor receyue any fee, of what ſort ſoeuer:
which lawes and ordinances were ſtill from time to time corroborated and kept in vigor. His wife is honored with the tytle of a princeſſe, & ſpoken vnto with all reuerence and in ſtile fitting ſo great a dignitie.
The Dukes in times paſt were wont in their writing to honour themſelues with high and princely ſtyles, as calling themſelues Dukes of Venice, Dalmatia, and Croatia, and Lords of a halfe part, & a quarter of the whole Romain Empire, which vanity of titles was in the yeare 1360. abſolutely forbidden and taken away, and this manner eſtabliſhed, which as yet they do ſtill retaine: viz. I. D. by the grace of God Duke of Venice, &c.
Their money is ſtamped with the inſcription of their name, but it is not lawfull for them to ingraue, emborder or paint their peculiar armes in any enſignes, Banners, Gallies, or places of honour but onely in the frame of the Pallace.
A Breuiate of the Hiſtory & liues
of the Venetian Princes.
Pauluccio Anafecto. 1. Duke the yeare
697.
PAuluccio Anafecto was a citizen of Heraclia, borne of a noble family, & ſingularly reſpected for his wiſedome and integritie, which cauſed the people to elect him for their prince. He was inueſted in that high honour without any great pompe of ceremony, ſaue onely that they tooke his oath, that he ſhould alwaies adminiſter iuſtice ſincerely without all partialitie or regarde of perſons: who to ſatisfie the peoples expectations, did preſently bend his whole endeuor to his countries good, he appointed ſtrong guardes euery where vpon the paſſage of the Lakes which hee fortified with Caſtelles, commanding and impoſing vpon euery towne a certayne quantity of armed ſhippes to bee readie vpon all occaſions: hee entred into league with Luitbrand King of Lombardy, obtayning of him many Charters and priuiledges, whereby hee did not onely greatly benefite himſelfe, but alſo his countrymen and ſubjectes by maintaining himſelf, & them in the good grace & fauor
of that cruell and barbarous nation. Finally hauing ruled 20. yeares, 6. monethes and 8. daies he dyed, leauing behind him an honourable memory of his name, and was buried at Heraclia.
Marcello Tegaliano, Duke
2. choſen the yeare
717.
ALI the prouinciall Magiſtrates ſeeing the benefite receyued by the happy gouernment of their former Prince: aſſembled themſelues in Heraclea and there by common conſent elected in place of the deceaſed Duke, Marcellus, who was before Captaine, or chiefe of the gentlemen, for though the high and ſoueraigne authority belonged vnto the Duke, yet there were alſo aſſiſtant with him the Tribunes, and the captaine of the gentlemen; the names of which offices were brought firſt into Italy by the Greekes: He was a man wiſe in counſell, and valorous in armes. There hapned in his time great and mortall contention betweene the churches of Aquileia and Grado, for the Patriarchſhippe and preheminence. He by meanes of Pope Gregory the ſecond, defended the Church and Patriarch of Grado, but Luitbrand king of Lombardie, vpheld and fauoured Serenus the Patriarke of Aquileia. Hauing ruled 9. yeares and 21. dayes, he died in Heraclia.
3. Orſo Hipato. Anno 726.
TO Marcellus ſucceeded Orſo Hipato, likewiſe borne of a noble family in Heraclia. He made at the Popes inſtigation war vpon Luitbrand king of Lombardie, who
had beſieged Rauenna, which he relieued, taking Hildebrand the kings nephew priſoner, & killing in the field Paredo Duke of Vicenza, but vpon his returne home in a ſedition he was moſt cruelly murdered by his owne citizens.
4. Theodato Hypato. Anno 742.
AFter the death of Orſo, the multitude growing into diſlike of a princely gouernment, altered the forme therof, electing a magiſtrate to rule them, whoſe authoritie ſhould continue onely a yeare, and th
•
n another to be choſen in his place, granting him no farther dignity of title then to be called mayſter of the ſoldiers.
The firſt elected was Dominico Leone, the ſecond Foelice Cornicola, the third Deodatus ſonne to Duke Orſo, the fourth Giuliano Hypato, the laſt Iohn Fabriciaco, after the expiration of whoſe yeare, the people growing into diſlike with this kind of gouerument (in reſpect of a contentious warre that had paſſed betweene the cities of Heraclia and Seſolo, whereby both the one and the other wer almoſt deſtroyed, aſſembled themſelues at Malamocco, about the creation again of a new Duke, which was Theodato Hypato, ordayning the ſeate of his Dukedome to be in Malomocco, which as then flouriſhed aboue the reſt both in riches and number of men. Hee did for a while many notable things to the great liking of his people: but in the end aſpiring to reuenge his father the laſt Dukes death, and to that ende fortifying ſtrongly the Caſtle of Brondolo, the people being incenſed by one Galla a ſeditious perſon, and made belieue
that he went about to make himſelfe an abſolute tyrant, tooke him priſoner, & depriued him at once both of his eyes and Dukedome.
5. Galla. Anno 755.
AFter him ſucceeded Galla: but as he got this dignitie by ſiniſter practiſe, ſo behauing himſelfe wickedly therein, hee was within the yeare taken by the people, depriued of his eyes, and ſent into perpetuall baniſhment.
6. Domenico Monegario. Anno 756.
IN his place was elected Domenico Monegario, but withall ſomewhat to curbe his authority, there were two Tribunes appointed to aſſiſt him in the expedition of all great affaires, but he hauing a fierce and aſpiring ſpirite, contemned the aſſiſtance of the Tribunes, inſomuch that the people miſliking his tirannicall manner, depoſed him and put out his eyes.
7. Mauritio Galbaia. Anno 764.
IN his ſteed was elected Mauritio Galbaia of a noble family of Heraclia, much reſpected as well for his wiſedome as his riches. He gouerned with ſuch equitie and loue, that the people to gratifie him, were contented to giue him for companion with equall authoritie in gouernment, Giouani his ſon. At length hauing gouerned the ſtate 23. yeares, he deceaſed, leauing Giouani his ſon
alone in the Dukedome, who alſo ſhortly after tooke vnto him for partner in gouernment Mauritius his ſon, who going to Grado by his fathers commiſſion, tooke & ſpoyled the Citie, and threw the Patriarch headlong from the toppe of a high tower: for reuenge of which wicked crueltie, Obelerius and Fortunatus, nephewes to the Patriarch, entred into conſpiracy againſt the Dukes, drawing vnto them ſundry other diſcontented men, that were of great power: which Dukes hearing preſently fled away, Giouan to Mantouo, and Mauritius into Fraunce, where they ended their liues.
9. Obelerio. Anno 804.
AFter them was created Obelerio Antenorio, otherwiſe called Anafeſto, who tooke Beato his brother for companion in gouernment, and as ſome ſay, a thirde called Valentino likewiſe his brother. But at ſuch time as king Pepin made warre vpon the Lakes, they being ſuſpected to haue giuen him ſecret fauour and aſſiſtance, were by a generall conſent of the people baniſhed out of the ſtate: vpon which the people did aſſemble themſelues at Ryalto, and there with a moſt happie beginning did chuſe for their Duke in the yeare 809.
10. Angelo Participatio.
WHo firſt builded the Dukes pallace, where it now ſtandeth: he admitted Iuſtinian his ſonne to partnerſhip in rule with him: & laſtly after eighteene yeares raigne, and reputation of a good Prince, hee ended his daies, and in his place ſucceeded him his ſonne.
11. Giuſtitiano Participato. Anno
828.
WHo recalled his brother from baniſhment, to which he had been for his euill demeanor condemned, & gaue vnto him equall authoritie with himſelfe in rule: he ſent out a nauie in defence of the kingdome of Sicilia againſt the Moores. In his time the bodie of S. Marke was brought vnto Venice, for which hee builded a Chappell, and after he founded the Church of S. Zachary. Finally, being oppreſſed with infirmities, hee ended his dayes afore hee had full ruled two yeares.
12. Giouani Participatio. Anno 129.
GIuſtinian being dead, the gouernment remained in Giouani his brother, but with harder ſucceſſe, for he was moleſted with many vnquiet accidents: for Obelerio that before was baniſhed both from the Dukedome and his countrie, returned in armes with ſundry of his confederates to Malomocco, raiſing new broiles, wherein he had at the beginning ſome ſucceſſe: but finally the Duke beſieged Malomocco, wherin Obelerio had fortified himſelfe, and laſtly conſumed the ſame with fire, taking Obelerio priſoner, whoſe head he cauſed to bee ſtroken off, & to be picht vpon a ſtake in the middle of the market place. Shortly after one of the Tribunes called Carolo, or as ſome ſay, Caroſto, by a conſpiracie tooke the Dukedome from him, and compelled him to flie: but hee being alſo ſhortly chaſed away and depriued of his eyes by the people, Giouani was recalled backe, who growing into deadly contention & quarrel with
the family of the Maſtalitions, being then mighty and puiſſant, both in riches and authoritie, as alſo in the number of friends and allyes, was by them againe taken in S. Peters church, and confined to Grado, where ſhauing his crown, he entred into religion, and finally ended his life.
13. Pietro Gradenigo. Anno
837.
PIetro Gradenigo, or as ſome ſay Tradonigo, being elected Duke, tooke vnto him his ſonne Giouani to bee partner of his rule, and dignity, he builded the church of S. Paule and made warre vpon the Narantines, hee ſet out threeſcore ſayle of ſhippes againſt the Moores, and finally was ſlaine by treaſon in the church of Saint Zacharie.
14, Orſo Participatio. Anno
864,
AFter this odious murther of the laſt Duke, Orſo Participatio, both in regarde of the happy gouernment of his aunceſtors, as alſo of his owne vertue and ſufficiency was choſen Duke, who diſcomfited preſently in battell the Sarazens, who had committed greate outrages and ſpoiles vpon the coaſt of Dalmatia, hee was by Baſilius the Emperour honoured with the title of chiefe Swordbearer, and laſtly ended his dayes in the yeare 881.
15. Giouani Participatio. Anno
881.
HIs Sonne Giouani ſucceeded him in gouernment, who married a neece of the Emperours of Conſtantinople, he made warre vpon the Earle of Commachio,
who had way laide and murthered his brother Baldoaro, as he iournyed towards Rome, hee ſpoiled his countrie, and took the Earle himſelfe priſoner, hee accepted with equall authority into the Dukedome his brother Pietro, who dying ſoone after, hee voluntarily renounced the Dukedome.
16. Pietro Candiano. Anno.
887.
ANd in his place was choſen Pietro Candiano, who in a battell ſoon after againſt the Narantines was ſlain, and his body brought to Grado, where it was buried, vpon his death, the people requeſted Giouani Participatio to take vpon him the rule againe, which with greate vnwillingneſſe hee did, but hauing therein continued aboute halfe a yeare, at his inſtant purſuite, he was thereof againe releaſed.
17. Pietro Tribuno. Anno.
888.
ANd in his place was elected Pietro Tribuno: hee fortified Venice by drawing of a wall from the riuer of Caſtello to Sancta Maria Zebenico, though there remaine not now of the ſame any token at all, he vanquiſhed the Hunnes, ouerthrew Berengarius the Emperour, and dyed full of glorie and happineſſe.
18. Orſo Parcicipatio. Anno.
912.
ORſo Participatio; or as ſome call him, Orſo Baduaro, ſecond of that name ſuccceded him, a man ſingularly wiſe, religious, a louer of iuſtice, an
Almeſ-giuer, of great courage, and accompliſhed in euery requiſite vertue, he had a ſonne called Pietro, who was of the Emperour Corradus honored with great dignities, and eſpecially with priueledge to coyne money, but finally being wearie of the worldes vanitie, and turning himſelfe wholy to contemplation, hee voluntarily renounced the Dukedome, and entred into religion in the Monaſtery of S. Foelix in Ainiano.
19.
Pietro 11
Candiano. Anno 932.
TO Orſo ſucceeded Pietro Candiano ſonne to Duke Pietro that was ſlaine in Dalmatia by the Sclauonians, a man of great modeſty and fitnes to gouerne: his ſonne Pietro was created chief Swordbearer of the Empire, hee tooke and burned Commachoo, hee made warre vpon the Iſtrians, and made Iuſtmopolis tributary to the ſtate of Venice, he dyed the ſeuenth yeare of his rule.
20. Pietro Participatio. Anno
939.
PIetro Participatio or Badoaro, hauing beene priſoner with the Iſtryans, vpon his return was created Duke, and dyed in the ſecond yeare of his rule, to the exceeding ſorrow of his Cittizens.
21. Pietro Candiano. Anno
942.
IN his place was choſen Pietro Candiano thirde of that name, ſonne to Pietro the ſecond, he had two ſonnes Dominico and Pietro, the firſt hee made Biſhop of Torcello & the other, hee tooke to be his partner in the Dukedome,
who behauing himſelfe inſolently, and being thereof reprehended by him, tooke publikely armes againſt him, but the people reuerencing the authority & withall pittying the age and griefe of the Father, purſued the ſonne ſo ſharpely, that they tooke him, and had ſlaine him, had not the olde man vſed great inſtance to ſaue him from their fury, in the end to ſatiſfie the father they ſpared his life, but ſent him into baniſhment, ſolemnly ſwearing all with one conſent, that they woulde neuer admit him for their prince, neither during the life of his father, neither after his death, the yong man fled to the Marquis Guiao, ſon to king Berengario, of whom he was with great humanity receiued and preſented to the king his father, who tooke him with him to the warre of Spoleto, thence with the kinges leaue getting himſelfe to Rauenna, and there arming certaine ſhips, he tooke ſeuen rich ſhips of Venice laden with marchandize, that were ſayling to Fano, the griefe of whoſe vnnaturall diſpoſition and vndutifull behauiour, ſo grieued the olde man that he dyed in the yeare, 959.
22. Pietro Candiano. Anno 959.
THe people being aſſembled together, aboute the choice of a new prince, ſo ſtrangely were the minds of the Biſhop and the multitude chaunged, that whereas by ſolemne oath, they had once vowed neuer to liue vnder the gouernment of young Pietro, now they did not deſire any thing with greatervehemence, inſomuch that they went to fetch him from Rauenna to Venice in triumphes with 200. ſayle, inueſting him preſentlie in the roya ltie of their Dukedome, hee put away his firſt
wife Giouanna, and married the Lady Voldrada, daughter to Marquis Guido, whoſe dowry was great and rich, Girolomie Bardi. calleth her Vadetta & ſayeth that ſhe was daughter to Alberto L. of Rauenna.not onely in mony and Iewels,, but alſo in Caſtles, and fortreſſes, inſomuch that growing inſolent therewith, hee called in mercenarie ſouldiers to the guard of his pallace and perſon, in fine his manners were ſo outragious, and himſelfe grew ſo odious to the people, that aſſēbling themſelues in a fury they ſlew both him & his little ſonne within his pallace, which they burned to the ground.
23. Pietro Orſeolo. Anno.
976.
THis great outrage being committed, they elected Pietro Orſeolo for their prince, who being of a noble family, and from his youth wholy giuen to deuotion, was maruelous vnwilling to accept this high dignitie, fearing leaſt the ſame wold be a hinderance to the contemplature life, which he chiefly deſired, he had by his wife Foelicia one ſonne and no more, like to him both in name and condition, he repayred the church of S. Mark, and the walles of Grado, and ſuccoured Bari againſt the Sarazens, at length falling into acquaintance with one Guarino Abbot of S. Michaels of Cuſano in Gaſcoyne, hee grew ſo farre in loue with the reuerence of his perſon, and the integrity of his conditions, that determining to abandon the world, hauing firſt diſtributed great gifts among the poore, he departed one night in diſguiſed garments with the ſaid Giouani, which Giouani Gradinigo and Giouani Moroſmo his ſonne in law, and Romualdo, & Marino of Rauenna, without ſaying a word thereof eyther to his wife or ſonne, he tooke with him much money
which he beſtowed in adorning the church of S. Michaell, wherein hee made himſelfe Monke, and at the end of nineteene yeares dyed not without fame of doing many miracles, hee was aged fifty yeares when hee entered into religion.
24. Vitale Candiano. anno. 978.
THe flight of Duke Orſeolo being diſcouered, Vitale Candiano ſonne to Pietro the third, was ſubſtituted in his place, but falling into a grieuous infirmitie, he renounced the Dukedome, vowing that (if he recouered) to make himſelfe a Fryer, which hee performed, and afterward comming to end his dayes, hee was buried in the Church of S. Hilary.
25. Tribuno Memo, anno. 479.
TRibuno Memo beingelected Duke, was ſo vexed with ciuill diſcord, that was betweene the two mightie families of the Moraſins, and Calopins, that renouncing the Dukedome, he betooke himſelfe to religion, wherin he ſhortly finiſhed his dayes, and was buried in Saint Zacharies church.
26. Pietro Orſeolo. anno
991.
IN his place was choſen Pietro Orſeolo, ſonne to that other Pietro, whoſe life was ſo religious and holy, he Conquered in a manner all Dalmatia, and hauing done many other notable thinges, eſpecially in erection of Churches and ſumptuous monumentes for Saintes, hee dyed in the eighteenth yeare of his rule.
27. Ottone Orſeolo. anno.
1009
SVch was the peoples loue to the Father, that they confirmed the gouernment to his ſonne Ottone, being a young man of eighteene yeares of age, but of a very goodly perſonage, and of a moſt exeellent ſpirite, he married the ſiſter of Geta king of Hungarie, hee was excellentlie learned, and of great liberality, but in the end by the conſpiracie & practiſe of Dominico Flabanico hee was driuen out of Venice, and confined to Conſtantinople in the ſeuenteenth yeare of his rule, where ſhortly after hee dyed.
28. Pietro Centranico. anno 1026.
IN place of Ottone was created Pietro Centranico, or as ſome call him, Barbolano: but the city being then in tumult, and hee vnpleaſing to the people, Orſo brother to Ottone, being then Patriarke of Grado, by raiſing a faction tooke him priſoner, and cutting off his beard, conſtrained him to make himſelfe a Fryer, ſending in the meane time for his brother Ottone to Conſtantinople, hee himſelfe by the conſent of the people, till then, ſupplying the Ducall roome, which Dominico Flabanico and his adherents that had been cauſe of Ottones baniſhment, vnderſtanding, preſentlie fled the citie: but newes being brought of Ottones death, Orſo willingly ſurrendred vp the ſcepter, and Domenico returned, and that with ſuch happy ſucceſſe, that he was preſently elected Duke of Venice.
29. Domenico Flabanico, anno.
1032.
DOmenico Flabanico by reaſon of many yeares & long experience was well acquainted with the world, and ſubtle in his proceedings, he ordained by a general conſent of the reſt that thence forward no Duke might
admit any partner in gouernment, and withall that none of the Orſeoles might euer after bee capable of the Ducall dignitie, hee ruled openly tenne yeares.
30. Domenico Contarino. Anno
1043.
DOmenico Contarini was with exceeding contentment of the whole people elected Duke, being of a noble family, and withall of a very gentle and curteous diſpoſition, he did many notable thinges, and dyed in the 26. yeare of his rule.
31. Domenico Syluio. Anno
1071.
DOmenico Syluio preſentlie vpon his election married the ſiſter of Nicephorus Emperour of Conſtantinople, at whoſe perſwaſion he made warre vpon Robert Duke of Puglia, but being ouerthrowne in a great battel at Duraizo, hee was chaſed out of Venice.
32. Vitale Falero. Anno.
1083.
ANd in his ſtead was choſen Vitalo Falero, who by reaſon of certain donations from the Emperour, was the firſt that entituled himſelfe Duke of Dalmatia, and Croatia, finally hauing ruled thirteene years hee dyed, and was buried in the church of S. Marke.
33. Vitale Michaele, Anno,
1096.
VItale Michaele being inſtalled Duke did many thinges gloriouſly in the wars againſt the Infidels in Aſia, and hauing onely ruled fiue years was ſucceeded by Ordelaffo Faliero
34. Ordelaffo Faliero. Anno 1102.
VVHo hauing married a wife of rovall parentage, did aſſiſt Baldowin king of Ieruſalem with a hundred ſayle of ſhippes in his warres, againſt the infidels, and laſtly he was ſlaine in an encounter at Zara, hauing ruled 19. yeares.
35. Domemco Michaele. Anno 1119.
DOmenico Michaele, at inſtance of Pope Caliſto, went to Ioppo that was beſieged by the Turkes, whom he rayſed from the ſame, hauing with him two hundred ſayle of ſhips: he tooke alſo Tyre, and gaue it to the Patriarch of Ieruſalem: and vpon his returne hee tooke from Emanuel Emperour of Greece, the cities of Scio, Samo, Rodes, Metellino, and Andro, and returned victorious to Venice, where in the xi. yeare of his rule hee deceaſed.
36. Pietro Polani. Anno
1130.
PIetro Polani ſonne in law to the former Duke, began his rule in the yeare 1131. a man ſo ſingularly reſpected for his wiſedome and integritie, that the Emperors Corradus and Emanuel did chuſe him for an Vmpier and Arbitrator of ſuch differences as were betweene them: hee conquered Fano, and ouerthrewe thoſe of Padoua and Piſa. Laſtly, in aſſembling a mighty nauie in fauor of Emanuel the Emperour, he fell ſicke and died.
37. Domenico Moroſmi. Anno 1148.
DOmenico Moraſmi delighted much in architecture, and made the famous ſteeple of S. Marke, he ouerthrew
the Pirates of Ancona, and tooke Guiſcardo their captaine priſoner, he made Pola and Parenſo Tributary: he made a league with William King of Sicilia: he created his ſonne Domenico Earle of Zara. He dyed in the eyght yeare of his rule.
38. Vital Michaele. II. anno
1156.
VItal Michaele ſecond of that name, was enſtalled in the Dukedome, the yeare 1156. He made league with his ancient enemies of Piſa: he diſmanteld the city of Tracia, and the fortreſſes of Raguſe: and going in perſon againſt Emanuel the Emperour: hee tooke Scio from him. Laſtly, vpon his returne to Venice hee was ſlaine in a ſedition.
39. Sebaſtiano Zani. anno 1173.
SEbaſtiano Zani was the firſt that was elected by xi. perſons, appointed therunto by the people: ſo that his election was orderly, & not with tumult, as that of the former princes: he was 70. yeares old, when hee was choſen: his countenance and diſpoſition was pleaſant, and his riches great beyond meaſure. He was the firſt that at his election threw money about the ſtreets, according to the cuſtome of the Greekiſh Emperours: the ſame to this day being ſtill obſerued in Venice. By his meanes there were created alſo certaine Magiſtrates with high authoritie, ſomewhat thereby to bridle the puiſſance of the Dukes, being afore that time in manner abſolute, as namely the ſixe Counſellors.
In his time Pope Alexander the third came vnto Venice, being chaſed out of Rome by Frederic Barbaroſſa the Emperour, in whoſe defence the Venetians made wars vpon the Emperour with a mighty nauie, with which they diſcomfited his fleet vpon the coaſt of Iſtria, taking
Otto his third ſonne being Generall thereof priſoner, by whoſe interceſſion and means to his father, there was an attonement concluded, the Emperour appeaſed, & the Pope againe reſtored with all ſolemnity to his dignity: inſomuch that the Emperour came in perſon to Venice, and there in the church of S. Marke, putting off his imperiall garmentes, bowed himſelfe downe to kiſſe the Popes feet who keeping in the meane time his grauity, pronounced the wordes of the Prophet: Super Aſpidem & baſiliſcum ambulabis, & conculcalbis Leonem & Draconem: to which the Emperour aunſwered, Non tibi ſed Petro: the Pope preſently replying, Et mihi & Petro.
Afterwardes the Pope in acknowledging the fauors that hee had receiued of the Signeory of Venice, did honour the ſame againe with many benedictions, priuiledges and ceremonious dignities, as a ſword, a ſcepter, a chayre of gold, a torch of Virgin waxe, all ſanctified with many bleſſings, ſtil thence after to be borne before the Duke, & among the reſt vpō the victorie obtayned by the Duke at ſea againſt the Emperours ſon, he gaue the ring which he ware vpon his finger vnto the Duke, with expreſſe condition, that hee ſhould yearely with ſuch a ring ſpouſe the ſea, in token of a true and perpetual dominion ouer the ſame, which ceremonie is euen till this time obſerued with great ſolemnitie euery Aſcention day. Beſides theſe the Pope granted many & great indulgences to the church of S. Martin in Venice, & to S. Iohns church in Iſtria. The Signeorie of Venice afore this time was vnacquainted with thoſe externall pomps & honorable titles, which by prerogatiue frō the Pope they then obtained, & from that time to this haue ſtrictly obſerued. In fine this prince hauing by many
notable deedes exceedingly enobled his country, dyed full of glory, in the ſixt yeare of his rule: leauing by teſtament a great and infinit riches to the Signeorie of S. Marke: vnderneath his picture in the pallace is written this inſcription.
Ducatum titulis dotaui ingentibus atque
Papa liber minis, fit Frederice tuis.
40. Orio Maſtropetro. Anno 1178.
NExt after this worthy perſonage, was choſen Orio Maſtropetro. In his time Andronicus the Emperour releaſed the Venetian Marchants, that had beene retained by Emanuel his predeceſſor. He renewed the league of amity with Bela K. of Hungarie: he brought Zara that had rebelled into obedience: he tooke Tolomeyda & ſent a nauie to the conqueſt of the holy land: he ouerthrew the Saladine, & then renouncing the Dukedome, made himſelfe a Fryer and died.
41. Henrico Dandolo. Anno
1192.
THe next elected was Henrico Dandolo, a man aged in yeares, but freſh in courage, and highly honoured for his great deſerts: he recoured Raguſe to the Signeorie, and hauing done many notable things, dyed in the 13. yeare of his rule at Conſtantinople.
42. Pietro Zani. Anno
1205.
PIetro Zani ſon to Sebaſtian, ſucceeded with election and generall approbation of the whole Citie: in his
time came Ambaſſadors from Athens to doe homage & obedience to the ſenate: he married the Ladie Conſtance daughter to Tancredi King of Sicilia. In his time were the foure horſes of braſſe that are yet to be ſeeene in S. Marke, ſent from Conſtantinople to Venice: it is certainely written, that they were caſte and engrauen by Luippus the famous workeman, and giuen to the Romaines by Tyridates King of Armenia, and from Rome brought at laſt to Conſtantinople, by Conſtantine the Emperour. Finally the Duke gaue vp his dignitie, & putting himſelfe to a priuate life, died after the 24. yeare of his Dukedome.
43. Iacomo Thiepolo. Anno.
1229.
IN his roome was enſtalled Iacomo Theopolo. He rayſed the ſiege of Conſtantinople: he made truce with the Genoweſes, by mediation of Pope Gregory for nine years: he ſent 25. Gallies into Puglia, vnder the name and authoritie of the Pope, and threeſcore to aide the Genoweſes againſt the Emperour Fredericke. Being olde hee ſurrendred vp the Dukedome in the 20. yeare of his rule, and afterwardes comming to die, was buried in the Church of S. Iohn, and S. Paule.
44. Marino Moroſino. Anno
1249.
MArino Moroſino followed next after, in whoſe time began the cuſtome of hanging ſhieldes vp in the church of S. Marke with the armes of the Dukes, as images ſtill repreſenting their memory. He dyed in the 4. yeare of his rule.
45. Rimeri Zeno. Anno 1252.
RImeri Zeno being elected Duke, ſent a nauie into Soria againſt the Genoweſes: in his time Michael Paleogolo
recouered the Empire of Conſtantinople: he dyed in the 16. yeare of his rule.
46. Lorenzo Thiepolo. Anno
1268.
IN place of this laſt Duke was choſen Lorenzo Thiepolo, ſonne to Iacomo the Duke: being at that time Gouernor of Fano. He married a young Lady of a great and noble houſe in Dalmatia: he maried his two ſonnes Iacomo & Pietro to two great Ladies, the firſt to a princeſſe of Slauonia, Lady of many Caſtels and townes, and the other to a Lady of great riches and nobility in Vicenſa: which forraigne alliances were no whit at all pleaſing to the Senate, inſomuch that after his death they made a law, whereby they reſtrained both the prince and his children from allying themſelues by mariage, with ſtrangers: in his time Fano, Bologna, and other bordering cities reuolted from the ſtate of Venice, but they were by him chaſtiſed & brought againe to obedience: at the end of ſixe yeares he dyed, and was buried in the ſame tombe with his father in the church of S. Paule and S. Iohn.
47. Iacomo Contarino. Anno 1275.
NExt to the deceaſed prince was Iacomo Contarini with vniuerſall applauſe enſtalled in the Dukedome, being Procurator of S. Marke, and at that time 80. yeares of age: in his time was the law made, that none ſhould haue any entry into the great councell, or haue any part at al in the gouernment, vnleſſe he were able to proue himſelfe to be borne and begotten in lawfull matrimony: growing afterwardes into a great indiſpoſition of bodie: at the requeſt of the fathers, hee
renounced the Dukedome, who prouiding him of honourable meanes to liue, created in his place,
48. Giouani Dandolo. Anno
1280.
THe enſtalment of this Prince was memorable, by meane of two great and dangerous accidents that preſently enſued, the one by the ſwelling and inundation of waters, the other by a terrible earthquake, eyther of which did exceedingly endamage the ſtate: in his time were coyned the firſt duckets of Gold, which are now called Zechines. He died in the tenth yeare of his rule.
49. Petro Gradenigo. Anno
1290.
NEuer was there any Duke of greater expectation & hope then this Petro Gradenigo, as being in deed a man of rare & ſingular courage, wiſedome & eloquence: at his firſt entrance inot gouernment hee ſuppreſſed a great and dangerous conſpiracie intended againſt him: he fought at the firſt proſperouſly by ſea with the Genoweſes, but afterwardes was by them ouerthrowen in Dalmatia, and likewiſe in the ſtreightes of Gallipolis, after which there was a peace concluded: in time of this Duke it was ordained that none ſhould bee capable of the Dukedome by election, vnleſſe he were of the great councell, likewiſe then was firſt the beginning of the councell of the tenne: he ſent a nauie into Greece, which returned victoriouſly with many priſoners, and rich ſpoiles, after which he dyed, not without the ſuſpition of poyſon: his body was carried to Murano, and there buried in the church of S. Ciprian.
50. Marino Giorgio. Anno 1311.
MArino Giorgio followed next, a man ſingularly reſpected for his holineſſe and integritie of life, but being 81. years of age, he ſoone departed this world.
51. Giouani Soranzo. Anno
1313.
ANd in his place was elected Giouani Soranzo, being 72. yeares of age: a man of an vnfirme and lowtiſh complexion, but of a ſubtill and craftie diſpoſition: he recouered many citties to the Signeorie, that had been alienated by his predeceſſors, and departed this worlde after he had ruled 18. yeares.
52. Franceſco Dandolo. Anno 1328.
IN his place was elected Franceſco Dandolo: in whoſe time there was at one inſtant threeſcore ſundry Ambaſſadors from ſeuerall princes and commonwealths in Venice, deſiring to haue ſuch controuerſies as were among them ended and decided by the Senate, ſuch was then the ſame of the vncorrupted iuſtice of the Fathers. He made a league with ſundry chriſtian princes againſt the Turke: he had wars with the Princes of Scala, with whom in the end hee made peace to his owne aduantage: he liued in rule 11. yeares.
53. Bartolomeo Gradenigo. Anno 1339.
ANd in his ſteed Bartholomeo Gradenigo was created Duke, vpon whoſe entring into gouernment, the waters aroſe ſo high, that the city was in exceeding danger of drowning. Candia rebelled, but was again ſubdued: he liued onely three yeares.
54. Andrea Dandolo anno
1343.
THe next that was honored with this dignitie was Andrea Dandolo, procurator of S. Marke, a man very wiſe and learned, and hauing before time proceeded Doctor in the lawes, he wrote a very large and copious Chronicle, not onely of his owne Country, but alſo of the whole world, hee liued in deare and familiar frendſhip with Petrarke, he confederated himſelf with Pope Clement and ſundry other Princes: hee ſent a nauy againſt the Turkes, which tooke Smyrna, he obtained trafficke for Venetian marchantes into Aegypt, hee liued twelue years, and had vnder his picture in the pallace this inſcription.
Alta trium probitas mihi quarto ſuggeret inſtar,
Qui de Dandalea prole ſuere duces.
55. Marino Faliero. anno.
1354.
NExt in ranke was exalted to the Dukedome with exceeding fauour of the one and forty Electors, Marino Faliero, hauing long before by the Senate beene employed in forraine gouernments, and beſides ennobled with the title of Earle of Val de Marino, hee was 80. yeares olde, very rich, of an excellent wit, well ſpeaking, but paſſionat and cholerike beyond meaſure, inſomuch that for a ſcorne or wrong, which hee imagined to beedone to his reputation, he entred into a practiſe to tyrannize ouer his countries liberty, and to make himſelfe abſolute prince, rather as they write, moued thereunto with a humor of reuenge, then deſire of dominion,
being without children, and withall ſo aged: but the end was, hee was taken and beheaded in the very ſame place, where he receiued the Ducal diademe, his picture was not ſuffered to ſtand in the Pallace among the others, the place remaining yet bare and void where it ſhould haue ſtoode.
56. Giouaui Gradenigo. anno
1355.
THe former vnhappy prince being buried, and his conſpiracie being ſuppreſſed in a manner before it was publikely known, Giouani Gradenigo was choſen in his place, a mā of 76. years of age, of profound memory, and skilfull in the lawes, but vnſeemely of his perſon, & withall ſomewhat noted of couetouſnes, hee liued only a yeare, three monethe; and foutteene dayes.
57, Giouani Delfino. anno
1356.
GIouani Delfino being proueditor within the citty of Treues, at that time beſieged by the king of Hungary was by the Senate in his abſence elected D. of Venice, & preſently in Embaſſage ſent to the Hungarian by the Venetians, to giue ſafe conduct and free paſſage to their prince, but he barbarouſly triumphing in hauing encloſed a Duke of Venice within thoſe walles, attributing that caſuall vnexpected accident to a great glorie of his owne, vncurteouſly denyed the Senates requeſt, which Delphine vnderſtanding tooke an occaſion to make a ſally out of the town, and in deſpight of the enemie recouered Mergara, where hee was receiued of the fathers with great ioy, and vnder him ceaſed the difference of thoſe wars, the king voluntarily ſurrendring vnto him the title and clayme to Dalmatia, hee dyed in the 4. yeare of his rule.
58. Lorenſo Celſi. anno
1361.
LOrenſo Celſi was next elected, who conquered Candia that rebelled, he dyed in the fourth yeare of his principalitie.
59. Marco Cornaro anno
1365.
ANd Marco Cornaro was choſen Duke, being procurator of S. Marke 80. years of age, noble in bloud, and much reuerenced and reſpected for the many imployments which he had honourably diſcharged in ſeruice of his country, he was wiſe, ſtout, eloquent, and a great louer of his Countrie, he liued only two years.
60. Andrea Contarini anno
1367.
ANdrea Contarini being exceedingly loath to accept this dignitie, and to that end withdrawing himſelfe to Padoua, was neuertheleſſe elected by the Fathers, and conſtrained to take vpon him the gouernment, which he did with great comfort to the citie, but with maruelous diſcouragement to himſelfe, becauſe it had beene foretold him, that whenſoeuer hee ſhould come to bee Duke, the commonwealth ſhold labour with extreame affliction to preuent which hee bent his whole endeuour and care to the well diſcharging of his dignity: but diuine deliberations are not to bee reſiſted, for not long after he found himſelf entangled with many dangerous warres, as with the Tryeſtines, and Leopola Duke of Auſtria, and with Franciſco de Carrara a moſt ſharpe and bitter enemie to the very name of the Venetians, who had contracted againſt them a League, which the King of Hungarie, the Patriarke of Aquilia, and the whole commonwealth of Genoua;
inſomuch that beſides a general reuolution and change of Fortune through the whole ſtate, the Genoweſes encroched ſo neare vpon Venice, that they tooke from it the cittie of Chroggia, threatning vtter ruine and ſubuerſion to the whole ſtate: but in this greateſt downefall and calamitie, ſuch was the conſtant vertue and reſolute courage of the Venetians and their prince, that aſſembling the remainder of their force together, they aſſailed with ſuch fierceneſſe the Genoweſes in Chroggia, that they did not onely recouer the cittie, but alſo diſcomfit their enemies in a famous ouerthrow, to the maruelous glorie of their Duke, who was there in perſon, they brought backe with them to Venice, 4142 Genowes priſoners, who in manner all ended there their liues, and 2600. Padowans; beſides the Duke brought with him among many other enſignes, banners and ſtandardes, the ſhield of the Captaine generall of the Genoweſes, as a chiefe Trophei, the ſame being made of hardned leather, according to the faſhion of that time, but very gorgeouſly guilted and emboſted with the picture vpon it of S. George a horſebacke, being the arms of the cōmonwelth of Genoway, the D. ended his daies in the 15. year of his Dukedom, hee was buried in S. Stephens church, with this Epitaph written in Gotiſh letters vpon his Tombe.
Hic ſacer Andreas ſtirps Contarena moratur,
Dux patriae precibus, ſenior qui Ianua ciues
Marte tuos fundens, & victor claſſe potitus,
Amiſſam Veneto clugiam pacemque reduxit.
63. Michaell Moroſimi anno.
1381,
MIchaell Moroſimi, dyed the fourth moneth of his
rule of the plague, vnder his picture in the pallace is written.
Paucadamus patriaefeſtina morte repreſſi.
62. Antonio Veniero. anno
1381.
ANtonio Veniero next ſucceeded, being then captaine generall for the ſtate in Candia, a man of ſuch ſeueritie and iuſtice, that he ſharpely puniſhed his owne ſonne for hauing committed a youthfull inſolence, he ſuccoured the Emperour Emanuell againſt the Turkes, hee maintained and preſerued the Duke of Mantua, in his ſtate againſt the Duke of Milan: hee obtained the Iſle of Corfu, not long afterfalling into infirmitie, he departed this life.
63. Michaele Steno. anno
1400.
THe funerals of the former Duke being ſumptuouſly performed, Michaell Steno was elected Duke being procurator of S. Marke, aged 69 yeares, rich, and greatly reſpected for his vertue, in his time, the commonwealth poſſeſſed themſelues of Vicenza, Feltro, Baſſano, Belluno Verona, and Padoua, hauing liued thirteen yeares in this dignitie hee ended his dayes.
64. Tomazo Mocenigo. anno
1413.
TOmaZo Mocenigo conquered a great part of Friuilti, from the king of Hungary, and hauing ruled tenne yeares departed this life.
65. Franceſco Foſcari. anno
1423.
NEuer any mans election was dearer vnto the citie then this of Franceſco Foſcari, inſomuch that they reuelled and feaſted a whole yeare for ioy
therof preſently vpon his creation the king of Denmarke at his inſtant and earneſt requeſt was adopted into the number of the Venetian Gentlemen, the ſaid king and Ihon Paleologus Emperour of Conſtantinople, met both at one time in Venice, the Emperour to craue ſuccour againſt the Turke, the king to take paſſage thence towardes Ieruſalem, with intent to viſite the Sepulchre of Chriſt, ſhortly after there met alſo the Deſpot of Raſcia, and the Duke of Mylan, the one to requeſt mony and meanes of defence againſt the Turke, the other to entreate the Senate to take vpon them the deciſion and arbitrement of certain differences between him and his coſins, laſtly the prince being 84. years of age, in reſpect of his impotencie, was diſmiſſed of gouernment, and dyed within two dayes after.
96. Paſquall Malipiero, anno
1457.
PReſently vpon the election of this prince, there was a law made that the Duke might not at any time to come thereafter be depriued, in his time the art of Printing was thether brought out of Germany, but they writ that it had beene in vſe in China 500. yeares before, he liued onely foure yeares.
67. Chriſtophoro Moro, Anno
1462.
ANd in his place was elected Chriſtophoro Moro procurator of S. Marke, aged 72. yeares, a man held in great reputation for his wiſedome & integrity, he made ſharp wars vpō the Turke in Greece with diuerſe & variable ſucceſſes, in the end he dyed in the ninth yeare of his rule.
68. Nicholo Trono. anno.
1471
ANd Nicholo Trono was enſtalled Duke, he eſtabliſhed Hercole da Eſle in his Dukedome of Ferrara, he made confederation with the king of Perſia, againſt the Turke
hee got into his handes the kingdome of Cipres by reaſon of the tutorſhippe of the young king committed vnto him, and hauing liued little leſſe then two years, ended his dayes.
69. Nicolo Marcello anno
1473.
IN his place was eſtabliſhed Nicholo Marcello procurator of S. Marke, aged 76. yeares, he ouerthrew an armie of the Turkes at Scutari, and hauing giuen an excellent taſt of his gouernmēt to the people, was taken out of this world, after hee had ruled 15. month es.
70. Pietro Mocenigo anno
1474.
PIetro Mocenigo being procurator of S. Marke, and of the age of 69. years, was choſen in his room, he had ſpent the greateſt part of his yeares in great and principal employments abroad for the commōwealth, chiefly in the wars, wherof there is a particular treatiſe written by Coepio Coriolan, that liued in thoſe times, he liued onely 14. monethes after his enſtalment.
71 Andrea Vendramino. anno
1476.
ANdrea Vendramino was 84. years of age when he was elected Duke, he had beene in his youth one of the moſt beautifull and comely Gentlemen of Venice, and in all reſpects accordingly accompliſhed, hee made war againſt the Turke, and defended Croy in Albana, which they had beſieged, conſtraining them to raiſe their ſiege with great ouerthrow and diſcomfiture, but while there was a treaty of peace entertayned, the Duke departed this life in the 20. moneth after his election.
72. Giouani Mocenigo anno.
1477.
GIouani Mocenigo after great domage receiued by the Turke concluded a peace with him, he got Corinto in Dalmatia, he made war vpon Ferrara, he ſent Roberto of Saint Seuerin againſt Ferdinand king of Naples, finally
he dyed in the 7. yeare of his rule.
73. Marco Barbarico. anno
1485.
MArco Barbarico ſucceeded him being 73. yeares of age, he was wholy enclined to peace, and bent to the maintenance thereof his whole intentions, but death cut him off in the very firſt yeare
74. Auguſtino Barbarico anno
1485.
AƲguſtino Barbarico was elected to ſucceede his brother Marco, he banded with the other Italian princes againſt Charles eight of Fraunce, then newly by ſolicitation of Lodowicke, Sforce entred into Italy, for the recouery of the kingdome of Naples, to which he pretended title in his time, the Portugals firſt found out the voyaging into the Indies, to the exceeding preiudice of Venice, who before had thence al their ſpices, with which in a manner they furniſhed all the weſtern prouinces of Chriſtendome, hee dyed in the 15. yeare of his Dukedome, and in his place was elected.
75. Leonardo Loridano. anno
1501.
NEuer was the commonwealth of Venice nearer to ſhipwracke, then in this princes time, for the greateſt princes of Chriſtendome did ſolemnly at Cambray combine themſelues in league againſt their ſtate, as the Pope, the Emperour, the king of Fraunce, the king of Spaine, and the Dukes of Mantua and Ferrara, euery one of which powred down armies vpon them, they were ouerthrowne in a memorable battell at Ghiaradada, and in an other at Vincenſa, ſo that they were faine to abandon in a manner, al that they poſſeſſed vpon the firme land, to be ſhared and diuided by the Conquerours, yet neuertheles fortune turned about her wheele againe in ſuch ſort that they recouered themſelues, wherein the hiſtories of that time do attribute exceeding
much to the wiſedome and vertue of their prince. Finally, being nere to 90. yeares of age, hee fell into an infirmitie by reaſon of a fall which he had receyued, & dyed in the yeare 1521. His body was honourably entombed in the Church of S. Iohn and S. Paule.
76. Antonio Grimani. Anno 1521.
ANtonio Grimani had beene firſt a Procurator, and depriued of that dignity, and baniſhed to Cherſo, yet afterward was recalled againe, and reſtored to his firſt dignitie, and ſhortly after elected Duke, which honour he enioyed onely a yeare, two monthes and two dayes, and then dyed.
77. Andrea Gritti. Anno
1523.
IN his place was elected Andrea Gritti, a man in deed excellent in all prefection, & worthy of that dignity. The great matters that paſſed in his time are ſo excellently and copiouſly written by Giouius, & Guicciardin, and others of that time, that it were in vaine here to make any abridgement of them. He ruled 15. yeares & ſeuen monthes, and then dyed at the age of 83. yeares.
78. Pietro Lando. Anno
1538.
PIetro Lando being confirmed Duke maintayned his commonwealth neutrall betweene Charles the Emperour, and Francis the French King, who were intangled together in a moſt fierce and cruell warre, and thought there was ſcarcely any prince in Chriſtendome but followed the one ſide or other, yet neuer coulde they notwithſtanding many earneſt ſolicitations made by them both draw the ſtate of Venice to fauour the one more then the other. Hauing ruled 7. yeares he dyed.
79. Franceſco Donato. An. 1545.
FRanceſco Donato, being Procurator of S. Marke, was a man of great eloquence, & ſingular capacity of ſpirit
and therefore his election applauded of the multitude with great ioy: he did many laudable things, and laſtly died in the ſeuenth yeare of his rule, and was ſucceded by Marcantonio Treuiſano.
80. Marcantonio Treuiſano. Anno 1553.
THis Duke was maruellouſly religious, iuſt in all his words and actions, and of ſo extraordinary a charitie towards the poore, that he gaue them (in a manner) all that hee had: neuertheleſſe his end was ſtrange and pitifull, for at the end of his firſt yeare he fell downe ſodainly dead as he was kneeling before the altar at Maſſe, the inſcription vnder his picture in the pallace is thus.
Religionis amantiſsimus, Anno circn̄acto moriens in gremio patrum ante aras in celum vnde veneram, vitae integer euolaui.
81. Franceſco Veniero Anno. 1554.
THe next placed in the Ducall throne was Franceſco Veniero, being then 64. yeares of age: he liued onely two years, & in his place was elected Lorenzo Priuli.
82. Lorenzo Priuli. Anno 1556.
LOrenzo Priuli was a man wholly giuen to religion & quietneſſe: there was no great thing done in the time of his Dukedome, which he onely enioyed three yeares, and then departed this world.
83. Hieronimo Priuli. Anno 1559.
HIeronimo Priuli, as wel in regard of his owne vertue as the happy and quiet gouernment of his brother Lorenſo, was with generall applauſe eſtabliſhed in his roome. In his time was celebrated the Councell of Trente: he died in the 8. yeare of his rule.
84. Pietro Loredano. Anno
1567.
PIetro Loredano was a ſenator of great grauitie, wiſe, religious, and of ſingular integritie and ſoundneſſe in
his actions: in his time the famous Arſenall of Venice, wherein all their ſtore of powder & munition was contained, was caſually ſet on fire; the noiſe whereof was ſo extremely hideous, that it was heard 40. miles off: preſently alſo enſued the calamitous war of Selim Emperor of the Turks, who vpon the death of his father Soliman, aſpiring to ſome honourable conqueſt, tooke armes againſt the Senate, pretending title to the kingdome of Cypres, vtterly forgetting his fathers admonitions, his promiſe made to the Senate, and the long amitie that had beene betweene them. In fine hee inuaded Cypres with a mighty armie, & tooke after long ſiege the two great Citties of Nicoſia & Famagoſta, practiſing all kinds of imaginable crueltie vppon the poore Chriſtian captiues: in the meane time while the Venetians were buſied in preparation of forces to encounter him, the Duke not able to withſtand the affliction of age, ſickneſſe and ſo many troubles, yeelded vp his breath in his fourth yeare of gouernment.
85. Aluigi Mocenigo. Anno
1570.
THe next thought worthy of this high honour, was Aluigi Mocenigo, a man accompliſhed in all vertues that to ſo great a dignitie were requiſite: he appointed Sebaſtiano Veniero Generall of the Venetian forces, to vnite himſelfe with Marc-Antonia Colona, Generall for the Pope, & D. Iohn d' Auſtria for the king of Spaine, who together gaue that mighty and memorable ouerthrow to the Turkes at Lepanto, in manner in the very place where Auguſtus Caeſar vanquiſhed Anthony his Competitor. In his time Henry the third, King of Fraunce returning vppon the newes of his brothers death out of Polonia paſſed through Venice, where being ariued, he
was receiued and entertained of the Duke and Senate with maruellous ioy, pompe and magnificence. Finally, this Duke to the great diſcomfort of the commonwealth died in the ſeuenth yeare of his rule.
86. Sebaſtiano Veniero. Anno 1577.
PReſently vpon the death of Mocenigo, Sebaſtiano Veniero, in reward of his glorious victorie againſt the Turkes, was without contradiction of any of the Electors enſtalled in the Dukedome, with greater gratulation and applauſe then euer before time had beene ſeen at the election of any former Duke. The Pope ſent a ſolemne ambaſſage to congratulate with him, and withall ſent him in token of his worthineſſe and vertue, the Roſe of Gold, a preſent neuer ſent but to mighty princes, and ſuch as had employed themſelues in the churches defence: but all this honour and his life alſo ended within a yeare, after that hee had receiued the Ducall diademe, euen at ſuch time as hee was buſie about the preparation of a ſumptuous and triumphall feaſt, which he intended to make in honor of his wife, the princeſſe Cecilia Contarina. The Archduke of Auſtria in admiration of his vertue ſent an Ambaſſador of purpoſe to the Senate to demand his picture.
87. Nicolo da Ponte. Anno 1578.
NIcolo da Ponte was foureſcore and eight yeares olde at time of his election: he was a Doctor of Law, a knight and Procurator of S. Marke, and had paſſed with exceeding commendation through all the offices and dignities of his commonwealth. He died in the yeare 1585. and in his place was elected Paſqual Cenoca.
88. Paſqual Cenoca.
1585.
FINIS.